SC-01G
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
14. 10
Introduction
Thank you for purchasing "SC-01G" mobile terminal.
Before and during use of your terminal, be sure to
thoroughly read this instruction manual to ensure
you are able to correctly use your terminal.
Manual
■■ " クイックスタートガイド (Quick start guide)"
(included in basic package) (In Japanese only)
Screen view contents and operations of basic
function are explained.
■■ "Instruction Manual" (guide application of the
terminal) (In Japanese only)
Detailed guidance of each function and the
operations are explained.
• From the Home screen,
→ Tap "Instruction
Manual". For some functions, tap the written
content, and you can see the content or start
the function directly from the description.
• For the first time, download and install the
application according to onscreen instructions.
• For installing "Instruction Manual" application
if you uninstalled it, from the Home screen,
search "SC-01G 取扱説明書 (SC-01G Instruction
manual)" in "Play Store" and download
"Instruction Manual" application.
■■ "INSTRUCTION MANUAL" (PDF file)
Detailed guidance of each function and operations
are explained.
• Download from NTT DOCOMO website:
https://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/support/
trouble/manual/download/index.html
* You can download the updated information of the
Quick start guide (in Japanese only). URL and the
contents are subject to change without prior notice.
Operation descriptions
In this manual, the operation steps such as the
menu operations are simply described as follows.
• "Tap" is an operation of touching lightly the display
of the terminal with finger (P.76).
(Applications icon) on
(Example) For tapping
the Home screen to display the application menu
(Google icon), the operation is
and then tapping
described as follows.
1 From the Home screen,
→ "Google"
• In this manual, the operation steps and screen
images are described in default status. The
operation steps or screen image on the
terminal may vary by the service you use or
application you installed.
• This manual describes in the case of "docomo LIVE
UX" as the Home application. Home application can
be switched by the operation from the Home screen,
→ "Settings" → Tap "Change home".
• An operation guidance screen may appear on the
Home screen, Apps screen, etc. If "Do not show again"
etc. option is displayed on the screen, select the
option to hide the screen from then on.
• The images and illustration used in this
manual are examples. They may differ from the
actual displays.
• In this manual, function or setting that is available
in multiple operations are explained mostly with
the easily understandable operation steps.
• In this manual, "SC-01G" mobile terminal is usually
referred to as "terminal". Please be forewarned.
• Reproduction of the content of this manual in
part or in whole is prohibited.
• The content of this manual is subject to
change without notice.
1
Accessories
SC-01G
Back Cover SC15
Quick start guide (Japanese)
Battery Pack SC14
External TV antenna
cable SC01
Stylus pen SC04
(including stylus nibs
replacement kit)
(with the written warranty)
Stereo Headset with
Microphone (sample)
For optional accessories compatible with the
terminal (optional), refer to NTT DOCOMO website.
https://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/product/option/
(In Japanese only)
2
Contents / Precautions
Contents
Contents /
Precautions
Accessories… ……………………… 2
About usage of the terminal… … 7
Safety precautions
(Always follow these
directions)… ……………………… 10
Handling precautions…………… 40
Getting
started
Part names and functions… … 56
docomo mini UIM card… ……… 59
Battery pack……………………… 62
Charging…………………………… 66
Turning power ON/OFF………… 71
Basic Operation… ……………… 75
Character entry… ……………… 98
Initial settings …………………… 115
Notification LED… ……………… 119
Display and icons… …………… 120
Home screen……………………… 140
Apps screen… …………………… 148
Using Quick search box… …… 160
Searching by S Finder… ……… 166
Recently-used applications…… 166
Task manager… ………………… 167
Switching home applications…… 168
Enabling Emergency mode…… 169
docomo
LIVE UX
Home screen……………………… 171
Managing Home screen… …… 173
Apps screen… …………………… 180
Managing applications………… 182
Installing "Recommends"
applications… …………………… 184
Backing up and restoring the
Home screen……………………… 185
Using My Magazine… ………… 186
Home application information…… 188
3
Contents / Precautions
Calling
Making a call……………………… 189
Receiving a call… ……………… 197
Operation during a call………… 202
Call logs… ………………………… 209
Answering message… ………… 212
Making an international call
(WORLD CALL)…………………… 213
Call settings……………………… 214
Phonebook………………………… 228
Mail/Web
browser
docomo mail… …………………… 239
SMS… ……………………………… 240
Email………………………………… 252
Gmail………………………………… 265
Early Warning "Area Mail"……… 267
Web browser……………………… 270
Apps
dmenu… …………………………… 284
dmarket… ………………………… 285
Play Store… ……………………… 285
GALAXY Apps… ………………… 287
Osaifu-Keitai……………………… 288
ToruCa……………………………… 295
Mobacas…………………………… 297
TV (Full seg/1Seg)……………… 308
Camera……………………………… 330
Gallery… …………………………… 348
Player… …………………………… 357
GPS/Navigation… ……………… 372
Clock………………………………… 377
S Planner…………………………… 382
S Note……………………………… 383
Voice Recorder…………………… 394
Calculator… ……………………… 398
docomo backup… ……………… 399
YouTube…………………………… 405
Dictionary… ……………………… 406
S Health… ………………………… 407
S Voice……………………………… 410
4
Contents / Precautions
Settings
Setting menu… ………………… 411
File
management
Storage folder structure… …… 493
File operation … ………………… 498
Data
communication
Bluetooth… ……………………… 505
NFC communication… ………… 511
External
device
connection
Connecting to a PC… ………… 514
Connecting to printer … ……… 518
Connecting Media file sharing
device… …………………………… 519
Displaying on the TV screen via
MHL connection… ……………… 522
International
roaming
Overview of international
roaming (WORLD WING)… …… 524
Available services… …………… 525
Before using the terminal… … 526
Making/Receiving calls in the
country you stay………………… 531
International roaming
settings… ………………………… 535
After returning to Japan… …… 538
Appendix/
Index
Sample……………………………… 539
Troubleshooting… ……………… 541
Anshin Enkaku Support………… 563
Warranty and After-Sales
Service……………………………… 565
Updating software……………… 570
Main specifications… ………… 573
Specific Absorption Rate
(SAR) of Mobile Phones… …… 582
Export Administration
Regulations… …………………… 592
Intellectual Property Right… … 593
5
Contents / Precautions
Appendix/
Index
Canceling SIM Lock… ………… 598
Index………………………………… 599
6
Contents / Precautions
About usage of the terminal
• The terminal supports LTE, W-CDMA, GSM/GPRS,
and wireless LAN.
• Because your terminal uses wireless transmission,
it may not function in locations where it is difficult
for radio waves to penetrate, such as tunnels,
underground passages and some buildings, in
areas where radio waves are weak, or out of Xi
service area and FOMA service area. Even when
you are high up in a tall building or condominium
and nothing blocks your view outside, your terminal
may not be able to receive or transmit signals.
Also, communication may be interrupted even when
the signal meter on your terminal indicates there are
strong radio waves and you are not moving (traveling).
• Because your terminal uses radio waves to
communicate, it is possible that a third party may
attempt to tap your calls. However, LTE, W-CDMA,
GSM/GPRS system automatically applies a
confidential communication function to all calls,
so even if a third party could somehow tap a call,
they only hear noise.
• The terminal encodes voice communication as
digital data. When you are operating your terminal
while moving to a location subject to weaker radio
wave conditions, the transmitted digital data
may not be correctly decoded and as a result
the decoded voice may differ somewhat from the
actual voice.
• The terminal supports FOMA Plus-Area and FOMA
HIGH-SPEED Area.
• Keep the information that you registered in the terminal
separately by noting down periodically or saving to
microSD card, PC etc. Note that DOCOMO assumes no
responsibility for any loss of saved contents of data
resulting from malfunction, repair, changing of the
model or other handling of the terminal.
7
Contents / Precautions
• Although the display is manufactured with
extremely advanced technology, some dots may
not be lit or be always lit. It is characteristic of the
display and not malfunction. Please be forewarned.
• If the microSD card or the terminal internal
storage does not have enough memory, running
applications may not work normally. In such case,
delete saved data.
• DOCOMO shall not be liable for commercially
available optional equipment.
• As with PCs, some applications that you perform
installation may give the terminal instability of the
operation, or may send your location information or
personal information registered to the terminal to
outside via the Internet and the information may
be used improperly. Therefore, verify the supplier
and operating conditions of the applications
before use them.
• Only the docomo mini UIM card is available for the
terminal. If you have the UIM card or the FOMA
card, exchange it for the docomo mini UIM card at
the docomo Shop.
• The terminal does not support accessing i-mode
site (programs) and i- α ppli, etc.
• The terminal automatically performs
communications for some functions, for example,
to synchronize data, check the latest software,
maintain connection with the server, etc.
Additionally, when you download applications
or watch video etc, a large amount of packet
communication charges are executed. Therefore,
it is highly recommended to use packet pack or
packet flat-rate service.
• Depending on applications or services you use, a
packet communication fee may be charged even if
you perform Wi-Fi communication.
• As Mobacas is a service using communications, using
the service incurs packet communication charge.
Subscription of packet pack or packet flat-rate service
is recommended.
8
Contents / Precautions
• The terminal does not support Public mode
(Driving mode).
• In the terminal, sounds (video sound, music
shutter sound, etc.) other than ringtone and each
notification are not muted even when Silent (Mute,
Vibrate) is set.
• Follow the instruction below to view your phone
number. From the Home screen,
→ "Settings" →
"About device" → Tap "Status".
• You can update software of the terminal to the
latest one (P.570).
• In the terminal, functions may be added or
operation steps may be changed due to upgrading
Operating System (OS). For latest information of
additional function or operation steps, refer to NTT
DOCOMO website.
• When OS is upgraded, some applications used for
former OS may not work or unintended failure may
occur.
• Applications or services are subject to change
without prior notice.
• For services provided by Google, thoroughly read
the Terms of use of Google Inc. And for other web
services, read each terms of use.
• In case of loss of the terminal, set the screen to
ensure the security of the terminal.
• If you lose your terminal, change password of
online service accounts from PC so that Google
Services such as Gmail, Google Play, and service
such as SNS, etc. should not be used by others.
• The terminal does not support service providers
other than sp-mode, mopera U and Business
mopera Internet.
• To use tethering, you must subscribe to sp-mode.
• When using tethering, subscribing to a packet pack
or packet flat-rate service is highly recommended.
• For details, refer to https://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/
9
Contents / Precautions
Safety precautions (Always
follow these directions)
■■Before using your terminal, read the
precautions below to ensure safe use and
handling. After reading this manual, keep
it carefully.
■■These precautions are intended to protect
you and others around you. Read and
follow them carefully to avoid injury,
damage to the product or damage to
property.
■■The signs below differentiate between
the levels of danger that can occur if the
product is not used within the specified
guidelines.
DANGER
This sign denotes that
death or serious injury
may directly result from
improper use.
WARNING
This sign denotes that
death or serious injury
may result from improper
use.
CAUTION
This sign denotes that
minor injury or damage to
property may result from
improper use.
10
Contents / Precautions
■■The symbols below show specific
directions.
Don’
t
This symbol denotes that the
action is prohibited.
No
disassembly
This symbol denotes that
disassembling the phone or its
components is not allowed.
No
liquids
This symbol denotes that using
phone or its components in a
bathroom or other highly humid
area is not allowed.
No wet
hands
This symbol denotes that using
the phone or its components with
wet hands is not allowed.
Do
This symbol denotes that an
instruction must be obeyed at all
times.
Unplug
This symbol denotes that the
equipment should be unplugged.
11
Contents / Precautions
■■Precautions contain the description below.
1.Handling the terminal, battery pack, adapter,
External TV antenna cable, stylus pen and
docomo mini UIM card (common)………… P.13
2.Handling the terminal……………………… P.17
3.Handling battery pack……………………… P.22
4.Handling adapter… …………………………… P.26
5.Handling the stylus pen…………………… P.29
6.Handling docomo mini UIM card………… P.29
7.Handling mobile phones near electronic
medical equipment… ……………………… P.30
8.Material list…………………………………… P.32
9.Handling samples (Stereo Headset with
Microphone)…………………………………… P.37
12
Contents / Precautions
1.Handling the terminal, battery
pack, adapter, External TV
antenna cable, stylus pen and
docomo mini UIM card (common)
DANGER
Don’
t
Do not use, store, or leave the
equipment in a place subject to high
temperature (such as close to fire
or heating devices, inside kotatsu,
under direct sunlight, or in a car on
an extremely hot day).
May cause fire, burns or injuries.
Don’
t
Do not put the equipment into heating
cooking device such as microwave
oven or high-pressure container.
May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
shock.
Do not attempt to disassemble or
modify the equipment.
No
May cause fires, burns, injuries, electric
disassembly
shock.
Do not let the equipment get wet
with water, drinking water, urine of
No
pet animals, sweat, etc.
liquids
May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
shock.
13
Contents / Precautions
Do not let liquid (water, drinking
water, urine of pet animals, sweat,
No
etc.) enter the charging jack
liquids
or external connection jack or
headphone connection jack.
May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
shock.
Do
Use the optional equipment specified
by NTT DOCOMO for the terminal.
May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
shock.
WARNING
Do not throw the equipment, or give
excessive force or hard shock to it.
Don’
t May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
shock.
Keep conductive materials (metal
pieces, pencil lead, etc.) from coming
Don’
t
in contact with the charging jack
or external connection jack or
headphone connection jack. Do not
put those materials inside the jack.
May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
shock.
Do not cover or wrap the equipment
with a blanket, etc. while using or
Don’
t
charging.
May cause fire or burns.
14
Contents / Precautions
Do
Turn the terminal OFF and stop
charging before entering a place
such as a gas station where there
is a possibility of flammable gases
being generated.
The gas may catch fire.
When using Osaifu-Keitai in a place such
as a gas station, turn OFF the terminal
before using it. (When NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
lock is activated, deactivate it before
turning OFF the terminal.)
Do
If the equipment starts giving off a
strange smell, overheats, becomes
discolored or deformed during use,
charging or in storage, immediately
perform the following operations.
• Remove the power plug from outlet or
cigarette lighter socket.
• Turn the terminal OFF.
• Remove the battery pack from the
terminal.
May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
shock.
15
Contents / Precautions
CAUTION
Do not leave the equipment on
unstable or sloping surfaces.
Don’
t May fall and cause injuries.
Do not store the equipment in
extremely humid, dusty or hot areas.
Don’
t May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
Do
Children using the equipment should
be instructed in proper operation
by an adult. Make sure they are
following the instructions when using
the terminal.
May cause injuries.
Do
Do
Store the equipment out of reach of
small children.
May be accidentally swallowed, or cause
injuries, electric shock.
Be careful especially when using the
terminal connected to the adapter
continuously for a long time.
If you use video call, watch videos, play
games, watch TV, etc. while charging
the battery for a long time, the terminal,
battery pack and adapter may be heated.
Directly touching a hot part for a long
time, you may have redness, itching or
rash on your skin, or it may result in lowtemperature burns depending on your
constitution and/or health condition.
16
Contents / Precautions
2. Handling the terminal
WARNING
Do not point the infrared port to your
eyes when sending data.
Don’
t May cause harmful effect on eyes.
Do not direct the infrared data port
toward infrared-equipped home
Don’
t
electric appliances during infrared
communication.
It may cause accidents due to faulty
operation of infrared device.
Do not lighten the light near eyes.
Especially, when you capture babies
Don’
t
or infants, keep the terminal 1m or
more away from babies and infants.
Vision disability may result.
Accident may result from being dazzled
or shocked.
Don’
t
Do not put foreign objects such as
liquid like water, metal pieces or
burnable things into docomo mini UIM
card slot or microSD card slot.
May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
shock.
Do not turn on the light and face the
device to drivers.
Don’
t May disturb driving and cause accident.
17
Contents / Precautions
Do
When boarding an airplane, turn the
terminal OFF or turn airplane mode
on.
As there are usage restrictions in an
airplane, follow the instructions from the
airline. Failure to do so may cause airplane
electronic equipment to fail or malfunction.
If you commit any prohibited acts, such as
using the phone in an airplane, you will be
punished in accordance with the law.
Do
When using the terminal in a medical
facility, follow the instructions of the
facility.
Turn the terminal OFF in areas where use
is prohibited. Failure to do so may cause
electronic equipment or electronic medical
equipment to fail or malfunction.
Do
When you talk by setting handsfree
or ringtone is sounding, keep the
terminal away from your ear.
And, when connecting the earphone/
microphone, etc. to the terminal and
play a game or music, etc. adjust the
volume moderately.
Too loud volume may cause a hearing
loss. And, if you cannot hear the sound
around you clearly, it may cause an
accident.
Do
If you have weak heart, be careful
when setting the vibrate ringtone
(vibration) or ringtone volume setting.
May cause harmful effect on heart.
18
Contents / Precautions
Do
When you use electronic medical
equipment, check with the equipment
manufacturer to determine how the
equipment is affected by radio waves
before using.
May cause harmful effect on electronic
medical equipment etc.
Do
Turn the terminal OFF near highprecision electronic control
equipment or electronic equipment
using low-power signals.
Failure to do so may cause the
equipment to fail or malfunction.
* Examples of electronic equipment to
avoid
Hearing aids, implanted pacemakers or
defibrillators, other electronic medical
equipment, fire alarms, automatic
doors and other automatic control
equipment. Users wearing implanted
pacemakers or defibrillators or other
electronic medical equipment should
check with the manufacturer or sales
outlet about the effect of radio wave
on the equipment.
19
Contents / Precautions
Do
When the display or camera lens is
accidentally broken, be careful of
broken glass or exposed internal
parts of the terminal.
Inside of display is made of impactresistant resin and surface of camera
lens is made of acrylic parts, and they
are structured for the glass not to
scatter, however, if you mistakenly touch
broken or exposed parts, you may be
injured.
Do
When the buzzer sounds, make sure
to move the terminal away from your
ears.
May cause hearing impairment.
20
Contents / Precautions
CAUTION
Do not use damaged terminal.
May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
Don’
t shock.
Don’
t
Before using the motion sensor, be
sure to check safety around you,
firmly grip your terminal and do not
swing it more than necessary.
May cause injury or other accidents.
Don’
t
If the display part is accidentally broken
and internal substance leaks out, do not
make the substance contact with your
skin of face or hands.
May cause loss of sight or skin problems.
If the substance gets into your eyes
or mouth, rinse it with clean water and
receive medical care from a doctor
immediately. Also, if the substance
adheres to skin or clothing, use alcohol
etc. to wipe it off, and then wash it away
using soap, etc.
Do
To use the terminal in car, check with
automobile manufacturer or dealer to
determine how the device is affected
by radio waves before using.
In rare cases, using the phone in some
vehicle models can cause the vehicle's
electronic equipment to malfunction. In
that case, stop using the terminal
immediately.
21
Contents / Precautions
Do
Mobile phones can give some users
skin problems such as itching,
allergic reactions or rashes. If you
develop skin problems, stop using the
phone immediately, and see a doctor.
For parts materials → P.32 "Material
list"
Do
When watching the display, take a
certain distance from the display in a
fully bright place.
May reduce visual acuity.
3. Handling battery pack
■■Check that the battery type matches the
type displayed on the battery pack label.
Display
Battery type
Li-ion 00
Li-ion battery
DANGER
Don’
t
Do not contact a wire or other metal
objects to the jack. And, do not carry
or store the terminal with objects like
a metal necklace.
May cause battery pack to ignite, burst,
heat or leak.
22
Contents / Precautions
Don’
t
Check the orientation of battery pack
to install it to the terminal, and do not
try to force the battery pack onto
the terminal if you are having trouble
installing it.
May cause battery pack to ignite, burst,
heat or leak.
Don’
t
Do not throw the battery pack into
the fire or apply heat to the battery
pack.
May cause battery pack to ignite, burst,
heat or leak.
Don’
t
Do not put excessive force such as
nailing the battery pack, hitting with
a hammer or stepping on it.
May cause battery pack to ignite, burst,
heat or leak.
Do
If the battery pack's fluid etc. contacts
eyes, immediately flush the eyes with
clean water and see a doctor right
away. Do not rub the eyes.
May cause loss of sight.
WARNING
Don’
t
If the battery pack seems to have
abnormalities such as deformation or
scratches due to falling, etc., never
use it.
May cause battery pack to ignite, burst,
heat or leak.
23
Contents / Precautions
Do
If the battery pack leaks or gives off
a strange smell, immediately remove
it from the vicinity of open flames.
The vapors from leaking battery pack
fluid may ignite or explode.
Do
Be careful not to let your pet bite the
battery pack.
May cause battery pack to ignite, burst,
heat or leak.
24
Contents / Precautions
CAUTION
Do not discard old battery packs
together with other garbage.
Don’
t May cause igniting or environmental
destruction. Tape the terminals of old
battery packs to insulate them, and then
bring them into a sales outlet such as
docomo Shop. If your local municipality
has a battery recycling program, dispose
of them as provided for.
Do not use or charge a wet battery
pack.
Don’
t May cause battery pack to ignite, burst,
heat or leak.
Do
If fluid leaks out from battery pack,
do not make the fluid etc. contact
with your skin of face or hands.
May cause loss of sight or skin problems.
If the fluid etc. put into your eyes or
mouth, or contacts skin or clothes,
immediately flush the contacted area
with clean water. If the fluid gets into the
eyes or mouth, receive medical care from
a doctor immediately after flushing.
25
Contents / Precautions
4. Handling adapter
WARNING
Do not use the adapter cord if it gets
damaged.
Don’
t May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
Do not use the AC adapter in a
bathroom or other highly humid area.
Don’
t May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
Always use the DC adapter with a
negative-ground vehicle. Do not plug
Don’
t
it into a positive-ground vehicle.
May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
When it starts to thunder, do not
touch adapter.
Don’
t May cause electric shock.
Don’
t
Do not short the charging jack
while it is connected to the outlet or
cigarette lighter socket. Do not touch
the charging jack with a part of your
body such as your hand or finger.
May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
Do not place heavy objects on the
adapter cord.
Don’
t May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
26
Contents / Precautions
Don’
t
When you insert and remove AC
adapter from power outlet, do not
contact a metal strap or other metal
objects with the jack.
May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
Don’
t
Do not apply excessive force to the
terminal connected to the adapter to
move or shake up, down or left, right.
May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
shock.
Do not touch the adapter cord,
charging jack or outlet with wet
No wet
hands hands.
May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
Do
Only use with the specified power
source and voltage. When charging
the terminal overseas, use AC
adapter for global use.
If incorrect voltage is used, this may
cause fire, burns or electric shock.
AC adapter : AC100V
DC adapter : DC12V・24V (specific for
negative ground vehicle)
AC adapter for global use : Between
100V and 240V AC (Connect to the AC
outlet for internal household use)
Do
If the DC adapter's fuse blows,
replace it only with the specified fuse.
May cause fire, burns, electric shock. For
the specified fuse, see the instructions
that come with the DC adapter.
27
Contents / Precautions
Do
Do
Wipe off any dust that accumulates
on the power plug.
May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
When you connect the AC adapter
to an outlet, do not fail to properly
connect to the outlet.
May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
Do
When you disconnect the power plug
from the outlet or cigarette lighter
socket, do not pull the adapter cord
with excessive force. Instead, hold
the adapter to disconnect.
May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
Do
When inserting/removing the adapter
to/from the terminal, make sure not
to put excessive force and insert/
remove straight and horizontally.
May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
shock.
Unplug
Always remove the power plug from
the outlet or cigarette lighter when
not using the adapter for an extended
period.
May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
Unplug
Immediately remove the power plug
from the outlet or cigarette lighter
socket if water or other fluids get
into the adapter.
May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
28
Contents / Precautions
Unplug
Always remove the power plug from
the outlet or cigarette lighter socket
when cleaning the equipment.
May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
5. Handling the stylus pen
WARNING
Do not point the stylus pen at people.
May result in injury or loss of vision to
Don’
t oneself or others.
Do not twirl this terminal around by
stylus when it is attached to this
Don’
t
terminal.
May result in an accident such as an
injury to oneself or others.
6. Handling docomo mini UIM card
CAUTION
Do
Be careful of the cut surface when
handling docomo mini UIM card.
May cause injuries.
29
Contents / Precautions
7.Handling mobile phones near
electronic medical equipment
WARNING
Do
Wearers of the electronic medical
equipment such as implanted
pacemakers or defibrillators must
carry and use the terminal at least
15 cm away from the implanted
device.
The terminal's signals may affect the
operation of the electronic medical
equipment.
Do
When electronic medical equipment
other than implanted pacemakers
or defibrillators are in use outside of
medical facilities (such as in home
care settings), check with the device
manufacturer to determine how
the device is affected by electrical
signals.
The terminal's signals may affect the
performance of electronic medical
equipment.
30
Contents / Precautions
Do
When you are in a crowd etc. and you
have difficulties to keep a distance
of 15 cm or more from others, turn
the airplane mode on or power off the
terminal not to transmit signals.
There may be wearers of medical
equipment such as implanted
pacemakers or defibrillators around
you. The terminal's signals may affect
the performance of electronic medical
equipment.
Do
When using the terminal in a medical
facility, be sure to observe the
regulations of the facility.
31
Contents / Precautions
8. Material list
Part
Material
Surface
treatment
External case
(front)
AL (S33N)
+ glass
fiber reinforcing PC
(30%) (IS3300LW)
External case
(back)
Glass fiber LDS
reinforcing
PC (30%)
(LGF1300F)
Speaker
SUS
Polish/
glossy finish
Camera lens, light/
sensor panel surrounding area
Aluminum
Anodic
oxidation
treatment
Camera lens, light/
sensor panel transparent cover area
Glass
AF coating
Power/screen lock
key, volume key
Aluminum
AF coating
+ diamond
cut
Home key/Fingerprint sensor (surrounding area)
Aluminum
Anodic
oxidation
treatment +
Diamond cut
32
AF coating
+ diamond
cut
Contents / Precautions
Part
Material
Surface
treatment
Home key/FingerEpoxy mold
print sensor (center compound
area)
AF coating
Display (touch
panel)
Tempered
glass
AF coating
Back cover
Glass fiber
reinforcement PC
(10%) (EH3104HF)
SF coating
Infrared port (IrLED) 121Rpanel
12051
(SABIC)
-
Earpiece/earpiece
periphery
Aluminum
AF coating
+ diamond
cut
MicroSD card slot
SUS301
-
Docomo mini UIM
card slot
SUS304H
-
Battery pack connection jack
Corson alloy
Palladium
plating
Screw
SWCH 18A
Nickel plating
External connection jack
Stainless
steel
Nickel tinning
33
Contents / Precautions
Part
Back
Cover
SC15
Battery
Pack
SC14
External
TV
antenna
cable
SC01
Material
Surface
treatment
Body
Glass fiber
reinforcing
PC (10%)
SF coating
Protection
seal part
Copper,
graphite
PET
Contacts Au
Gold plating
Body
PC
Textured
Label
PET
Matte finish
WaterPaper
proof seal
Laminated
Earphone
microphone
jack (top)
BRASS
(C3604),
ABS (XR401) _LG
Chem
Nickel plating
Earphone
microphone
jack (outer
cover)
ABS SG175
(0879)
HFW2290
(White)/TPE
-
Cable
HAOXIN
-
HFW22908006_White
34
Contents / Precautions
Part
External
TV
antenna
cable
SC01
Material
Surface
treatment
Connection plug
(outer
cover)
ABS SG175 -
(0879)
HFW2290
(White)/TPE
Connection plug
(top)
BRASS
(C3604),
POM
(F20-03)
Nickel plating
Earphone PC
Stereo
Headset outer
covering
with
Microphone
Cable
NON PVC
UV coating
-
Switch/
PC
Microphone
outer
covering
UV coating
Switch
PC
Corrosion
treatment
Earpiece
Silicone
-
Plug
(metal
part)
Brass
Nickel and
gold plating
Plug
(resin)
POM
-
35
Contents / Precautions
Part
Stereo
Headset
with
Microphone
Stylus
pen
SC04
Material
Surface
treatment
Plug
NON PVC
outer
covering,
cable
branch
part
-
Controll
ring
WHITE
(300SE1098)
NON PVC
Main uni, ABS +
button
GF20%
Electrical
discharge
machining
Stylus
head
ABS
Chrome
CVD
Stylus
tip
PC + elastomer
-
Stylus
tip (for
replacement)
POM :
PC+TPE
EL : PC +
elastomer
-
Pin set
SUS301
-
36
Contents / Precautions
9. Handling samples (Stereo
Headset with Microphone)
DANGER
Do not use, store or leave the
equipment in hot places (e.g. by the
Don’
t
fire, near a heater, under a kotatsu, in
direct sunlight, in a car in the hot sun).
May cause fire, burns or injuries.
Don’
t
Do not put the equipment into heating
cooking device such as microwave
oven or high-pressure container.
May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
shock.
Do not disassemble or remodel the
equipment.
No
May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
disassembly
shock.
No
liquids
Do not let the equipment get wet
with water, drinking water, urine of
pet animals, sweat, etc.
May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
shock.
37
Contents / Precautions
WARNING
Do not throw the equipment or give a
strong force or hard shock to it.
Don’
t May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
shock.
Don’
t
Prevent conductive materials (metal
pieces, pencil lead, etc.) from coming
in contact with the jack. Do not put
those materials inside the equipment.
May cause fire, burns, injuries, electric
shock.
Do not operate Stereo Headset with
Microphone while driving a car etc.
Don’
t May cause accident.
Don’
t
During walking, do not raise the
volume of Stereo Headset with
Microphone to a level that ambient
sound cannot be heard.
May cause accident.
38
Contents / Precautions
CAUTION
Do not store the equipment in
extremely humid, dusty or hot areas.
Don’
t May cause fire, burns, electric shock.
Do not swing the terminal by the cord
of Stereo Headset with Microphone.
Don’
t May cause accident such as injury to
yourself or others by hitting or removing
the cord.
Take care with the volume when you
use Stereo Headset with Microphone.
Don’
t May cause hearing loss by long-time use
or hurt of your ears by sudden loud sound.
Do
Children using the equipment should
be instructed in proper operation by
an adult. Do not allow them to use the
equipment without adult supervision.
May cause injuries.
Do
Store the equipment out of reach of
small children.
May be accidentally swallowed or cause
injuries.
39
Contents / Precautions
Handling precautions
General
■■Do not expose to water.
This terminal, battery pack, adapter, external
TV antenna cable, docomo mini UIM card and
stylus pen are not waterproof. Do not use them
in a humid place such as bathroom or in the
rain. If you carry your terminal on your body,
perspiration may corrode the internal parts of
the terminal and cause malfunction. Note that
if a trouble is diagnosed as exposure to water
or other liquid, repairs of the terminal may not
be covered by the Warranty or it may not be
possible to repair such phones. In that case,
even if the repair is possible, repair charge is
applied.
■■Clean the terminal with a dry soft cloth
(such as used for cleaning eyeglasses).
• Rubbing it roughly with a dry cloth may
scratch the display.
• Drops of water or dirt left on the display
may cause stains.
• Do not use alcohol, thinner, benzene,
cleaning detergent, etc. to clean the
terminal. These chemicals may erase
the printing on the terminal or cause
discoloration.
40
Contents / Precautions
■■Clean the jacks occasionally with a dry
cotton swab.
If the jack is soiled, connection gets worse
and it may cause power to be turned off or
insufficient battery charge, so clean the jack
with a dry cotton swab etc. When cleaning, be
careful not to damage the terminals.
■■Do not leave the terminal near the air
conditioning vent.
Extreme temperature changes may produce
condensation and corrode the internal parts of
the terminal, causing it to malfunction.
■■Make sure to use the terminal or battery
pack without excessive force.
If you put the terminal in a bag full of items
or sit down with the terminal in the pocket of
your clothes, it may damage the display, and
internal circuit board, and the battery pack
and cause the terminal to malfunction.
Also, while the external device is connected to
the external connection jack or the headphone
connection jack, it may cause damage and
malfunction.
■■Do not rub or scratch the display with
metal.
The display may get scratched and it may
cause malfunction or damage.
■■Make sure to see the user's manuals
supplied with each optional accessory.
41
Contents / Precautions
Terminal precautions
■■Do not press display surface forcibly, or
not operate with a sharp-pointed objects
such as nail, ballpoint pen, pin, etc.
Doing so may cause damage of display.
■■Do not use the terminal in extremely hot
or cold places.
Use the terminal within a temperature range
of 5℃ to 35℃ and a humidity range of 45%
to 85%.
■■The terminal may affect land-line phones,
TVs or radios in use nearby, so use it as
far as possible from these appliances.
■■Note down the information saved in your
terminal in a separate note and keep it
safely.
Note that DOCOMO assumes no responsibility
for any loss of saved contents of data.
■■Do not drop or give a strong impact to the
terminal.
Doing so may cause malfunction or damage.
■■Do not plug the connector of the external
device or the headphone connection jack
into the external connection jack at the
slant and pull it while connecting.
Doing so may cause malfunction or damage.
42
Contents / Precautions
■■The terminal could become warm while
in use and charging. This condition is not
abnormal. You can continue to use the
terminal.
■■Do not leave the camera under direct
sunlight.
Doing so may cause discoloring or burn-in of
materials.
■■Do not use the terminal without the back
cover.
It may cause the battery pack to come off, or
may cause a malfunction or damage.
■■Do not give a strong impact on the
fingerprint sensor or scratch the surface.
It may cause not only malfunction of
the fingerprint sensor but also disabling
authentication.
■■Clean the fingerprint sensor with a dry soft
cloth (such as a cloth for eyeglasses).
When the fingerprint sensor is dirty or gets
wet on the surface, it cannot read the
fingerprint and may cause decrease the
authentication performance or erroneous
operation.
■■While microSD card is being used, do not
take the card out and do not turn off the
terminal.
Doing so may cause data loss or malfunction.
43
Contents / Precautions
■■Do not let magnetic cards, etc. come
close to the terminal.
The magnetic data in cash cards, credit
cards, telephone cards, floppy disks, etc. may
be erased.
■■Do not bring strong magnetic objects
close to the terminal.
Bringing strong magnetism close may cause
malfunction.
■■Do not decorate or paint the terminal.
May cause malfunction.
44
Contents / Precautions
Battery pack precautions
■■The battery pack is a consumable
accessory.
Replace the battery pack if the terminal
has extremely short operation time on a
full charge, though it may vary by operating
conditions. Purchase the specified battery
pack.
■■Charge the battery pack in an
environment with the proper ambient
temperature (5℃ to 35℃ ).
■■The operating time of the battery pack
varies depending on the operating
environment and the secular degradation
of the battery pack.
■■Depending on the use condition, the
battery pack may be inflated as it
comes to the end of its life. This is not a
malfunction.
■■Be careful especially about the following
points when preserving the battery pack.
• Keeping under the state of the full charge
(right after the charging ends)
• Keeping under the state of empty charge
(too exhausted to turn on the terminal)
The performance and life of the battery pack
may deteriorate.
It is recommended that you store the battery
pack with about 40% battery remained.
45
Contents / Precautions
Adapter precautions
■■Charge the battery pack in an
environment with the proper ambient
temperature (5℃ to 35℃).
■■Do not charge in the following places.
• Places that is very humid, dusty or exposed
to strong vibrations
• Near ordinary phone or TV/radio
■■The adapter could become warm while
charging. This condition is not abnormal.
You can continue charging.
■■When using the DC adapter for charging,
keep the vehicle engine running.
The vehicle's battery could become flat.
■■When using an outlet with a mechanism
preventing unplugging, follow the handling
instructions for that outlet.
■■Do not give a strong impact to the
adapter. Also, do not deform the charging
jack.
Doing so may cause malfunction.
46
Contents / Precautions
docomo mini UIM card precautions
■■Do not use excessive force to attach/
remove docomo mini UIM card.
■■Note that DOCOMO assumes no
responsibility for malfunctions occurring
as the result of inserting and using a
docomo mini UIM card with another IC
card reader/writer.
■■Always keep the IC portion clean when
you use the card.
■■Clean docomo mini UIM card with a soft,
dry cloth (such as a cloth for eyeglasses).
■■Maintain a separate record of the data
you saved in docomo mini UIM card.
Note that DOCOMO assumes no responsibility
for any loss of saved contents of data.
■■To preserve the environment, bring the
old docomo mini UIM card to a sales outlet
such as docomo Shop.
■■Do not carelessly damage, contact, or
short-circuit an IC.
Doing so may cause data loss or malfunction.
■■Do not drop docomo mini UIM card or
subject it to shocks.
Doing so may cause malfunction.
■■Do not bend docomo mini UIM card or
place heavy objects on it.
Doing so may cause malfunction.
■■Do not attach docomo mini UIM card to
the terminal with a label or sticker put on
docomo mini UIM card.
Doing so may cause malfunction.
47
Contents / Precautions
Stylus precautions
■■Do not cover the display with protective
film.
Protective film materials might cause
misoperations.
■■Do not use the stylus in extremely hot or
cold places.
Use the stylus within a temperature range of
5℃ to 40℃ and a humidity range of 30% to
80%.
■■Do not use styluses with chipped or worn
down tips.
Might cause damage to the display and
misoperations.
■■Do not use styluses except for those
specified.
Might cause damage to the display and
misoperations.
■■Do not use stylus on other devices.
Might cause the device to malfunction, or be
damaged.
■■Do not exert excessive force in using
stylus.
If stylus is put into baggage packed with lots
of things, or if it is put into pockets of clothing
and sat on, the stylus might be damaged and
thereby cause malfunctions.
48
Contents / Precautions
Bluetooth function precautions
■■To secure the Bluetooth communication
security, the terminal supports the
security function compliant with Bluetooth
standards, but the security may not be
sufficient depending on the settings. Be
aware of the communication using the
Bluetooth function.
■■Note that DOCOMO is not responsible for
data or information leak when making data
communications using Bluetooth.
■■Frequency band
The frequency band used by the terminal's
Bluetooth function is indicated on the battery
storage section. The following are the
descriptions:
2.4 FH1 / DS4 / OF4 / XX8
2.4
: This radio equipment uses
the 2400 MHz band.
FH/DS/OF/ : Modulation scheme is FH-SS,
XX
DS-SS, OFDM or other system.
1
: The estimated interference
distance is 10 m or less.
4
: The estimated interference
distance is 40 m or less.
8
: The estimated interference
distance is 80 m or less.
49
Contents / Precautions
: The full band between 2400
MHz and 2483.5 MHz is
used and the band of the
mobile identification device is
unavoidable.
Available channels vary by the country.
For use in an aircraft, contact the airline
beforehand.
■■Bluetooth cautions
The operating frequency band of the terminal
is used by industrial, scientific, consumer
and medical equipment including microwave
ovens, premises radio stations for identifying
mobile units used in the manufacturing lines
of plants (radio stations requiring a license),
specified low power radio stations (radio
stations requiring no license) and amateur
radio stations (hereinafter referred to as
"another station").
1.Before using the terminal, confirm that
"another station" is not being operated
nearby.
2.In the event of the terminal causing harmful
radio wave interference with "another
station", promptly change the operating
frequency or stop radio wave emission by
turning off the power, etc.
3.If you have further questions, contact
"docomo Information Center" provided on
the last page of this manual.
50
Contents / Precautions
Wireless LAN (WLAN)
precautions
■■Wireless LAN (WLAN) uses radio waves
to enable communications between
compatible devices, thus allowing
connection to a local area network from
anywhere within the range. On the other
hand, there is a risk of data interception,
etc. by third party unless security is
established. It is recommender to set
the security settings on your own
responsibility.
■■Wireless LAN
Do not use wireless LAN near magnetic
devices such as electrical appliances or AV/
OA devices, or in radio waves.
• Magnetism or radio waves may increase
noises or disable communications, etc.
(especially when using a microwave oven).
• When used near TV, radio, etc., reception
interference may occur, or channels on the
TV screen may be disturbed, etc.
• If there are multiple wireless LAN access
points nearby and the same channel is
used, search may not work correctly.
• For using WLAN overseas, point of use etc.
may be restricted depending on country.
In that case, confirm conditions such as
available frequency or regulations of the
country to use it.
51
Contents / Precautions
■■2.4 GHz device cautions
The operating frequency band of the WLAN
device is used by home electric appliances
such as microwave oven, industrial, scientific,
consumer and medical equipment including
premises radio stations for identifying mobile
units used in the manufacturing lines of
plants (radio stations requiring a license),
specified low power radio stations (radio
stations requiring no license) and amateur
radio stations (radio stations requiring a
license).
1.Before using the device, confirm that
premises radio stations for identifying
mobile units, specified low power radio
stations and amateur radio stations are
not being operated nearby.
2.If the device causes harmful radio
interference to premises radio stations
for identifying mobile units, immediately
change the frequency band or stop use,
and contact "docomo Information Center"
described on the last page of this manual
for crosstalk avoidance, etc. (e.g. partition
setup).
3.If the device causes radio interference
to specified low power radio stations or
amateur radio stations, contact "docomo
Information Center" described on the last
page of this manual.
52
Contents / Precautions
■■5 GHz device cautions
The terminal can use 3 frequency bands of
5.2 GHz band (W52), 5.3 GHz band (W53),
5.6 GHz band (W56).
• 5.2 GHz band (W52/36, 40, 44, 48 ch)
• 5.3 GHz band (W53/52, 56, 60, 64 ch)
• 5.6 GHz band (W56/100, 104, 108, 112,
116, 120, 124, 128, 132, 136, 140 ch)
Using wireless LAN built-into the terminal
in 5.2/5.3 GHz outside is prohibited by the
Radio Law.
Precautions on FeliCa and NFC
reader/writer
■■FeliCa and NFC reader/writer and P2P
function of the terminal uses weak waves
requiring no licenses for radio stations.
■■It uses 13.56 MHz frequency band. When
someone uses other reader/writer or P2P
function in your surroundings, keep the
terminal away sufficiently from them.
Before using the reader/writer, confirm
that there are no radio stations using the
same frequency band nearby.
■■For use in an aircraft, contact the airline
beforehand. In some countries, use may
be restricted.
Confirm regulations etc. for the country/
area before using.
53
Contents / Precautions
Notes on samples (Stereo
Headset with Microphone)
■■Do not expose to water.
Stereo Headset with Microphone is not
waterproof. Do not use in a bathroom or other
highly humid area or do not let rain touch. Or
putting the terminal on your body, humidity
of sweat may cause internal corrosion and
malfunction.
■■Clean the jack occasionally with a dry
cotton swab etc.
If the jack is soiled, connection may get
worse, so clean the jack with a dry cotton
swab etc. Also, be careful never to damage
the jack when cleaning it.
■■Do not place the equipment near an airconditioner outlet.
The rapid change in temperature may cause
condensation, causing internal corrosion and
malfunction.
■■To remove Stereo Headset with
Microphone from the terminal, be sure
to hold the plug of Stereo Headset with
Microphone and then pull out horizontally
from the terminal.
If you pull out forcibly, it may cause
malfunction.
54
Contents / Precautions
Note
■■Do not deform the terminal. Using an
altered device is a violation of the Radio
Law/Telecommunications Business Act.
The terminal is compliant with rules on the
technical standard conformance of specified
wireless equipment based on the Radio Law/
Telecommunications Business Act. As proof
" is
of this, the "Technical Compliance Mark
depicted on the manufacturer's specification
sticker of this terminal.
If you remove the screws and alter the inside
of the terminal, the technical regulations
compliance certification becomes invalid.
Do not use the terminal with the certification
invalid, as it is a violation of the Radio Law
and Telecommunications Business Act.
■■Be careful when using the terminal while
driving.
A penalty may be imposed for using by holding
a mobile phone with the hand while driving.
However, absolutely necessary cases such as
rescue of a sick person or maintaining public's
safety are exempted.
■■Use FeliCa reader/writer function only in
Japan.
FeliCa reader/writer function of the terminal
complies with the wireless standards in Japan.
You may be punished if you use the function
overseas.
■■Do not modify the basic software illegally.
It may be regarded as modifications and repair
may be refused.
55
Contents / Precautions
Getting started
Part names and functions
1
2
3
8
19
20
13
9
21
22
14
10
15
23
24
16
4
25
26
5
6
7
11
27
17
18
12
28
a Infrared port
• Used for operating other device such as TV
with "Smart Remote" application (P.151). It is
not available to send/receive data via infrared
communication.
b Notification LED → P.119
c Earpiece
• Hear the other party's voice from here.
d Display (touch screen) → P.75
e
Home key/Fingerprint sensor
• Return to the Home screen during operation.
Also, use for fingerprint authentication
(P.92).
56
Getting started
• Press and hold for 1 second or longer to
activate Google Search.
f
History key
• Display Recently-used applications.
• Touch and hold to display menu.
g Microphone (lower)
• Used for usual call, call in hands-free, recording
with Voice Recorder, shooting a video, or voice
recognition for S Voice, Memo application, etc.
h
Power/Screen lock key
• Press this key for 2 seconds or longer to turn
on the power of the terminal (P.71).
• You can set the screen lock manually (P.72).
• Press and hold for 1 second or longer to power
off, enable/disable airplane mode, restart,
enable/disable emergency mode, and set
Silent mode.
i In-camera
j Proximity/Light/Gesture sensor
• Sense approach of face etc. or ambient
brightness to turn off screen display, or sense
movement of hand or finger (Gesture) to
operate the terminal.
k
Back key
• Return to the previous status of key operation
for Menu display, etc.
• Touch and hold to display Multi window icon
list.
l External connection jack
*1
m GPS/FOMA/Xi antenna
*1
n Xi antenna
o Out-camera
• Shoot still images or video (P.334, P.335).
p Back cover
57
Getting started
q Speaker
*2
• Ringtone sounds.
• When talking with hands-free, hear the other
party's voice from here.
r Stylus pen
s Microphone (upper)
• Used for usual call, call in hands-free, recording
with Voice Recorder, shooting a video, etc.
t Headphone connection jack
• 3.5 mm diameter connection jack for
connecting the included External TV
antenna cable SC01 or Stereo Headset with
microphone (sample), etc.
*1
u FOMA/Xi antenna
*1
v Wi-Fi antenna
w Volume key → P.449
*1
x Wi-Fi/Bluetooth antenna
y Heart rate sensor
• Measure heart rate (P.407).
z Flash/Light
• Lights up when shooting image and video.
A
mark
1
B FOMA/Xi antenna*
*1 It is a built-in antenna. Covering around
antenna may affect the quality.
*2 Do not attach a strap etc. on the speaker
section of the back cover. It may cause
damage the back cover.
Information
• Transparent protective sheets are
attached around the home key, lens of the
out-camera, and on the lateral side of the
terminal. Put them off if required.
58
Getting started
docomo mini UIM card
docomo mini UIM card is an IC card storing
user information such as phone numbers.
• Only docomo mini UIM card is available for the
terminal. If you have a UIM or FOMA card, bring
it to docomo Shop to replace.
• If docomo mini UIM card is not inserted, you
cannot use functions such as calling, sending/
receiving emails, data communication.
• In Japan, calls to emergency telephone
numbers (110, 119, 118) cannot be made if
docomo mini UIM card is not installed.
• For details on handling docomo mini UIM card,
refer to the docomo mini UIM card manual.
Security codes of docomo mini
UIM card
The docomo mini UIM card has security code,
named PIN code (P.485).
59
Getting started
Attaching/Removing docomo mini
UIM card
Attaching docomo mini UIM card
1 Remove the back cover (P.62)
2 Remove the battery pack (P.65)
the IC face down, insert the
3 With
docomo mini UIM card into the
docomo mini UIM card slot in the
direction of arrow mark
Corner cut
IC
docomo mini
UIM card slot
60
Getting started
Removing docomo mini UIM card
1 Remove the back cover (P.62)
2 Remove the battery pack (P.65)
the docomo mini UIM card
3 Pull
straight out in the direction of arrow
mark
Information
• For handling the docomo mini UIM card,
take care not to touch or scratch the IC.
• Attaching or removing forcibly may damage
the docomo mini UIM card.
• Be careful not to lose the removed docomo
mini UIM card.
61
Getting started
Battery pack
• Attach/remove the battery pack after turning
the power off.
• For attaching/removing the battery pack or
back cover, hold the terminal with hand not to
damage the display, etc. And be careful not to
[Power/Screen lock key] with your
press
finger or hand.
• Do not bend/twist with excessive force to
attach/remove the back cover.
The back cover may be damaged.
• Use Battery Pack SC14 for the terminal.
Attaching the battery pack
① of the back cover with your
1 Hook
fingertip, lift up a little in the direction
b and remove in the direction c
3
1
2
62
Getting started
facing the battery pack A mark
2 With
up, align the convex part of the
terminal with concave part of the
battery pack correctly, press the
battery pack to the direction a and
push to the direction b
2
Convex
part
Concave
part
1
63
Getting started
the orientation of the back
3 Check
cover, align it with the camera part
and then attach the back cover
pressing parts marked by ○ firmly so
as not to make any gap
Press parts marked by
firmly and make sure
that there are no gaps
between the cover and
the terminal.
64
Getting started
Removing the battery pack
1 Remove the back cover (P.62)
the battery pack up in the
2 Hold
direction of arrow mark using the
concave part of the terminal with your
fingertip, and then remove it
Concave
part
65
Getting started
Charging
■■Battery pack life
• The battery pack is a consumable accessory.
Each time it is charged, time available with
each charging reduces.
• Watching 1Seg, etc. while charging the battery
for a long time may shorten the battery life.
• When a time available with each charging
is reduced to about a half from that of a
new battery, replacement of the battery is
recommended because it is near the end of life.
The battery pack may swell out as it comes to
near the end of its lifetime depending on the
usage conditions, but it is not a problem.
■■Battery charge
• For details of AC Adapter 03 / 04 / 05
(optional), DC Adapter 03 / 04 (optional),
see respective manuals.
• AC Adapter 03 / 04 / 05 are applicable to
AC 100-240V.
• The AC adaptor has a plug dedicated to AC
100V (for domestic use). When using the
AC adapter in the range of AC 100V and
240V overseas, a conversion plug adapter
applicable to the country you are staying is
required. Do not charge the battery using a
transformer for overseas travel.
66
Getting started
• When the terminal is turned ON, you can
operate the terminal even while charging.
However, in that case, charging takes
longer time because of reducing charging
volume.
• When inserting/removing the connector,
make sure not to put excessive force.
• Do not remove the battery pack while it is
charged.
■■Do not charge for a long while (several
days) with the power turned on.
• If the terminal is left for a long time with the
power turned on while charging, the battery pack
starts feeding the terminal when the charging is
complete. For that reason, the actual battery time
may shorten and battery alert may appear shortly.
In such case, charge again in a proper way. When
charging again, remove the terminal from the AC
adapter or DC adapter and set again.
67
Getting started
■■Estimate battery pack operating time
• The operating time of the battery pack varies
depending on the operating environment and
the degradation level of the battery pack etc.
Continuous FOMA/3G Stationary (Auto):
stand-by
Approx. 470 H
time
LTE
Stationary (Auto):
Approx. 430 H
GSM
Stationary (Auto):
Approx. 400 H
Continuous FOMA/3G Approx. 1,020 min.
call time
VoLTE
Approx. 1,110 min.
Voice Call
GSM
Approx. 700 min.
■■Estimate charging time
• For estimate of charging time, see "Main
specifications" (P.573).
68
Getting started
Charging with the AC adapter
Charging using AC Adapter 05 (optional) is
explained here.
Notification LED
Notification
LED
AC adapter
microUSB plug
the microUSB plug of AC adapter
1 Insert
with facing B engraved up horizontally
into the external connection jack of the
terminal
up and insert the power plug of
2 Turn
AC adapter to the outlet
• When the screen is off, the notification
LED of the terminal lights in red, and the
LED of the AC adapter lights in green.
appears
• When charging is completed,
on the status bar.
charging is completed, pull out
3 When
the power plug of AC adapter from
the outlet
out the microUSB plug of AC
4 Pull
adapter from the terminal horizontally
69
Getting started
Charging with microUSB cable
You can charge the terminal with a PC by
connecting it to a PC using a microUSB cable
01 sold separately.
• For connection to a PC, see P.514.
• When you perform USB connection with a
PC, " 新しいハードウェアの検索ウィザードの開始
(Start new hardware search wizard)" screen
or " 同期セットアップウィザード (synchronization
setup wizard)" screen may appear on the PC.
If you just want to charge the terminal without
synchronizing to the PC, select " キャンセル
(Cancel)".
• Depending on the terminal condition, it may
take time for charging, or may not be charged.
When the battery is almost
exhausted
Notification tone sounds, a message prompting
to charge appears and the display dims. When
the battery is exhausted, the power of the
terminal automatically turns off. When you
tap "Battery use" displayed with a message
prompting to charge, functions presently
consuming the battery power appear by a list.
Depending on the function or application, a
message indicating low battery may appear
when you try to activate them and they may not
be activated.
70
Getting started
Turning power ON/OFF
Turning power ON
Press
[Power/Screen lock key]
1 for
2 seconds or longer
• The starting screen appears, and then the
lock screen appears.
When you turn the power on for the first time
Make the initial settings following to the
onscreen instructions (P.115).
2 Tap
• When the Home screen is set to "TouchWiz
basic home" or "TouchWiz easy home",
swipe (P.77) the screen up, down, left or
right until the screen lock is unlocked.
■■Checking the radio wave condition
An icon indicating radio wave reception level
appears on the status bar (P.124).
When
appears, you are out of Xi/FOMA
service area or in a place where the radio
wave cannot reach.
Turning power OFF
Press
[Power/Screen lock key]
1 for
1 second or longer
• Device options screen appears.
2 "Power off" → "Power off"
• After exit screen appears the power turns
off.
71
Getting started
Setting/Canceling screen lock
You can set the screen lock to prevent the
erroneous operation of the touch screen or keys.
• When the display is turned off with "Screen
timeout" (P.441) set, the screen lock
activates automatically after about 5 seconds.
Setting screen lock
1 Press
[Power/Screen lock key]
• The display turns off and the screen lock
is set.
Canceling screen lock
During the screen lock, press
1 [Power/Screen
lock key]/
[Home key]
• Lock screen appears.
2 Tap
• When the Home screen is set to
"TouchWiz basic home" or "TouchWiz easy
home", swipe (P.77) the screen up,
down, left or right until the screen lock is
unlocked.
72
Getting started
Lock screen
1
4
2
3
5
Lock screen (example)
6
“ひつじのしつじくん® (Butler Sheep)”
©NTT DOCOMO
a Clock widget
b Lock canceling button*
c Camera activating button
d Machi-chara* (e.g. ひつじのしつじくん (Butler
Sheep))
• Notify you of information such as mail
reception or incoming call.
e Search button*
• You can search activating Google Search.
f Edge screen
• The panel selected in Express me is displayed
on the Edge screen.
73
Getting started
• Slide the Edge screen to the right or left to
change the display panel.
* Appears only when the Home screen is set to
"docomo LIVE UX".
Information
• When notification information for missed
calls or others arrives during the screen
lock, the notification information may be
displayed on the lock screen.
• You can set up that unlock method is
required to cancel screen lock (P.453).
• If you tap an application on the Edge
screen, that application is activated when
the screen is unlocked.
74
Getting started
Basic Operation
You can operate the terminal variously with
touch screen, stylus pen and motions.
• Do not contact the touch screen with electric
materials or metallic materials. The terminal
might not operate well due to static electricity.
• The touch screen might not operate when you
use the terminal during charging. In that case,
remove the terminal from the charger.
• Do not cover the antenna section with your
hand when operating the terminal while holding
it.
Using touch screen
■■Notes on using the touch screen
• The touch screen is designed for being
touched lightly with fingers or the supplied
stylus pen. Do not push it forcibly with a
finger or press it with sharp objects (a nail,
ballpoint pen, pin etc.).
• The touch screen may not work in the
following cases. Note that it may cause
malfunction.
-- Operation with gloved hands
-- Operation with tip of fingernail
-- Operation with a foreign object on the
display
-- Operation with protective sheet or seal,
etc. on the display
75
Getting started
You can operate the touch screen (display) of
the terminal by directly touching with your finger.
In this manual, main operations are described as
follows.
■■Tap/Double-tap
Touch a displayed item
or icon lightly with your
finger or stylus pen to
select/perform (Tap).
Tap twice quickly on a
displayed image or web
page to zoom in/out the
contents (Double-tap).
■■Touch and hold
Touch and hold a
displayed content or
item with your finger or
stylus pen for 1 second
or longer to display
menu, etc.
■■Drag
With touching with your
finger or stylus pen,
move a displayed item
or icon.
76
Getting started
■■Swipe
Lightly move your finger
or stylus pen across
the surface of the
screen.
■■Scroll
With touching a
displayed content with
your finger or stylus
pen, move it up/down/
right/left or switch the
views.
■■Flick
With touching the
displayed content with
your finger or stylus
pen, quickly move it
up/down/right/left and
release it to scroll the
content.
■■Widen/Narrow two fingers' distance
With touching a
displayed image or web
page with your two
fingers, widen or narrow
the distance to zoom
in/out the content.
77
Getting started
Using stylus pen
Stylus pen can be used to do the basic actions
such as touching, dragging, and zooming in/out
that also can be done with fingers. In addition,
various functions can be implemented while
stylus pen is used.
• Pull out the stylus pen from the device during
a call, action memo or general air command is
launched.
• Pull out the stylus pen from the device when
touch screen is OFF, then it will turn on the
touch screen.
Information
• When you lean the stylus pen excessively,
the operation may not be recognized.
• According to the terminal or the application
used, the operation may not go well.
• In case that the stylus pen, tip or the pin
set is broken or lost, purchase separately
sold stylus pen SC04.
78
Getting started
Exchange the stylus nib
Stylus pen SC04 has a rubber cap at the edge
of the stylus nib. When the cap becomes wornout, replace it with a new stylus nib.
the stylus nib firmly with
1 Pinch
tweezers and pull it out to the
direction of the arrow
tweezer
the new stylus nib to the
2 Insert
parallel direction of the arrow until it
stops
• Make sure that the correct side of stylus
pen is inserted
stylus nib
Information
• Make sure not to pinch your finger between
tweezers and stylus nib.
• Do not use the worn-out stylus nib. May
cause malfunction.
79
Getting started
• Do not apply excessive force when
inserting the stylus nib into the stylus.
• Two different kinds of the stylus nibs
are provided for replacement so you can
experience the various writing touch.
-- Nibs that are glossy (two of the
replacement stylus nibs) are made of
relatively hard materials.
-- Nibs that are not glossy (three of the
replacement stylus nibs) are made of
relatively soft materials.
Main function of stylus pen
Press stylus button to operate more of a variety
of operating procedures. In this manual, main
operations are described as follows.
■■Action memo
While pressing stylus
button, double tap an
image to activate Action
memo.
80
Getting started
■■Direct pen input
When hovering the stylus
pen over a text field,
appears at the text
to display
field. Tap
handwriting pad. Using
the handwriting pad, you
can write a message,
a contact name and
alarm by handwriting.
To check the available
handwriting gesture, from
→
the home screen,
"Settings" → "S Pen" →
"Direct pen input" → →
"Help" → "Use handwriting
gestures".
From the direct pen
input screen, mark "Text
suggestion" to display
recognition candidate
while handwriting.
81
Getting started
Using Motion/Gesture
Use simple motion/gesture operation to
implement a variety of functions such as
displaying information or muting ringtone and
reproduced sound.
* This feature may not be available for
applications provided by DOCOMO and some
other applications.
Main Motion/gesture functions
Moving your hand over the proximity/light/gesture
sensor of the terminal, moving the terminal, or
swiping or tapping operation on the display performs
the following operations.
• Activate motion/gesture before using. From the
→ "Settings" → "Motions and
Home screen,
gestures" → Tap motion/gesture you want to
use → Tap
to ON.
• Tap a motion/gesture you want to use. You
can display tutorial for each motion/gesture
to check how to use or set an application or
function to be used.
82
Getting started
■■Direct call
When SMS list screen
or detailed screen of
"Contacts" application
provided by Samsung
is displayed, pick up
the terminal and bring
it close to your face to
call the contact.
* The international dial
assist screen may
appear when making
a call.
■■Smart alert
If you pick up the
terminal when there
are missed calls or new
SMS and the screen
turns off, the terminal
vibrates to notify.
■■Mute/Pause
Placing your palm over
the screen
While ringtone or alarm
is sounding, placing
your palm over the
screen to mute.
83
Getting started
Turning device over
While ringtone or alarm
is sounding, turn down
the terminal to mute
the sound.
■■Palm swipe to capture
Swipe the screen from
right to left or vice versa
with the side of your
hand to capture the
displayed screen.
Information
• If excessive movement (shakiness, impact,
etc.) is given to the terminal, Motion may
not function correctly because of sensor
characteristic.
• If you wear dark color glove or perform
gesture operation out of the sensor
recognition range, Gesture may not
function correctly because of sensor
characteristic.
84
Getting started
Using S Preview
Putting stylus pen close to the screen performs
the following operations.
• In some applications, this feature may not be
available.
→ "Settings" →
• From the Home screen,
"S Pen" → "S Preview" → Tap
to enable
the feature before using.
→ "Settings" →
• From the Home screen,
"S Pen" → "S Pen sound"/"S Pen vibration
feedback" to enable/disable sound and haptic
feedback when putting stylus pen close to the
items you want to preview in S preview.
• When S preview is tapped, the tutorial for each
S preview appears and you can check how to
use.
85
Getting started
S Preview
When the stylus nib is held near the screen, the
S preview pointer will appear on the screen and
you can do the following operations.
■■Information preview
When the information
preview is present, the S
preview pointer turns blue.
Diplays information which
is not displayed entirely
on the screen in preview
when the stylus nib hovers
close to the text or image,
displays sharing and
editing menu when the
stylus nib hovers close to
a photo, or displays scene
or frame time information
when the stylus nib hovers
close to the progress bar
(current playback position)
while playing video, etc.
Also displays names, etc.
set for speed dial when
you put the stylus pen
close to a number on
keypad screen for "Dial"
application provided by
Samsung.
86
Getting started
■■Icon labels (by pen nib)
When the stylus nib
hovers near an icon, a
label popup will be shown.
■■List scrolling
When the stylus nib
hovers near the edge (up,
down, left, right) of the
screen, the screen will
scroll.
■■Link preview
Displays the preview of
the contents of the link
when the stylus nib hovers
close to the link. (SMS
application only)
87
Getting started
■■Air menu
In a e-mail creation screen,
etc., displays recently
added images and list
of frequently sent mail
addresses when the stylus
nib hovers close to the
attach button or recipient
button.
88
Getting started
Air command
Press the stylus button when putting stylus
pen closer to screen to use the air command
function.
• Before using air command, you need to enable
the feature by tapping in the Home screen
→ "Settings" → "S Pen" → "Air command" →
.
■■Display general air commands
Put stylus pen closer to
the screen then press the
stylus button to display
general air command.
• Action memo: Start up the action memo.
• Smart select: You can collect contents
selected with the stylus pen.
• Image clip: Crops part of the screen.
• Screen write: Capture screen.
89
Getting started
Switching the orientation of the
display automatically
Motion sensor which detects the terminal
orientation (vertical/horizontal) and tilt can
switch the screen view automatically.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"Display and wallpaper"
2 Mark / unmark "Screen rotation"
Information
• You can also set Auto rotate screen on
the Notification panel.
• Home screen or some functions may not
automatically switch the view orientation.
90
Getting started
Saving display content as image
Save screen content as image (screen capture).
• Screen capture may not be available for some
applications.
a screen you want to save as
1 Display
an image
[Home key] and
2 Press
[Power/Screen lock key] at the same
time for 1 second or longer
Information
• Captured images are saved in the png
format, and you can check them in "Gallery"
/ "Photos" application.
• Enable "Palm swipe to capture" (P.84)
in Palm motion so that screen capture
is available by swiping the screen of the
terminal from right to left or vice versa with
the side of your hand.
91
Getting started
Using fingerprint authentication
Fingerprint authentication is an authentication
sliding your finger over the fingerprint sensor.
■■Precautions for using fingerprint
authentication
• This function is designed to authenticate
using the characteristics information of
fingerprint image. For this reason, user with
fingerprint that does not provide enough
characteristics information may not be able
to use the fingerprint authentication.
• Scanning several times with the same finger
is needed to register your fingerprint. Do not
use different fingers to register.
• Authentication performance (the probability
of successful fingerprint authentication for
correct sliding of the finger) depends on
the condition of use. Fingerprint registration
may be difficult or the authentication
performance may decrease depending on
conditions such as the hand is dry. Taking
measures according to the condition of
your finger including washing hands, wiping
hands, using a different finger for fingerprint
authentication, etc. may improve the
authentication performance.
• For registration/authentication of your
fingerprint, align the first joint of one of
your fingers to the center of the sensor,
press your finger and slide it downward
until it passes the fingerprint sensor area.
To prevent authentication failure due to
difference in finger positions at registration
and authentication, keep your finger parallel
to the terminal as you slide it.
92
Getting started
• If you bend your finger or touching the
sensor with fingertip, recognition may not be
performed normally.
• If the sliding movement is too fast or too
slow, the fingerprint may not be correctly
recognized. Try as much as possible to slide
your finger so that the center of the whorl
of the fingerprint passes the center of the
fingerprint sensor.
• Do not touch the fingerprint sensor before
the lock screen appears by pressing
[Power/Screen lock key] /
[Home
key]. The fingerprint sensor may fail to work.
• If fingerprint registration or authentication is
started with the finger put on the fingerprint
sensor, activation may fail. Put the finger
off from the fingerprint sensor and retry the
operation.
• Fingerprint authentication technology
does not guarantee complete identity
authentication or verification. Note that
DOCOMO assumes no responsibility for any
damage caused by use of this product or
unavailability of this product.
■■Usage precautions for fingerprint sensor
• The fingerprint sensor is malfunction may
occur if dirt adheres to the surface of the
fingerprint sensor or your finger. Wipe any dirt
with a soft cloth before use. Also wrinkled
finger with water may cause malfunction.
93
Getting started
• Do not strike the terminal or give a hard
shock. May cause failure or damage. Do not
scratch the surface of the sensor or pick
with a pointed objected, such as the nib of
the S Pen.
• Rubbing hard with a fingernail or hard object
such as metal piece of strap may scratch
the surface of the fingerprint sensor.
• Dirt with mud etc. or scratch on the surface
of the fingerprint sensor may cause failure or
damage.
• Remove the protective film attached at the
time of purchase and use the fingerprint
sensor. If you use the fingerprint sensor it
with the protective film attached, it may not
work normally.
• Do not attach a sticker or paint with ink etc.
on the fingerprint sensor.
• Dirt of dust, sebum, etc. may make fingerprint
scanning difficult or reduce the authentication
performance. Clean the surface of the
fingerprint sensor from time to time.
• When fingerprint registration or authentication
fails often, clean the surface of the fingerprint
sensor. The phenomenon may be improved.
• To clean the fingerprint sensor, wipe its
surface with a dry, soft and static-free cloth.
Long-period use may cause the fingerprint
sensor to get dusty, but do not try to remove
the dust with a pointed object even in such a
case.
• Static electricity may cause malfunction.
Before placing the finger on the fingerprint
sensor, eliminate static electricity by touching
a metal object with the hand etc. Take
particular care in dry seasons such as winter.
94
Getting started
Setting fingerprint authentication
Register fingerprints or set function to use or
substitute password. You can register up to
three fingerprints.
• For unlocking method of screen lock, see
"Setting unlock method for the screen lock"
(P.453).
■■Registering fingerprints
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Finger Scanner"
→ "Settings"
2 "Fingerprint manager"
3 Confirm the disclaimer → "OK"
this step, follow the onscreen
4 After
instructions to register fingerprint
■■Setting as unlock method for the screen
lock
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Finger Scanner"
→ "Settings"
2 "Screen lock"
3 "Fingerprint"
fingerprint according to
4 Authenticate
the onscreen instructions.
■■Setting use for Web sign-in
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Finger Scanner"
→ "Settings"
2 "Web sign-in"
95
Getting started
→ Set following the onscreen
3 Tap
instructions
■■Setting use for Samsung account
authentication
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Finger Scanner"
→ "Settings"
2 "Verify Samsung account"
→ Set following the onscreen
3 Tap
instructions
■■Setting for use of PayPal payment
the Home screen,
1 From
→ "Finger Scanner"
→ "Settings"
2 "Pay with PayPal"
according to the onscreen
3 Set
instructions
■■Changing backup password
the Home screen,
1 From
→ "Finger Scanner"
→ "Settings"
2 "Change backup password"
your finger over the fingerprint
3 Slide
sensor in the fingerprint authentication
screen → Set a new password
according to the onscreen instructions
• You can also set a new password by
tapping " バックアップパスワードを入力 " and
entering the current password.
96
Getting started
■■Deregister fingerprint
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Finger Scanner"
→ "Settings"
2 "Fingerprint manager"
your finger over the fingerprint
3 Slide
sensor in the fingerprint authentication
screen →
→ "Select"
the fingerprints to deregister →
4 Mark
→ "OK"
Authenticating fingerprint
the fingerprint authentication
1 When
screen appears, slide your finger over
the fingerprint sensor
• If authentication failed, put off your finger
from the fingerprint sensor then retry
authentication.
• You can also deregister your fingerprint
and entering the current
by tapping
password.
97
Getting started
Character entry
To enter characters, tap the character entry
field to display the keyboard (Samsung
Japanese keyboard) for character entry, and
then tap a key of the keyboard.
Information
• Use Google voice typing or Moji-Henshu to
enter characters by voice sound.
• Depending on usage condition, the display
or operation of each keyboard may differ or
the dedicated keyboard for the application
or function you use may appear.
Switching keyboard types (input
method)
the keyboard is displayed, open
1 While
the Notification panel
2 "Choose input method"
• "Choose input method" screen appears.
3 Tap a input method you want to use
98
Getting started
Entering with Samsung Japanese
keyboard
In Samsung Japanese keyboard, you can use
two types of keyboards: "3x4 Keyboard" and
"QWERTY Keyboard".
• 3x4 Keyboard: it is a keyboard similar to a
general mobile phone keyboard (for multi-tap
method). Tap a key assigned character you
want to enter several times until the target
character is entered.
• QWERTY Keyboard: it is a keyboard similar
to the one of PC. Enter Japanese in Roman
character.
1
1
2
3
4
5
3x4 Keyboard
7
6
3
7
10
8
9
5
11
QWERTY Keyboard
6
8
3
a Display predictive options/usual conversion
options. Tap an option to enter text.
• When "Japanese Word Prediction" (P.110)/"Word
is tapped
Prediction" (P.110) is set to OFF, if
while the predictive options is displayed, usual
conversion options appear.
to widen the display area of predictive
• Tap
to return
options/usual conversion options. Tap
the previous display.
99
Getting started
b Switch an unconfirmed character to the one in
reverse order of when you tap the key (Does not
switch when using flick input).
• When no character is entered, perform displayed
key operations. Touch and hold to display
the following icon menu. Displayed key differs
depending on selected icon menu.
: Switch to voice input.
: Switch to the handwriting input.
: Display clipboard and paste text etc.
: Display Samsung Japanese keyboard setting
menu.
: Switch between floating keyboard/keyboard for
one-handed operation.
c Moves cursor right or left.
• Tap
to continue inputting characters assigned
to the same button in 3x4 Keyboard.
• When "Japanese Wildcard Prediction" (P.110)
/"Wildcard Prediction" (P.110) is set to ON,
wildcard prediction can be used (P.103) by
tapping .
d Alphanumeric/katakana conversion options
appear. Tap again to display predictive options/
usual conversion options.
• When a character is not entered,
is displayed.
Tap it to switch to Number/Symbol input mode.
Touch and hold the key to display Emoji/Emoticon/
symbol list. Tap the tab to switch the list. Tap the
to return to the keypad display.
e Switch Hiragana/kanji/Alphabet input mode.
f Delete characters or symbols to the left of the
cursor.
100
Getting started
g Display usual conversion options.
• If suggestions are not displayed, tap to enter
a space.
is displayed only when entering
Hiragana/kanji.
h Confirm entered characters.
• When
is displayed, tap it to insert a linefeed.
• When
appears, tap to move the cursor to the
next entry field.
• When
,
,
appears, tap to search.
i Put a voiced sound mark or the Japanese voiceless
bilabial sound mark. Switch upper/lower case etc.
• In alphabet input mode,
is displayed.
j Perform displayed key operations.
• Touch and hold to display the following icon menu.
Displayed key differs depending on selected icon
menu.
: Switch to voice input.
: Switch to the handwriting input.
: Display clipboard and paste text etc.
: Display Samsung Japanese keyboard setting
menu.
: Switch between floating keyboard/keyboard for
one-handed operation.
k Switch to Symbol input mode.
• Touch and hold the key to display Emoji/ Emoticon
/Symbol list. Tap the tab to switch lists. Tap
to return to the keypad display.
Information
• For Moji-Henshu, connection by Mobile network
is required. It may not be available via Wi-Fi
connection.
101
Getting started
Switching keyboard types
1 While the keyboard is displayed,
2 "3x4 Keyboard ⇔ QWERTY Keyboard"
Keyboard"/"QWERTY
3 "3x4
Keyboard" → "OK"
Information
• When "Custom Settings" is selected in Step 3,
set screen orientation and keyboard type for
each input language.
Switching Half-width/Full-width
the keyboard is displayed, touch
1 While
and hold
2 "Half-width"/"Full-width"
102
Getting started
Using Wildcard Prediction
Wildcard Prediction is a function to narrow down
conversion options by entering numbers of the
reading of word etc.
• It is available when "Japanese Word Prediction"
(P.110) and "Japanese Wildcard Prediction"
(P.110) are set to ON.
• For entering alphabet/Korean characters, it is
available when "Word Prediction" (P.110) and
"Wildcard Prediction" (P.110) are set to ON.
Example: Entering " 東京都 "
the keyboard is displayed, enter
1 When
"と" "う"
2 Tap
4 times
• " とう○○○○ " is displayed and " 東京都 "
is displayed in the predictive conversion
options.
To change the numbers of reading
Tap
3
/
.
" 東京都 "
103
Getting started
Input by handwriting
On the Samsung Japanese keyboard, tap
display handwriting input.
to
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
Handwriting input
a Display word suggestions. Tap an option to enter
text.
b Switch Recognition mode (Hiragana/kanji/
Alphabet).
c Display Number/Symbol keyboard.
• Touch and hold to display Emoji/ Emoticon /Symbol
list.
d Switch to Samsung Japanese keyboard.
• Touch and hold to display the following icon menu.
Displayed key differs depending on selected icon
menu.
:Switch to voice input.
:Switch to Samsung Japanese keyboard.
:Display clipboard and paste text etc.
: Display Samsung Japanese keyboard setting menu.
:Switch between floating keyboard/keyboard
for one-handed operation.
e Display usual conversion options.
• When any conversion options are not displayed, tap
to enter a space.
104
Getting started
f Confirm entered characters.
• When
is displayed, tap it to insert a linefeed.
• When
appears, tap to move the cursor to the
next entry field.
• When
,
,
appears, tap to search.
g Delete characters or symbols to the left of the
cursor.
• When characters are entered in the entry area, you
can delete the characters one by one.
h Move the cursor left or right.
i Enter characters in the entry area by handwriting.
Selecting/Copying/Cutting/
Pasting text
the keyboard is displayed, touch
1 While
and hold entered character string
•
/ , / , etc. appear. Drag
etc. to move the cursor.
/ ,
/
,
2 Select icon to use
Icon
Description
/
Select all entered characters.
/
Cut out selected character string.
/
Copy the selected character string.
/
Paste copied/cut character string.
Tap "Clipboard" to display clipboard.
105
Getting started
Icon
*
Description
Search for selected text with the
dictionary.
* By default, dictionary data is not installed.
When a list of available dictionaries appears,
install them and then use the application.
Information
• In horizontal view display, the display may
be different.
• For some applications, the function
may not be available or there may be
unavailable functions. And display of icon
may be different or icon other than ones in
Step 2 may be displayed.
• Touch and hold an entry field in which
any characters are not entered to display
a menu so that you can use "PASTE" or
"Clipboard" (For some applications, it may
be unavailable).
106
Getting started
Setting character entry/
conversion function
Setting Samsung Japanese keyboard
You can set entry operations when entering
characters using Samsung Japanese keyboard,
register to the user dictionary, etc.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"Language and input" →
on
"Samsung Japanese keyboard"
107
Getting started
2 Tap an item to set
Item
Description
Input Language Select from Use system
language, Japanese English,
Korean English or Japanese
Korean English.
3X4 Keyboard
⇔ QWERTY
Keyboard
Switch keyboard types.
Flick Input
Set ON/OFF of Flick Input,
select Flick Type, set Flick
Sensitivity, Toggle Input,
Symbol flick input.
When "Normal Flick Japanese,
English" or "8Flick Japanese
(English: Normal Flick)" is
set, the pop-up indicating
available characters appears
when you touch the key.
Enter a character by flicking
in the indicated direction
("8Flick Japanese (English:
Normal Flick)" is available
when input mode is Hiragana/
kanji).
• With "8Flick" set, change
character input by flicking
in an oblique direction.
108
Getting started
Item
Description
Display/Key operation
Key Size
Set keyboard height for each
screen orientation.
Lines of
Candidate
Area
Set number of lines of
candidate area.
Sound on
Key Press
Set whether to enable entry
sound when a key is tapped.
Vibrate on
Key Press
Set whether to vibrate the
terminal when a key is tapped.
Key Preview Set whether to display
entering character in popup
when a key is tapped.
Auto Cursor
Movement
Set speed of automatic
cursor movement.
Display left/ Set whether to display
right key
left/right key for QWERTY
Keyboard.
Cursor
control
Set whether to move the
cursor by sliding the finger
over the keyboard.
Korean
keyboard
type
Set 3x4 Keyboard type for
Korean.
109
Getting started
Item
Description
Prediction/Conversion
Japanese
Input Word
Learning
Set whether to save a phrase
confirmed at Japanese
conversion to the learning
dictionary.
Japanese
Word
Prediction
Set whether to display
conversion candidates when
Japanese characters are
entered.
Japanese
Wildcard
Prediction*1
Set whether to use wildcard
prediction (P.103) when
Japanese characters are
entered.
Learn
Suggested
Words
Set whether to save a phrase
confirmed at conversion to
the learning dictionary when
alphabet/Korean characters
are entered.
Word
Prediction
Set whether to display
conversion candidates when
alphabet/Korean characters
are entered.
Wildcard
Prediction*2
Set whether to use wildcard
prediction (P.103) when
alphabet/Korean characters
are entered.
110
Getting started
Item
Description
Prediction/Conversion
Typo
Correction*2
Set whether to display
correction options in the
conversion options field when
there is a wrong entry.
Auto
Spacing
Set whether to enter space
automatically when you
select prediction in alphabet/
Korean character input mode.
Auto
Capitalization
Set whether to capitalize
the first letter of a sentence
automatically when alphabet
is entered.
Number
Prediction*2
Set whether to display
conversion options when
numbers are entered with
number keyboard.
111
Getting started
Item
Description
Voice Input/Handwriting Input
Voice Input
Select a voice input from
"docomo Voice Input", "Google
Voice Input", or "None".
On/Off
Setting
Set whether to use
handwriting input.
Candidates
Type
Select display of handwritten
characters from Prediction
candidates (prediction
conversion candidate)/
Recognition candidates
(entry character candidate).
Recognition
Time
Select display speed of
handwritten characters from
"Fast"/"Normal"/"Slow".
Pen
Thickness
Set thickness of handwritten
characters.
Pen Color
Set color of handwritten
characters.
Pen
detection
Set whether to enable
handwriting input when the
pen is detected.
About
Handwriting
input
Check version of handwriting
application.
112
Getting started
Item
Description
Dictionary
Japanese
Register/edit words etc. to
Japanese user dictionary.
Korean
Register/edit words etc. to
Korean user dictionary.
English
Register/edit words etc. to
English user dictionary.
External Application
Mushroom
Extension
Set whether to use
Mushroom plug-in.
Reset
Clear
Learning
Dictionary
Delete all contents of
learning dictionary.
Reset
settings
Reset all settings.
iWnn IME for
Samsung
Check version of Samsung
Japanese keyboard.
Help
Display Help.
*1 It is unavailable when "Japanese Word
Prediction" is set to OFF.
*2 It is unavailable when "Word Prediction" is set
to OFF.
113
Getting started
Setting Google voice typing
the Home screen,
→
1 From
"Settings" → "Language and input" →
2
on "Google voice typing"
Tap an item to set
Item
Description
Choose input
languages
Select language to input
with voice sound.
Block offensive
words
Set whether to hide
offensive texts recognized
by voice input.
Offline speech
recognition
Download for using voice
input when offline.
Information of Moji-Henshu
the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 From
→ "Language and input" →
on "MojiHenshu"
2 " アプリ情報 (Application information)"
• Check advanced information of MojiHenshu.
114
Getting started
Initial settings
When you turn the terminal ON for the first
time after purchasing, follow the onscreen
instructions to make settings for language,
Google/Samsung account, etc. and initial
setting for docomo service.
Operation steps may vary depending on
connection to network, omitting the setting, etc.
日本語 (Japanese)" → "English" →
1 ""Start"
• To change the language, "English" → tap
language you want to use.
• To change accessibility, tap "Accessibility"
→ Make Accessibility settings.
2 Set Wi-Fi → "Next"
the license agreement etc.
3 Confirm
and mark it → "Next"
4 "Yes"/"No" → Set a Google account
• Tap "Yes" if you have already had a Google
account, otherwise, tap "No".
115
Getting started
whether to restore or back up, to
5 Set
make settings for location information,
and to receive updated information
from Google Play using a Google
account →
• Check the Terms of Service and Privacy
Policy in the account completion screen.
"Agree" → When you enter the text shown,
your account will be created.
• When you do not set Google account, the
setting screen for allowing use of location
information appears. Follow the onscreen
instructions.
whether or not to upgrade to
6 Set
Google+
• If you tap "Not now", you can set up
Google+ later.
7 Set payment information
• Select the payment method and follow the
instructions on the screen.
• Tap "Skip" to set a payment method later.
your first and last name on the
8 Enter
entry screen for the owner of the
terminal →
9 Set Samsung account
• If you tap "Skip" → "Skip", you can set up
your account later.
the Home selection screen,
10On
"docomo LIVE UX" → "Next"
• If you select "TouchWiz basic home" or
"TouchWiz easy home", Home provided by
Samsung is available.
116
Getting started
11"Finish"
• Continue to perform initial settings for
docomo services.
precautions and terms of
12Confirm
service and mark them → "Start
settings"
• docomo ID setting screen appears.
whether to set docomo ID →
13Select
"Next"
• When you select "Set ID on the terminal",
tap "Next" and then operate according to
the onscreen instructions.
whether to enable docomo
14Select
cloud → "Next"
• When you select "Enable cloud", tap
"Next" and then operate according to the
onscreen instructions.
whether to set docomo apps
15Select
password → "Next"
• Select from "Set password"/"Not now" and
tap "Next", then operate according to the
onscreen instructions.
whether to provide location
16Select
information to docomo services →
"Next"
• Mark "Provide only to registered contacts"
not to send location information to the
other party who is not saved in the
phonebook.
117
Getting started
whether to enable remote
17Select
initializing → "Next"
• If you did not set docomo apps password
in step 15, this step will not be shown. Go
to step 18.
whether to install applications
18Select
collectively → "Next"
• Select "Install now" to install applications
for service you have already subscribed.
If you are not installing now, select "Not
now".
19"Start using"
118
Getting started
Notification LED
When the screen is off, when notifications
for missed calls etc. exist or while charging,
notification LED lights/blinks for the
notifications or the condition of terminal.
Operations
Description
Lights red*
Charging battery
Lights green
Charging completes
Blinks red*
Battery level is low
Blinks blue*
(Approx. 5-sec.
interval)
Notifications such as missed
calls, new mails, etc. exist
Blinks blue*
(Approx. 1 sec.
interval)
Recording
Lights blue
Turning on to activate/
turning off to shut down
* Set whether to activate notification LED by
"LED indicator" (P.441).
Information
• If a notification exists while charging,
operation for a notification (blinking blue) is
given priority.
119
Getting started
Display and icons
In the status bar at the top of the display,
icons which indicate the terminal status
or notification information are displayed.
Notification icons appear on the left side of
status bar, and status icons appear on the
right side of status bar.
Status bar
Main notification icons
• Some notification icons may be displayed
with icons overlapped for indicating multiple
notifications.
Notification icon
Receiving/calling
Missed call exists
New Gmail exists
New Email exists
New SMS exists
Delivery report of SMS exists
Trouble in delivery of SMS
120
Getting started
Notification icon
New Area Mail exists
New Hangouts message exists
Data downloading/download
completed
Data uploading/upload completed
Messages in Voice Mail service exist
Answering message On
Recorded message in the answering
message exists
Alarm exists
Alarm of Schedule, etc. exists
Charging completed
/
Playing/pausing music in background
Scanning microSD card
Canceling microSD card mount
USB connecting
Error message exists
Positioning current location by GPS
function (flash)
121
Getting started
Notification icon
USB tethering enabled
Wi-Fi tethering enabled
Bluetooth tethering enabled
Two or more tethering functions
simultaneously enabled
No docomo mini UIM card
Installation of GALAXY Apps
applications is complete/updates for
installed applications exists
Stereo headset connected
Detaching stylus pen
Setting/checking software update
Updatable application exists in
dmarket
Updatable applications exist in Google
Play
Google Play applications are installed
Hidden notification information exists
VPN connecting
Image saved by screen capture exists
122
Getting started
Notification icon
Available Wi-Fi open network exists
Keyboard is displayed
Available memory space of the
terminal drops
Watching/recording Full seg/1Seg
Receiving Mobacas
Omakase lock is set
Car mode is set
Authentication of docomo ISD setting
is failed
Notification by docomo backup
application exists
Location information providing of
docomo apps is enabled
A safety support emergency message
has arrived
Festival effect exists
123
Getting started
Main status icons
Status icon
⇔
Radio wave condition
(Weak ⇔ Strong)
⇔
(Weak ⇔ Strong)
Radio wave condition
(roaming)
Out of service area
Airplane mode is set
/
LTE network available/
communication in use (dark
gray arrow in standby, light
gray arrow while receiving/
sending)
/
3G network available/
communication in use (dark
gray arrow in standby, light
gray arrow while receiving/
sending)
/
FOMA high-speed/
HSDPA network available/
communication in use (dark
gray arrow in standby, light
gray arrow while receiving/
sending)
124
Getting started
Status icon
/
GPRS network available/
communication in use (dark
gray arrow in standby, light
gray arrow while receiving/
sending)
/
Wi-Fi network available/
communication in use (dark
gray arrow in standby, light
gray arrow while receiving/
sending)
Bluetooth function enabled
Connected to Bluetooth device
In Silent mode (Vibrate)
In Silent mode (Mute)
Alarm set
Hands-free call in use
VoLTE network usable
⇔
Battery level
(Low ⇔ High)
Charging battery
Wi-Fi Direct connected
Download booster is enabled
125
Getting started
Status icon
Enable Smart stay.
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock is set
on the terminal and docomo
mini UIM card
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock is set
on the terminal or docomo
mini UIM card
Network restriction mode is set
126
Getting started
Notification panel
Scroll the status bar downward to display the
Notification panel. You can tap the icons to
check the notification information or set
functions.
7
1
2
3
8
4
9
5
6
XXXX-XXXX
Contents on Notification panel
(example)
a Tap to display the screen for Date and time
setting (P.473).
b Switch ON/OFF for each function (QUICK SETTINGS
button). Scroll left and right or tap at the upper
right of the screen to display hidden icons. Touch
and hold to display setting screen for each function.
• Wi-Fi: → P.418
• Location: → P.372
• Sound: → P.449
127
Getting started
• Screen rotation: → P.90
• Bluetooth: → P.508
• Mobile data: Switch ON/OFF for data communication.
If OFF is set, data communication by the mobile
network is not available.
• Download booster: → P.433
• Ultra power saving mode: → P.481
• Multi window: → P.142
• Airplane mode: → P.430
• Wi-Fi Tethering: → P.425
• Screen Mirroring: → P.414
• NFC/Osaifu-keitai: → P.511
• Side key panel: → P.440
• Sync: → P.460
• Smart stay: → P.441
• Power saving mode: → P.481
• Blocking mode: → P.470
• Network restriction mode: → P.430
• Car mode: Activate Car mode*1.
• Private mode: → P.459
• Increase touch sensitivity: → P.442
c Adjust the display brightness (P.451)
d Display S Finder (P.166).
e Information in progress or notifications is displayed.
f Display the connecting network operator name and
operator name read from docomo mini UIM card.
Scroll upward to close the Notification panel.
g Tap to display the setting menu (P.411).
2
h Quick connect screen appears.*
i Tap to delete notification information and
notification icon on the status bar.
• Some notification information may not be deleted.
128
Getting started
*1 Use each function such as making a call,
sending SMS, using navigation, etc. by voice
input. Additionally, you can connect to caraudio via Bluetooth function. For details on
Car mode, from → Tap "Help" to see Help.
*2 Connect to other quick connection
compatible device to share data or use as
TV remote controller working with "Smart
Remote" application (P.151).
For details on Quick connection, → Tap
"Help" to see Help.
Information
• QUICK SETTINGS buttons are displayed in
green when the functions are enabled.
Editing the Notification panel
Change order of the QUICK SETTINGS buttons
or show/hide items for adjusting display
brightness.
1 On the Notification panel, →
and hold a QUICK SETTINGS
2 Touch
button → Drag to the position you
want to move to and release it
129
Getting started
Edge screen
Edge screen is always displayed in a fixed
position regardless of any screen, such as Home
screen or each application's screen.
Short cuts, tools, notifications, etc. for each
application are displayed on Edge screen.
You can switch the view by scrolling or flicking
to the left and right.
You can customize the contents to display on
Edge screen.
Switching panel display
1 Slide Edge screen to the right or left
• The panel display switches.
130
Getting started
Displaying tools
1 Drag
of Edge screen down
• Quick tool is displayed.
up, the display will return to
• If you drag
the previous panel.
Item
Description
Ruler
Display scale marks.
Stopwatch
Measures time.
Timer
Set time and count down.
Flashlight
Turn light ON/OFF.
Voice Recorder
Record voice.
Displaying setting menu
This operation cannot be completed on the lock
screen.
1 Drag
2 [ ]
of Edge screen up
• The setting menu for Edge screen is
displayed.
131
Getting started
Customizing Edge screen
This operation cannot be completed on the lock
screen.
Change order of panels
1 Drag
2 [ ]
of Edge screen up
• The setting menu for Edge screen is
displayed.
and hold the panel you want to
3 Tap
move
the panel to the position you
4 Drag
want to move it to, and let go of your
finger or stylus pen
Adding panels
1 Drag
2 [ ]
of Edge screen up
• The setting menu for Edge screen is
displayed.
3 "Manage panels"
項目
説明
docomo LIVE
UX*
Displays application
shortcuts.
Favorite Apps*
Displays application
shortcuts.
132
Getting started
項目
説明
Briefing*
Displays weather forecasts
and unread notifications,
such as emails and phone
calls.
Pedometer
Displays the S Health
(P.407) pedometer status
(number of steps, distance
traveled, and calories
burned).
Twitter Trends
Displays the words trending
on Twitter.
TheNewsCafe
Displays TheNewsCafe
topics.
Quick call
contacts
Displays a shortcut to call
set contacts.
Geo Life
Displays PM2.5, ultraviolet
light, pollen, and other
information.
Memory Match
You can play a game that
tests your memory.
※Selected by default.
4 Mark the panels you want to add
• You can select up to 7 panels.
5 "Done"
133
Getting started
Deleting panels
1 Drag
2 [ ]
of Edge screen up
• The setting menu for Edge screen is
displayed.
3 "Manage panels"
4 Unmark the panels you want to delete
• You cannot delete all the panels. You
must have at least 1 panel selected. If
you unmark all the check boxes, the last
remaining panel will be marked and set in
.
Home with
5 "Done"
Downloading panels
1 Drag
2 [ ]
of Edge screen up
• The setting menu for Edge screen is
displayed.
3 "Manage panels"
4
• You can download panels from GALAXY
Apps.
• The Terms of Use and Privacy Policy are
displayed when first activated. Check the
content and tap "Accept".
• Tap "Tap here to download panels." to
connect to GALAXY Apps.
134
Getting started
Creating new Express me panel
A panel you selected with Express me is
displayed in the Edge screen area of the lock
screen.
1 Drag
2 [ ]
of Edge screen up
• The setting menu for Edge screen is
displayed.
3 "Express me"
4 [ ]
5 To edit, tap [
]/[
]/[
]/[
]
• If you selected [
], tap the image →
].
select the range → tap [
• If you selected [
], enter the displayed
text → tap "OK".
• If you selected [
], enter the handwritten
].
content that is displayed → tap [
] → Effect to add an effect to the
• Tap [
displayed content.
6 [Done]
• The panel you created will be added to
Express me.
135
Getting started
Enabling Information stream
By setting up Information stream, you can
display feed and other information in the Edge
screen area on the right side of the screen when
the screen is off. To view Information stream,
slide your finger up and down once on the Edge
screen area on the right side of the screen when
the screen is off.
• Before setting it up, select the Information
stream panel that you want to use in "Manage
panels".
1 Drag
2 [ ]
on the Edge screen upwards.
• The Edge screen settings menu appears.
stream] → mark the feed
3 [Information
that you want to use
136
Getting started
Enabling Night clock
You can display the date and time in the Edge
screen area on the right side of the screen when
the screen is off.
1 Drag
2 [ ]
on the Edge screen upwards
• The Edge screen settings menu appears.
3 "Night clock" →
• If the Night clock description appears, tap
"OK".
4 Set the Night clock time zone
• You can change the start/finish time
to display Night clock by dragging near
"Start"/"End".
• You can change the time zone to display
Night clock by dragging between "Start"
and "End".
• The maximum length of time is 12 hours.
Editing a personal message
You can edit messages that are displayed when
the Edge screen is hidden (minimized).
1 Drag
2 [ ]
on the Edge screen upwards.
• The Edge screen settings menu appears.
message" → edit the
3 "Personal
message content → "OK"
137
Getting started
Adding the icon of your favorite apps
1 [
] of your favorite app
• Drag
on the Edge screen upwards
] → "Manage panels" → the same
→[
operation can be completed by tapping
at the bottom of the panel that contains
in step 1.
and hold the icon you want to add
2 Tap
to the favorite apps panel
the icon to the position you want
3 Drag
to add it to, and let go of your finger
or stylus pen
4 "Done"
Moving the icon of your favorite apps
1 [
] of your favorite app
• Drag
on the Edge screen upwards
] → "Manage panels" → the same
→[
operation can be completed by tapping
at the bottom of the panel that contains
in step 1.
and hold the icon you want to
2 Tap
move
the icon to the position you want
3 Drag
to move it to, and let go of your finger
or stylus pen
4 "Done"
138
Getting started
Deleting the icon of your favorite apps
1 [
] of your favorite app
• Drag
on the Edge screen upwards
] → "Manage panels" → the same
→[
operation can be completed by tapping
at the bottom of the panel that contains
in step 1.
and hold the icon you want to
2 Tap
delete from the favorite apps panel
the icon to the left side, and let
3 Drag
go of your finger or stylus pen
4 "Done"
139
Getting started
Home screen
"docomo LIVE UX", "TouchWiz basic home"
and "TouchWiz easy home" can be set as the
screen (Home screen) displayed by pressing
[Home key].
• For information on "docomo LIVE UX", see
P.171.
• The color on the curved screen may differ
depending on what angle you look at it from.
TouchWiz basic home
1
2
6
3
2
4
5
7
Contents on Home screen (example)
“ひつじのしつじくん
©NTT DOCOMO
®
(Butler Sheep)”
140
Getting started
a Placement position of shortcuts and widgets
• You can place folders that contain several app
shortcuts, widgets and shortcuts.
b Widgets (e.g. weather information, Google
Search)
• Activate or operate widget (application located
on the home screen).
c Machi-chara (e.g. ひつじのしつじくん (Butler
Sheep))
• Notify you when you receive messages or
incoming calls.
d Shows which Home screen you are on
• You can toggle the Home screens by scrolling/
flicking left and right.
e Dial icon
• Tap to activate Dial.
f Edge screen (P.130)
g Apps icon
• Shows the list of icons on the screen.
Information
• On the Home screen, flick the screen right
to activate "BRIEFING".
141
Getting started
Displaying in Multi window
You can display two windows or a pop-up window
on the screen to use different applications at
the same time.
, a Multi window tray will
If you tap and hold
open.
* With some applications, you may not be able
to use this feature.
• Enable "Multi window" (P.444) beforehand.
2
1
3
4
5
6
Multi window
a Multi window tray
• Drag an application from the Multi window tray
to a desired position. Applications which are
can be used simultaneously in
shown with
both screens.
• Tap an application on the Multi window tray to
display the app as a pop-up.
b Separator bar
• Drag handle (
display range.
) in the center and adjust
142
Getting started
c Expand*
• Display in full screen the app shown in the
current window, and end Multi window.
d Collapse window*
• Minimize the apps displayed in the current
window. The minimized apps will be shown as
icons. Tap this icon to display the app as a
pop-up.
e Move content*
• Drag & drop and paste text or images between
windows (supported application only).
f Switch windows*
• Switch upper and lower (left and right for
landscape view) windows.
* Appears when the center handle of the
separator bar is tapped.
Information
• Set to automatically display images etc.
in the Multi window when you open a file
attached to email or an image in My Files.
→ P.444
• When two applications are displayed,
→ "Create" from the multi
when you tap
window tray, you can register them as a
group.
• Registered groups can be deleted by
→ "Edit" → Select group → "OK".
tapping
143
Getting started
Adding shortcuts or widgets
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold a wallpaper in which shortcuts or
widgets are not displayed
• To add shortcut of application, from the
Home screen, tap "Apps", then go to step 3.
2 "Widgets"
and hold an item you want to
3 Touch
add to the Home screen → Drag to
the position you want to move to and
release it
Adding folders
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold an icon you want to create a
folder → Drag it to "Create folder",
then release your finger
2 Enter name of the folder → "Done"
144
Getting started
Changing wallpaper
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold the wallpaper in which shortcuts
or widgets are not displayed →
"Wallpapers"
screen"/"Lock screen"/"Home
2 "Home
and lock screen"
a wallpaper → "Set as
3 Select
wallpaper"
• To select an image other than wallpaper,
tap "From Gallery" → Select an application
then select an image.
Information
• To delete a shortcut, widget, folder, etc.,
touch and hold a shortcut, widget or folder
→ Drag it to "Remove" at the top of the
screen and then release it.
• For widgets connecting to network, packet
communication charge may be applied.
145
Getting started
TouchWiz easy home
6
1
7
2
3
8
4
5
Contents on Home screen (example)
“ひつじのしつじくん ® (Butler Sheep)”
©NTT DOCOMO
a S Health (P.407)
b Weather
c Clock
d Shortcuts
e Show which home screen you are in.
• Scroll/flick the Home screen left to display
application's shortcut list.
• Scroll/flick left to display application shortcut
list or scroll/flick right to display contacts list.
f Machi-chara (e.g. ひつじのしつじくん (Butler
Sheep))
• Notify you of information such as mail
reception or incoming call.
146
Getting started
g Menu
• Edit shortcut applications on the Home screen
or check Help.
h Calendar
i Edge screen → P.130
Adding contacts shortcuts
1 In the contacts shortcut list,
contact"/"Add existing
2 "Create
contact"
• Tap "Create contact" to display a saving
location selection screen. Select an
account and save a contact, a shortcut is
added.
• Tap "Add existing contact" to display
contacts list screen. Select a contact to
add a shortcut.
Adding application shortcuts
1 In the application shortcut list,
2 Tap an application to add
Deleting shortcuts
1 → "Edit"
a shortcut you want to delete →
2 Tap
"OK"
147
Getting started
Apps screen
Apps screen when the Home screen is set
to "TouchWiz basic home" is described.
1 From the Home screen, "Apps"
• Apps screen appears.
3
1
4
2
Contents on Application screen (example)
“ひつじのしつじくん ® (Butler Sheep)”
©NTT DOCOMO
a Applications
b Shows which Apps screen you are on
• You can toggle the Apps screens by scrolling/
flicking left and right.
c Menu
• You can edit the Apps screen menu and create
folders.
d Machi-chara (e.g. ひつじのしつじくん (Butler
Sheep))
148
Getting started
• Notify you of information such as mail
reception or incoming call.
Application list
Some applications require subscriptions
(charged) to use.
Icon
Application
Description
Dial
Make/receive calls using
the terminal's "Dial"
application provided by
Samsung.
Contacts
Manage contacts using
the terminal's "Contacts"
application provided by
Samsung.
Messages
Send/receive SMS.
→ P.240
Internet
Web browser application.
→ P.270
Gallery
View/organize still
images/videos. → P.348
Camera
Shoot still images/videos.
→ P.330
Music
Play music. → P.366
Video
Play videos. → P.360
149
Getting started
Icon
Application
Description
Clock
Use Alarm, World Clock,
Stopwatch, or Timer.
→ P.377 
S Planner
Manage schedule.
→ P.382
S Note
Type or handwrite text to
create memos. → P.383
Scrapbook
Images cropped with the
stylus and saved in the
"Scrapbook" are displayed
as a list. The website/
YouTube movie links are
saved at the same time
when you crop images
from websites and
YouTube.
Email
Set Email account to
send/receive emails.
→ P.252
Calculator
Calculate. → P.398
Voice
Recorder
Record voice sound.
→ P.394
Settings
Make the terminal
settings. → P.411
My Files
View/manage data such
as still images, videos,
music, etc. → P.498
150
Getting started
Icon
Application
Description
GALAXY
Apps
Download applications
or update installed
applications. → P.287
S Health
Improve health-care using
body scale and a heart
rate meter. → P.407
S Voice
Search by voice sound.
→ P.410
Geo News
An application for
providing meteorological
information, disaster
prevention, etc.
Mobile TV
Watch Full seg/1Seg etc.
→ P.308
Osaifu-Keitai It allows you to pay
money only by holding
the terminal over an IC
card reader in stores etc.
→ P.288
Smart
Remote
Operate device such as
TV with the terminal.
PEN.UP
A social network service
that allows you to
enjoy creative activity
and interaction at the
same time through your
drawings with the stylus
pen.
Flipboard
Display blog or news.
151
Getting started
Icon
Application
Description
Dropbox
Upload photos, videos,
documents to cloud and
manage/view them.
Dictionary
Search a word etc. using
the dictionary. → P.406
Evernote
You can synchronize,
view, and manage
documents and pictures
uploaded to the cloud.
SnapBizCard Manage and import
business cards by taking
pictures of them.
Instruction
Manual
The instruction manual
for the terminal. You can
activate desired functions
from instructions.
Chrome
Web browser application
by Google.
Gmail
Setup a Google account
and Send/receive emails
via Gmail. → P.265
Google+
Google's social
networking service.
Maps
Check current location or
search a destination with
Google Maps. → P.375
Play Movies
& TV
Purchase videos from
Google Play.
152
Getting started
Icon
Application
Description
Play Books
Purchase books from
Google Play.
Play Games
Purchase games from
Google Play.
Drive
Save images or videos
to Google Drive or share
them.
YouTube
Play/post videos.
→ P.405
Photos
View pictures and movies.
You can also sync with
Google Photos to backup
images and share them
with others.
Hangouts
Chat using Google
Hangouts.
Google
Search various
information by the quick
search box.
Voice
Search
Search by voice sound.
Play Store
Download applications
from Google Play.
→ P.285
Google
Settings
Make settings for Google
applications.
Phone
Use phone or make
settings of phone.
→ P.189
153
Getting started
Icon
Application
docomo
phonebook
Description
Use phonebook application
provided by DOCOMO
to manage contacts.
→ P.228
docomo mail It is an application for
sending/receiving mails
using DOCOMO mail
address (@docomo.ne.jp).
Sent/received mails are
saved in cloud. You can
view the same mail on
the multiple devices or
transfer mail data easily
when changing model.
Pictograms and Decomail can be used, and
automatic reception also
is supported. → P.239
dmenu
Application shortcut
to access "dmenu".
You can easily search
useful contents for
smart phones as well
as contents familiar in
i-mode. → P.284
dmarket
There are various
contents such as
music, e-books. You can
purchase something
that suits your needs.
→ P.285
154
Getting started
Icon
Application
Description
iコンシェル
(i-concier)
An application to use
i-concier. i-concier is a
service for supporting
your life like a butler or
concierge.
Schedule
An application for
creating/managing
events and the data
is shared with Memo
application. It supports
i-concier.
Memo
An application for
creating/managing
memos and the data is
shared with Schedule
application. It supports
i-concier.
しゃべって
コンシェル
(Shabette
concier)
Just speak what you
want to do, what you
want to know, etc. to the
terminal. The application
recognizes the words and
display most appropriate
answer.
iD アプリ (iD
application)
Make settings for use
of electronic money, iD.
→ P.294
Toruca
An application for
collecting coupons/
convenient information
of your favorite shops.
→ P.295
155
Getting started
Icon
Application
Description
フォトコ
レクショ
ン (Photo
Collection)
A service with which you
can back up photos or
videos to cloud up to 5
GB for free and access
them from smartphone,
tablet, PC, etc.
データ保管
BOX
(Data
Storage
BOX)
An application for using
データ保管 BOX (Data
Storage BOX). Data
Storage BOX is a service
which allows you to
upload files to easily
manage them in the cloud.
→ P.403
遠隔サポー
ト (Enkaku
Support)
An application to use
"Anshin Enkaku Support".
"Anshin Enkaku Support"
is a service with which
Call Center staff helps
your operation checking
your terminal's screens
remotely. → P.563
docomo
backup
An application for backing
up and restoring to " デー
タ保管 BOX (Data Storage
BOX)" or "microSD card".
• Backing up to/restoring
from Data Storage BOX
→ P.403
• Backing up to/restoring
from microSD card
→ P.399
156
Getting started
Icon
Application
Disaster kit
Description
An application for using
Disaster Message
Board, Disaster Voice
Messaging Service and
Early Warning "Area Mail".
→ P.267
Media Player Play music or video.
→ P.350
Anshin Scan Ensure your smartphone
by checking virus,
applications which require
your personal data, by
alerting when you attempt
to access a nonsecure
website, etc.
IC Tag/
Barcode
Reader
An application for reading
information written in IC
tags and barcodes.
Twitter
Official Twitter client
application. Publish short
message on the site to
communicate with others.
NOTTV
Watch Mobacas
programs. Enjoy
programs/contents of
broadcasting station such
as "NOTTV". → P.299
My
Magazine
My magazine is a search
service that shows
articles of the genre that
you selected. → P.186
157
Getting started
Icon
Application
Hanashite
Hon'yaku
Description
An application that can
translate conversations
into each other's
language. You can enjoy
communicating with
someone who doesn't
speak your language.
Information
• These applications are preinstalled
ones when you purchased the terminal.
Some preinstalled applications can be
uninstalled. Even if you uninstall such
applications, downloading again may be
available at "Play Store" (P.285) etc.
• When an application has notification
information, number (number of
notifications) may be displayed on the icon.
• When "TouchWiz easy home" is set
as Home screen, tapping application
shortcuts list screen or tapping "More
apps" shows applications list.
158
Getting started
Adding shortcuts to the Home screen
the Apps screen, touch and hold
1 On
an application to add to the Home
screen
to the position you want to add
2 Drag
to and release it
Uninstalling/Disabling applications
On the Apps screen,
1 disable
apps"
→ "Uninstall/
an application you want to
2 Tap
uninstall/disable
• For applications you can uninstall/disable,
appears upper right of each icon.
3 "Uninstall"/"Disable"
Information
• To enable disabled applications, on the
→ "Show disabled apps"
Apps screen,
→ Mark applications you want to enable →
Tap "Done".
159
Getting started
Using Quick search box
You can search information including entered
word in the terminal or on the Internet.
the Home screen, tap Google
1 From
Search widget
• The quick search box appears.
• When "Get Google Now" screen appears,
follow the onscreen instructions to set
whether to use Google Now (P.165).
1
3
2
4
5
Quick search box
a An entered character appears.
b Information or search options saved in the
terminal containing the entered characters
appear.
160
Getting started
before entering character, you can enter
c Tap
words you want to search by voice sound (only
for web search).
When characters are entered, it changes to .
Tap it to delete all entered characters.
d Tap to enter the searching candidate in ① .
e Display Google Search menu.
Information
[Home key] for 1
• Alternatively, press
second or longer → Select "Google" or from
→ "Google" to activate
the Home screen,
Quick search.
Google menu
Tap on the Google screen to display following
items.
Item
Description
Settings
Google Now
→ P.165
Phone search
Specify target to search
in the terminal.
161
Getting started
Item
Description
Settings
Voice
Languages
Select language to
input with voice sound.
Speech
output
Set whether to always
use speech output.
"OK Google"
Detection
When you say "OK
Google", it can be
detected via voice search
in the Google app.
Offline speech Download application to
recognition
use voice input offline.
Block
offensive
words
Set whether to hide
offensive texts
recognized by voice
input.
Audio
History*1
Set if or not saving
audio history.
Manage
Audio
History*1
Manage audio history.
Bluetooth
headset
Set whether to enable
voice using Bluetooth
headset.
162
Getting started
Item
Description
Settings
Accounts & privacy
Google
Account*1
Set up an account required
for Google Search, etc.
Commute
sharing*2
You can share your
commuting route with
users you like using
Google Now.
Google
location
settings
Set whether to permit
access to location
information.
Web History*1
Set whether to save
web search history etc.
Manage Web
History*1
Manage web search
history etc.
Manage App
History
Set whether to provide
app usage history to
google. Also, erase app
usage history.
Search on
google.com
Set whether to use local
domain (www.google.
co.jp) to search.
SafeSearch
filter
Set adult filter for
images and text.
163
Getting started
Item
Description
Settings
Accounts & privacy
Contact
recognition
Set whether to permit
usage and saving of
contacts.
Search engine Manage storage usage
storage
for search engine.
Legal
Notifications*2
Display Terms of
Service, Privacy Policy,
Legal Notices, Open
source licenses.
Set whether to notify
when new arrival
information exists in
Google Now card.
Help & feedback
Help
Display the description
of how to use Google
Search.
SEND
FEEDBACK
Send feedback.
※ 1 Appears when Google account is set.
※ 2 Appears when Google Now is set.
164
Getting started
Setting Google Now
Set whether to use Google Now. Use Google
Display the selected card information on the
quick search screen or notify you with ringtone
or vibration.
• To use Google Now, set a Google account
(P.460).
the Home screen, tap Google
1 From
Search widget → "NEXT"
• "Get Google Now" screen appears.
• Alternatively, → "Settings" → "Tap "OFF"
of Google Now", then "ON" to display "Get
Google Now" screen.
2 "YES, I'M IN."
• Tap each card to check the detail
information.
• Swipe the card left or right to delete.
Information
• For details on Google Now, → "Help &
feedback", or → "Settings" → → "Help &
feedback".
165
Getting started
Searching by S Finder
Use S Finder to search within the terminal/
search Web.
down the status bar → "S
1 Scroll
Finder"
• S Finder activates.
2 Enter a keyword →
• Search results are displayed by category.
• To search Web, from "Web search"
category, tap an icon of search service to
use.
• For details on S Finder, on the S Finder
screen, tap → "Help" to refer.
Recently-used applications
1 Tap
• Tap a thumbnail of application to activate
the application.
to activate Task manager
• Tap
(P.167).
to remove the list.
• Tap
• Scroll/flick thumbnail left or right (up or
down for landscape view) to delete it from
the list.
to activate Multi window (P.142).
• Tap
• Touch and hold the app to activate it
some of it as a pop-up.
166
Getting started
Task manager
Check/end a running application.
1
→
1
2
3
4
Task manager screen
a RAM STATUS
Check RAM usage state.
b Number of ACTIVE APPLICATIONS
c List of running applications
Tap "End" → "OK" to end the application.
d End all
End all running applications.
Information
• When several applications are running,
battery consumption may increase and
usage time may shorten. Therefore, ending
unused applications is recommended.
167
Getting started
Switching home applications
Change the Home screen displayed by
[Home key].
pressing
1 From the Home screen,
→ Settings
• When setting up "TouchWiz basic home",
→ "Settings" from the Home screen.
tap
• When "TouchWiz easy home" is set, scroll/
flick the Home screen to the left → Tap
"Easy settings" → "More settings".
2 "Change home"
LIVE UX"/"TouchWiz basic
3 "docomo
home"/"TouchWiz easy home"
4 "OK"
168
Getting started
Enabling Emergency mode
Enabling Emergency mode changes the
following settings to reduce battery
consumption.
• Automatically convert the color of the display
to grayscale
• Limit number of available applications
• Turn Data network off when the screen
backlight turns off
• Turn off connection functions such as Wi-Fi,
Bluetooth function, NFC/Osaifu-Keitai, GPS
• Turn off Silent mode (Mute, Vibrate)
Press
[Power/Screen lock key]
1 for
1 second or longer
• Device options screen appears.
mode" → Confirm the
2 "Emergency
note and mark the checkbox → "OK"
→ "Turn on"
• The color of the display is changed to
to grayscale and Emergency mode is
enabled.
169
Getting started
Information
• To disable Emergency mode, → Tap "Turn
off emergency mode" → "Turn off" or press
[Power/Screen lock key] for
and hold
1 second or longer, then tap "Emergency
mode" → "Turn off".
• To enable Wi-Fi, Bluetooth function in
Emergency mode, tap → "Settings" →
"Wi-Fi"/ "Bluetooth" → Tap
.
• To enable turm Silent mode (Silent,
Vibrate) ON during Emergency mode, touch
 [Power/Screen lock key] for
and hold
one second or longer, tap "Mute"/"Vibrate"
and set.
• Enabling Emergency mode restricts part of
functions. In addition, available functions
for applications may be limited.
• Using 1Seg and a browser consumes
much power even in Emergency mode.
• Disabling Emergency mode may hide some
widgets on the Home screen and may need
to rearrange them.
• The emergency call number (119) is
registered in your main contacts.
• To delete an app on the Home screen, tap
→ "Remove" → tap the app you want to
delete → "OK".
170
Getting started
docomo LIVE UX
Home screen
6
1
2
7
3
4
8
9
5
Contents on Home screen (example)
“ひつじのしつじくん ®(Butler Sheep)”
©NTT DOCOMO
a Widget (e.g. Google Search)
• Activate or operate widget.
b Machi-chara (e.g. ひつじのしつじくん (Butler
Sheep))
• Notify you of information such as mail
reception or incoming call.
171
docomo LIVE UX
c Applications
• Activate application.
d The current position of the Home screen
• You can toggle the screens by scrolling/
flicking left and right.
e Application button
• Displays the Apps screen. → P.180
• Displayed even when the home screen is
switched.
f Edge screen → P.130
g Folder
• Contain several apps into a folder.
h Applications
• Displayed even when the home screen is
switched.
• Shortcuts and folders can also be located.
i My Magazine button
• Displays My Magazine. → P.186
• These icons are displayed on any Home
screen.
172
docomo LIVE UX
Managing Home screen
Addable items on Home screen
Move applications and add shortcuts for
widgets, folders, etc. on the Home screen,
Moving applications
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold a wallpaper in which applications
or widgets, etc. are not displayed
apps" → Touch and hold an
2 "Show
application you want to move
to the Home screen shown on
3 Drag
the bottom of the screen and release
it on the position you want to move to
173
docomo LIVE UX
Adding widgets
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold a wallpaper in which applications
or widgets, etc. are not displayed
widgets" → Touch and hold a
2 "Show
widget you want to add
to the Home screen shown on
3 Drag
the bottom of the screen and release
it at the position you want to add
Information
• When "TouchWiz basic home" is set,
available widgets are different. Also, icons
of widgets may differ.
• For widgets connecting to network, packet
communication charge may be applied.
Adding folders
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold a wallpaper in which applications
or widgets, etc. are not displayed →
"Create folder"
Information
• To change folder name, tap the folder → Tap
the folder name → Enter folder name → Tap
"Done".
174
docomo LIVE UX
Moving applications, etc.
the Home screen, touch and hold
1 From
an application or widget, etc. you want
to move
to the position you want to move
2 Drag
to and release it
Moving applications from Home
screen to Apps screen
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold an application to return to Apps
screen
to "Back to apps list" and
2 Drag
release it
Deleting widgets, etc. from Home
screen
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold a widget or shortcut you want to
delete
to "Remove from Home" and
2 Drag
release it
175
docomo LIVE UX
Uninstalling applications/widgets
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold an application or widget you want
to uninstall
to "Uninstall" and release →
2 Drag
"Uninstall"
• Uninstallation completion message appears.
Information
• For some applications which cannot be
uninstalled, in Step 2, drag the application
to "Disable app", then release your finger →
Tap "Turn off" → "OK" to disable it (P.492).
Changing Kisekae
Set wallpaper or Apps screen at one time.
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold a wallpaper in which applications
or widgets, etc. are not displayed →
"Change Kisekae"
• Kisekae setting screen appears.
2 Select an item → "Set"
176
docomo LIVE UX
Changing wallpaper
You can change Home screen wallpaper as you like.
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold a wallpaper in which applications
or widgets, etc. are not displayed →
"Change wallpaper"
2 Select a wallpaper
• Tap "See more wallpapers" to select from
"Gallery", "Photos", "Live wallpapers" and
"Wallpapers".
For "Gallery" and "Photos", select an image.
For "Live wallpapers" and "Wallpapers", select
a wallpaper and tap "Set wallpaper".
• When a pop-up window asking for which
screen you want to set to appears, select
"For all screens"/"Just for this screen" →
Tap "OK". For some wallpapers, tap "Adjust
position" to adjust size.
Adding home screens
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold a wallpaper in which applications
or widgets, etc. are not displayed →
"Home screens"
• You can display Home screen list by
narrowing two fingers' distance on the
Home screen.
2 "Add Home screen"
• Add up to 7 pages.
177
docomo LIVE UX
Sorting home screens
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold a wallpaper in which applications
or widgets, etc. are not displayed →
"Home screens"
• You can display Home screen list by
narrowing two fingers' distance on the
Home screen.
and hold a thumbnail of Home
2 Touch
screen
to the position you want to move
3 Drag
to and release it
Deleting home screen
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold a wallpaper in which applications
or widgets, etc. are not displayed →
"Home screens"
• You can display Home screen list by
narrowing two fingers' distance on the
Home screen.
Tap
of thumbnail of home screen
2 you
want to remove
178
docomo LIVE UX
Displaying Machi-chara
Set a character moving on the Home screen
freely and speak "you want to search", "you
want to do", etc. to the terminal. The apps
read the meaning of the words to display most
appropriate answer.
the Home screen, touch and
1 From
hold a wallpaper in which applications
or widgets, etc. are not displayed →
"Machi-Chara display setting"
マチキャラ設定 (Machi-chara setting)"
2 "tab
→ " 表示する (Display)" in " キャラ表
示 (Chara display)"
Information
• Alternatively, touch and hold displayed
character to open the setting screen.
179
docomo LIVE UX
Apps screen
1 From the Home screen,
• Apps screen appears.
• You can scroll/flick the Home screen
down to display Apps screen.
1
4
2
5
3
Contents on Apps list screen (example)
a "Apps" tab/"Widgets" tab/"Wallpapers"
tab/"Recommends"
• Display the application/widget/wallpapers.
• Tapping "Recommends" shows applications
recommended by DOCOMO.
180
docomo LIVE UX
b Applications
• The shown applications which are not displayed
on the Home screen. Select an icon to activate.
• You can toggle the screens by scrolling/
flicking left and right.
c Home screen
• You can toggle the screens by scrolling/
flicking left and right.
• Scroll/flick up to display the Home screen.
d Menu
• Display menu such as Search, Settings, Help,
etc.
e Show which Apps screen you are in
181
docomo LIVE UX
Managing applications
Moving applications to Home
screen
the Apps screen, touch and hold
1 On
an application/widget you want to
move to the Home screen
to the Home screen shown on
2 Drag
the bottom of the screen and release
it
Uninstalling applications or
widgets
the Apps/Widgets screen, touch
1 On
and hold an application/widget you
want to uninstall
to "Uninstall" and release it →
2 Drag
"Uninstall"
Information
• For some applications which cannot be
uninstalled, in Step 2, drag the application
to "Disable app", then release your finger →
Tap "Turn off" → "OK" to disable it (P.492).
182
docomo LIVE UX
Moving applications
the Apps screen, touch and hold
1 On
an application you want to move
to the position you want to move
2 Drag
to and release it
183
docomo LIVE UX
Installing "Recommends"
applications
Applications recommended by DOCOMO
are displayed in the "Recommends". To
download applications, follow the onscreen
instructions.
• A guidance page appears for the first
activation. Tap " おすすめアプリを見る (See
recommended apps)" to display application
list.
• Tap " おすすめアプリをすべて見る (See all
recommended apps)" to connect the Internet
and display all recommended applications in a
list.
184
docomo LIVE UX
Backing up and restoring the
Home screen
You can restore the layout of your applications
and widgets in your home screen by using the
data docomoLIVE UX data backed-up in docomo
cloud.
At this time, the docomo service page will be
added to the end of your home screen.
Backing up Home screen
and hold
in the home screen
1 Touch
→ "Layout backup and Restore"
2
• For the first activation, privacy policy and
licensing agreement appears. Read the
contents, and tap "Agree".
• To backup/restore the settings of your
home screen, you need to et a docomo ID
(P.456).
→ "Backup"
Restoring home screen
and hold
in the home screen
1 Touch
→ "Layout backup and Restore"
the latest backup data" →
2 "Restore
"Restore"
• If there are multiple instances of backup
data, tap "Restore from backup data list"
and select the backup data.
185
docomo LIVE UX
Using My Magazine
My Magazine is a retrieval service to show
articles from categories you selected. It
learns your preference by helping to set
retrieval word according to your reading
history and profile information.
1 From the Home screen,
• For the first activation, select categories
to display on My Magazine and then tap
"OK".
• When "Link to Twitter" screen appears, tap
"Confirm setting" to link My Magazine with
Twitter.
• Alternatively, flick on the Home screen to
display the article list of My Magazine.
• Flick the article list by categories left or
right to switch categories.
• Tap "See more info" to display the article
list other than displayed ones.
186
docomo LIVE UX
Setting categories
Add, delete or sort categories to be displayed on
the article list
From the Home screen,
→ →
1 "My
Magazine settings" → "Display
category setting"
2 Mark/unmark categories
• Marked categories are displayed.
• Tap "Sort" to change the display order.
up or down to change the position
Drag
and then tap "OK".
3 "OK"
Showing/hiding My Magazine
From the Home screen,
→ →
1 "My
Magazine settings" → "My
Magazine use settings"
2 "Use"/"Not Use" → "OK"
• Alternatively, on the Apps screen, Tap
→ "My Magazine use settings" to set to
show/hide.
187
docomo LIVE UX
Home application information
Version information
You can view the descriptions or instructions,
etc. about docomo LIVE UX.
Home screen, press and hold
1 On the
for 1 second or longer
Help
You can check detailed descriptions and
instructions about docomo LIVE UX.
Home screen, press and hold
1 On the
for 1 second or longer
188
docomo LIVE UX
Calling
Making a call
1 From the Home screen, → "Dial"
2 Enter a phone number of the other party
• Enter a city code even when the other
party is in the same city.
1
5
2
3
6
4
7
Dial screen
189
Calling
a Phonebook key
Start "docomo phonebook" app.
b Dial: Dial screen appears.
Recent calls: Display call log screen
(P.209).
Favorites: Contact list added to Favorites
appears (P.233).
c Phone number entry field
Entered phone number is displayed.
d Call key
Call to an entered phone number.
e Menu
Display menu (P.195).
f Delete key
Delete a number at the far right. To delete all
numbers entered, touch and hold the key.
g Key for registering to phonebook
Register the entered phone number to phonebook.
3 Tap
• For VoLTE, "HD Voice" is displayed.
When making video call
4
→ Tap "Video call".
When the call ends, "End call"
190
Calling
Information
• To show/hide the caller ID per call, enter
prefix "186" (notify) / "184" (not notify)
before the phone number. You can set
to show/hide in "Caller ID notification"
(P.215) in advance.
• Use "Add 2-sec pause" or "Add wait" to dial
phone number and additional code in a row
when sending an additional code during a
call is required for bank balance inquiries,
ticket reservation services, etc. → P.195
• You can make calls and video calls in high
quality with VoLTE. To use VoLTE, you
and the other party both need to meet the
following conditions.
-- The device supports VoLTE.
-- It is within the Xi area (You cannot use
VoLTE outside the Xi area or during
international roaming).
-- "Network mode" of "Mobile networks"
(P.415) is set to "LTE/3G/GSM (Auto)"
or "LTE/3G", and "Call mode setting"
(P.219) is set to "Use VoLTE when
available".
191
Calling
• You can see each other's images while
talking with video call. You can also switch
to voice call.
-- When making video calls, there is a
call charge and packet communication
charge. In addition, there is also a packet
communication charge for incoming
video calls.
-- Since it is a best effort communication
(the optimum communication speed
changes depending on the network
traffic), the image quality differs
depending on the network environment.
-- When you could not switch to video
call from voice call, a notification will be
shown on the display indicating that the
switching to video call failed, and voice
call will continue.
-- As the display processing is different for
each phone model, your image displayed
on the terminal for the video call may
differ to what is displayed on the other
party's device.
• When the remaining battery level is 15%
or below, you cannot make or receive
video calls. In addition, if the battery level
reaches 15% or below in the middle of a
video call, the video call will automatically
end.
• Alternatively, from the Home screen,
→ Tap "Dial" to activate "Dial" application
provided by Samsung and then tap
"Keypad" to make a call. However, available
functions etc. differ from those of "Phone"
application provided by DOCOMO.
192
Calling
Emergency call
Emergency call
Phone number
Police
110
Fire and ambulance
119
Marine emergency
118
Information
• The terminal supports "Emergency report
location notification". When calling to 110,
119, or 118, the information of where you
are calling from is automatically informed
to the police or other agencies. Due to
the location where you call or the signal
status, the location information may
not be informed correctly. If the location
information is informed, the agency's name
is displayed on the Home screen. Also,
if you call with "184" attached or other
non-notification functions, the location
information and telephone number will
not be informed. However, if the agency
consider it is necessary to know those
information due to lifesaving, the agency
may retrieve your information regardless
of your current settings. Besides, the
introduced region or period of "Emergency
report location notification" varies from
each agencies.
193
Calling
• When calling to 110, 119 or 118 from the
terminal, inform them that you are calling
from a mobile phone and give your phone
number and your current location precisely
for checking callback from the police/fire
department.
To make sure that you are not cut off
during the call, do not move during the call
and do not turn OFF the power after the
call, but keep it ON for about 10 minutes.
• For some areas you are calling from, you
are not connected to the local police or fire
department.
• In Japan, when docomo mini UIM card is
not inserted to the terminal, the emergency
numbers of 110, 119 or 118 are not
available on the PIN code entry screen or
during PIN code lock/PUK lock.
• If you make an emergency call 110, 119,
118 with call rejection setting/Blocking
mode is enabled, call rejection setting/
Blocking mode will be disabled.
• You may not be able to make an
emergency call on some networks.
• You can not make emergency calls with
video calls.
194
Calling
Menu of dial screen
Tap on the dial screen to display the following
items.
Item
Description
Caller ID
Set whether to notify/not to
notification*1 notify the caller ID.
Select
prefix*1*2
Insert in the front the number
that is set as the auto area code.
International Make an international call
call*1
(P.213).
Add 2-sec
pause*1
Enter " , ". Enter a phone
number, pause " , " and numbers
consecutively and call. The call
is connected and the touch-tone
signals are automatically sent
after about 2 seconds.
Add wait*1
Enter a wait " ; ". Enter a phone
number, wait " ; " and numbers
consecutively and call. When the
call is connected, tap "Yes" and
the touch-tone signals are sent.
Send SMS
→ P.240
Video call
Make a video call (P.190)
Koe-Taku*1
Record voice message.
Call settings → P.214
About
Check the provider/version
information of "Phone" application.
195
Calling
※ 1 Appears when entering a number on the
dial screen.
※ 2 Appears when a number is set for auto area
code.
※ 3
196
Calling
Receiving a call
1 A call is received
• A reception screen appears.
• For VoLTE, "HD Voice" is displayed.
Incoming call screen
(voice call)
2 Drag
/
Incoming call screen
(video call)
to outside of the circle
• A call starts.
To reject a call
Drag
/
to outside of the circle.
To reject a call and inform the caller of the
reason of the rejection by SMS
Drag "Reject call with message" at the
bottom of the screen upward and tap a
reject message.
• You can change the reason of rejection
(P.225).
197
Calling
To answer with "Answering message"
Drag up "Reject call with message" at the
bottom of the screen and tap "Answering
message".
• You can use this function only with voice
call.
When you do not want to show your image to
the caller
to the outside of
Tap "Hide me" and drag
the circle that is shown.
• You can set a substitute image (video call
image) to send beforehand (P.223).
To answer a video call with a voice call
to the outside of the shown circle.
Drag
• The voice call begins.
3 When the call ends, "End call"
Information
• To stop ringtone sounding or vibration,
press the volume key.
198
Calling
Receiving incoming call while
application is activated
When "Show incoming calls on Edge screen"
is marked, an incoming voice call is indicated
on the Edge screen when the Home screen is
displayed or an application is activated.
Incoming call screen
• By dragging
or
outside of the circle, you
can start or reject a call.
199
Calling
Using Stereo Headset with
Microphone
When you connect Stereo Headset with
Microphone (sample), you can answer an
incoming call by pressing the switch of Stereo
Headset with Microphone.
Attaching Stereo Headset with
Microphone
the plug of Stereo Headset
1 Insert
with Microphone to the headphone
connection jack of the terminal
Headphone
Connecting plug
Volume key
Switch
Microphone
(on rear side)
Information
• Firmly insert the plug to the end. If the
connecting plug stays on the way, sound
may not be heard.
200
Calling
Receiving a call using Stereo Headset
with Microphone
a call is received, press the
1 When
switch of Stereo Headset with
Microphone
• You can talk when the call is connected.
Your voice is sent to the other party from
the microphone of Stereo Headset with
Microphone.
To reject a call reception
While receiving a call, press the switch
of Stereo Headset with Microphone for 1
second or longer and release it.
the call ends, press the switch
2 When
again
Information
• Even when Stereo Headset with
Microphone is connected to the terminal,
ringtone and alarm are heard from the
terminal.
• Pressing the volume key of Stereo Headset
with Microphone while a call is incoming
stops the ringtone or vibration. Pressing
the volume key during a call adjusts voice
sound volume (listening volume) of the
other party.
201
Calling
Operation during a call
1 A call is received
• A reception screen appears.
2 Drag
to outside of the circle
• A call screen appears and calling starts.
For voice calls
4
5
6
7
8
1
9
2
10
3
11
Calling screen for voice calls
12
The following operations are available on the
calling screen for voice calls.
1
a Previous call/message information*
Display information such as date and time for the
previous call or sent/received message between
you and the other party who you are calling.
202
Calling
b Add call*
Make a second call.
2
c Speaker
Emit the other party's voice from the speaker to
call hands-free.
d High quality sign
Appears when using the high quality call with VoLTE.
e Switch to mini screen/switch to full screen
Switch the incoming call display between Edge
screen view/Full screen view.
f Menu
Display the menu for calling screen (P.206).
g Extra volume
Make call sound volume maximum.
h Switch to video call
Switch to video call.
• When switching, a message will appear on the
other party's screen asking whether to permit
switching or not. If the other party does not permit,
switching cannot be enabled.
i Keypad/Hide
Show/hide the keypad. Tap keypad to send
touch-tone signal.
j End call
End a call.
k Bluetooth
Connect with Bluetooth device to call hands-free.
l Mute
Mute your voice not to be heard by the other party.
*1 Appears only when "Show caller information"
(P.220) is set to ON.
*2 Operations can be done only when you
subscribe to "Call waiting".
203
Calling
For video calls
4
5
6
1
2
3
7
8
Calling screen for video calls
The following operations are available on the
calling screen for video calls.
a The other party's image
Depending on the other party's setting, a
substitute image may be displayed.
• When the other party's image cannot be received,
appears.
b Your own image
c Switch cameras
Switch the cameras for the image to send to the
other party from the front side or back side.
d High quality sign
Appears when using the high quality call with
VoLTE.
204
Calling
e Menu
Display the menu for calling screen (P.206).
f Switch to voice call
Switch to voice call.
g End call
End a call.
h Mute
Mute your voice not to be heard by the other
party.
Information
• You can change to Full screen view by
tapping the image area during a video call.
• If the caller changes to a video call during
a voice call in Edge screen view, a popup is displayed confirming whether you
want to switch to a video call. Tap "OK" to
switch to the video call screen.
• If you change to an application from
"Phone" during a video call, video will no
longer be transmitted to the caller.
205
Calling
Menu on calling screen
Tap
on the calling screen to display the
following items.
Item
Description
Hold/Resume
call*1
Hold/resume a call.
Contacts*2
Display registered
information list of Contacts.
Hide me/Show
me*3
Switch whether or not to
send the picture of yourself
to the other party.
Outgoing
image*3
Set the image to send to
the other party when you
are not showing the picture
of yourself (P.198).
Capture image*3
Capture the screen of the
other party during video call.
• You can see the captured
images in "Video call
content box" (P.223).
• When you capture the
) that
screen, an icon (
indicates that capturing
was performed appears on
the other party's screen.
Action memo
Create memos.
Messages
Send SMS.
206
Calling
Item
Description
Record voice/
Stop recording*2
Record/stop recording your
current call.
• Recorded voice data can
be played with Voice
recorder (P.395).
Personalize call
sound*2
Set in-call sound quality.
Settings*2
Display Call settings menu
(P.214).
Keypad/Hide
keypad*3
Switch the open/close of
keypad.
Speaker off/
Speaker on*3
Set whether or not to output
audio from speaker.
Switch to
headset/Switch
to phone*3
Set whether or not to use
a Bluetooth device when
calling.
*1 Available only when you subscribe to "Call
waiting" (Only with voice call).
*2 Shown only during voice call.
*3 Shown only during video call.
207
Calling
Information
• To adjust the volume of the other party's
voice (call volume), press the volume key
during a call.
• The voice call screen is turned off
automatically when the screen is covered
by making the terminal close to your face
(except when a headset or the like is
attached or the speaker is ON) or about 30
seconds are passed with no operation. To
display the call screen, keep the terminal
[Power/
away from your face or press
[Home key].
Screen lock key] /
• When
is tapped during a call, the call
screen is reduced and changes to Edge
screen view.
To return the screen to full screen display
during a call, tap .
208
Calling
Call logs
On the Recent calls screen, you can check
logs of dialed calls, received calls, missed
calls in the list.
• Up to 500 items can be displayed.
the Home screen,
1 From
calls"
• The call log screen appears.
1
→ "Recent
5
2
3
6
7
4
8
Call log screen
a Phonebook
Activate "docomo phonebook" application.
b Dial: Display dial screen (P.189).
Recent calls: Recent calls is displayed.
Favorites: Contacts list added to the
Favorites is displayed (P.233).
209
Calling
c Switch logs
Switch display between Incoming and
Outgoing. Tap "All" to display all incoming/
outgoing call logs.
d Name, Phone number, Call date and time
• Tap to open the Recent calls screen. Tap
an item on the Outgoing screen to make a call,
send an SMS, make a video call, send Koe-noTakuhaibin save in the phonebook, show profile
screen, etc.
• Touch and hold an item to set "Edit number
before call", "Delete from call log", "Search
location".
e Menu
Display menu (P.211).
f Outgoing, incoming, missed calls
• The difference between voice and video calls
are not shown.
g Koe-no-Takuhaibin
h Voice call key
Make a voice call to the number for the call
log.
210
Calling
Information
appears
• When there is a missed call,
on the status bar. Scroll the status bar
downward and tap "Missed call" to display
detailed screen. Tap "Outgoing" to call
back. Tap "Message" to display creating
message screen for the caller.
• Alternatively, from the Home screen,
→ Tap "Dial" to activate "Dial" application
provided by Samsung, and then tap "Logs"
to check incoming/outgoing call log.
However, available function etc. of the
application differs from "Phone" application
provided by DOCOMO.
Menu on Recent calls screen
Tap on the Recent calls screen to display the
following items.
Item
Description
Delete log
Delete call logs.
Call settings
→ P.214
About
Check the provider/version
information of "Phone"
application.
211
Calling
Answering message
Set Answering message which plays
answering message and records caller's
message when you cannot answer incoming
calls.
• Answering message is not available for video
call.
From the Home screen,
1 settings"
→
→ "Call
message settings" →
2 "Answering
"Play answering message"
→ "On"/"Turn on when set to vibrate/
silent"
• Tap "Language" to set language for
answering message.
• Tap "Play after" to set answer time from 0
to 120 seconds.
Information
• When there is a recorded message,
appears on the status bar. Scroll the
status bar downward and tap "New
recorded messages" to check the recorded
→
message. From the Home screen,
→ "Call settings" → "Answering message
settings" → "Recorded messages" to open
recorded messages.
• Recordable time and number of savable
items depend on available memory space
in the system memory (phone memory).
212
Calling
Making an international call
(WORLD CALL)
WORLD CALL is an international telephone
service that you can use inside Japan with
DOCOMO terminal.
For using overseas, see P.524.
• Depending on the network operator, the caller
ID may not be shown/displayed properly. In
this case, calls cannot be made from the logs.
the Home screen, → "Dial" →
1 From
"0", "1", "0" → Country code → Area
code (city code) → Enter a phone
number of the other party
• Please omit the prefix "0" in the area code
(city code). However, "0" may be required
to dial to some countries or areas such as
Italy.
2 Tap
3 When the call ends, "End call"
Information
• When "0" is touched and held to enter
prefix "+" before "Country code-Area code
(City code)-phone number", international
dial assist screen appears when making a
call. When you tap "Call by WORLD CALL",
"+" is changed to an international access
code "009130010", and you can make an
international call.
213
Calling
Call settings
You can set functions for calling from the
→ → Tap "Call settings".
Home screen,
Item
Description
Network service
Koe-no-Takuhaibin*
The service delivers
your voice message
recorded by phone to
the other party.
Voice mail service*
The service takes
voice message of the
other party for you if
you cannot answer
an incoming call.
Call forwarding
service*
The service forwards
a call if you cannot
answer an incoming
call.
Call waiting*
The service which
allows you to put the
current call on hold
and answer a second
call or make a call to
another party.
214
Calling
Item
Description
Network service
Caller ID notification Notify your phone
number on the
screen display of
the other party when
making a call.
Nuisance call
blocking service
Save caller's number
and set call rejection.
Caller ID display
request service
Activate/deactivate
Caller ID request.
Second call
settings*
Activate/deactivate
Second call settings.
Call notification
Activate/deactivate
missed call notification.
English guidance
Set English
guidance.
Remote operation
settings
Activate/deactivate
remote operation.
Public mode (power
OFF) settings
While the terminal
is OFF or in Airplane
mode, a guidance
message indicating
that the receiver is in
a place where power
should be turned
off is heard on the
caller's terminal and
then the call ends.
215
Calling
Item
Description
Roaming settings
Restricting
incoming calls
Activate/deactivate
barring incoming call
during International
roaming.
Incoming
notification while
roaming
Activate/deactivate
Missed call notification
for roaming.
Roaming guidance Activate/deactivate
Roaming guidance.
216
Calling
Item
Description
Roaming settings
International dial assist
Automatic
conversion
Set ON/OFF of Automatic
conversions.
• When it is turned
on, an international
dial assist screen
appears for calls
with "+" entered
at the beginning
of the phone
number. Tap "Call
by WORLD CALL"
to convert "+" to an
international access
code registered in
"International prefix".
Country code
Add country code for
international call.
International
prefix
Add prefix international
access code for
international call.
217
Calling
Item
Description
Roaming settings
Network service
Remote
operation
(charged)
Set network services
such as voicemail
from overseas.
• Activate "Remote
Caller ID request
operation
(charged)
settings" (P.215)
beforehand.
Roaming call
• For operations
notification
from overseas,
(charged)
international call
fee to Japan in the
Roaming
country you use is
guidance
charged.
(charged)
• Depending on
Voice mail
overseas network
(charged)
operators, you
cannot make the
Call forwarding
settings.
(charged)
Call rejection
Auto reject mode
Set Auto reject mode.
Auto reject list
Set the number when
auto reject mode is
set to "Auto reject
numbers". → P.226
Set up call rejection → P.225
messages
218
Calling
Item
Description
Calling mode setting
Set whether to use
VoLTE when VoLTE
calling is available.
Answering/ending calls
Pressing the Home Set whether to answer
key
call by pressing
[Home key].
Using voice
commands
Set whether to
answer a call by voice
commend.
Pressing the
Power key
Set whether to end
call by pressing
[Power/Screen lock
key].
• If marked, pressing
[Home key]
shows calling
screen when the
screen backlight is
turned off and the
screen is locked
during a call.
219
Calling
Item
Description
Answering message settings*
Recorded
messages
→ P.212
Play answering
message
→ P.212
Language
→ P.212
Play after
→ P.212
Show incoming calls
on Edge screen
Set whether to display
calling information
in Edge screen
while application is
activated.
Show caller
information*
Display information
such as date and
time for the previous
call or sent/received
message between you
and the other party
whom you are calling.
Call alerts
→ P.224
220
Calling
Item
Description
Call accessories
Automatic
answering
Set whether to
answer automatically
while connecting to a
headset etc.
Automatic
answering timer
Set response time for
auto-answering when
"Automatic answering"
is marked.
Outgoing call
conditions
Set whether to make
a call from a Bluetooth
headset even when
screen is locked.
Outgoing call type
Set the operation for
outgoing calls when
using a Bluetooth
headset.
Additional settings
Auto area code
Set the area code
to add to the front
of the phone number
automatically when
calling.
221
Calling
Item
Description
Additional service
Register USSD
When a new network
service is introduced
by DOCOMO, you can
use the service by
registering it in the
menu.
Register reply
message
Record reply
messages applicable
to codes (USSD).
Reply messages are
returned from the
service center when
the additional services
are executed.
Ringtones and keypad tones
Set a ringtone.
Ringtones
Vibrations
Set vibrator.
Vibrate when
ringing
Set whether to vibrate
the terminal for
incoming call.
Dialing keypad
tone
Set operation sound
when tapping number
key on the dial screen
to ON/OFF.
Personalize call sound
Customize to set incall sound quality to
suit to user.
222
Calling
Item
Description
Noise reduction
Set to reduce ambient
noise during a call.
Hide my video
Set the image to the
other party when you
are not showing the
picture of yourself
(P.198).
Video call content box
Display the images
you captured during
video call.
Video call image
quality
Set the image quality
(bit rate) of video call.
* Not available for video call.
223
Calling
Notifying call status by sound
From the Home screen,
1 settings"
→ "Call alerts"
→
→ "Call
2 Tap an item you want to set
Item
Description
CALL VIBRATIONS
Vibrate
when
answered
Set whether to vibrate the
terminal when the other party
answers your call.
Call-end
vibration
Set whether to vibrate
terminal when the call ends.
CALL STATUS TONES
Call connect Set whether to sound start
tone
calling tone.
Minute
minder
Set whether to activate call
duration notification on a
minute-by-minute basis.
Call end
tone
Set whether to sound stop
calling tone when ending a
call.
ALERTS ON CALL
Notify during Set whether to sound
calls
notification sound when
there is an alarm or SMS
reception during a call.
224
Calling
Registering reason of rejection
to send via SMS when rejecting
call
The terminal can reject a reception of call and
inform the caller of the reason of rejection
by SMS. Up to 6 rejection messages can be
registered.
• By default, 5 rejection messages are
registered.
From the Home screen, → → "Call
1 settings"
→ "Call rejection" → "Set up
call rejection messages"
Tap → Enter a rejection message →
2 "Save"
To edit registered rejection message
Tap a rejection message to edit → Edit the
rejection message → Tap "Save".
To delete a rejection message
→ "Select" → Mark the rejection message
you want to delete/mark "Select all" → Tap
.
Information
• For rejection message, up to 70 fullwidth characters (up to 160 half-width
alphanumeric characters) can be entered.
225
Calling
Rejecting call receptions from
specified phone number
You can register the phone number you want to
reject the calls. Up to 100 phone numbers can
be registered.
From the Home screen, → → "Call
1 settings"
→ "Call rejection" → "Auto
2
reject list"
To reject calls without the caller ID,
anonymous calls and calls from pay phones
Mark "Unknown"/"Private number"/"Pay
phone".
To edit registered phone number
Tap the phone number you want to edit →
Edit the phone number → Tap "Save".
To delete a registered phone number
→ "Select" → Mark the phone number you
.
want to delete/Mark "Select all" → Tap
the phone number you want to
3 Enter
reject
• Tap
→ "Logs"/"Contacts" to enter a
phone number by selecting call log or
contact.
4 "Match criteria" → Tap a sorting rule
5 "Save"
• Unmark check on saved phone number to
cancel reject call.
226
Calling
Information
• To reject saved phone number, select
"Auto reject numbers" in "Auto reject mode"
(P.218).
227
Calling
Phonebook
Registering to phonebook
Manage various contact information such as
name, phone number or mail address using
"docomo phonebook" application provided by
DOCOMO.
• For using the cloud service on phonebook,
docomo phonebook application is required.
• When you activate "docomo phonebook" for
the first time (including after resetting the
application), "Use of Cloud" screen appears
and set to use Cloud.
the Home screen,
1 From
phonebook"
→ "docomo
• By default, contacts list screen appears.
2 "Register"
228
Calling
Saving to docomo account
1
2
3
Contact editing screen
a Account
A saving account appears.
• Tap "Set" to select an account.
b Image field
Tap "Set" to register an image. To take a photo,
tap "Take photo". To select a saved image, tap
"Select picture".
c Label key
Select a content label (item).
3 Enter the required items
• When group (P.233) is set to a contact,
tap "Set" in "Group" to group the contact.
• Tap "Set" in "Ringtone" to set individual
ringtone.
229
Calling
• Tap "Set" in "SNS・Blog" to enter SNS
information.
• Tap "Add other items" to enter address,
nickname or memo.
• The items that can be set varies by
the saving location of the contacts or
language setting (P.472).
4 "Save"
• If the contact is not displayed, on the
contacts list screen, tap → "Settings"
→ "Accounts to display" to change the
display settings.
Information
• To save the contact to the terminal, from
→
→ "Contacts" →
the Home screen,
"Device".
• Alternatively, from the Home screen,
→ Tap "Contacts" provided by Samsung
to activate "Contacts" application to
register or manage contacts. However,
available function etc. differs from "docomo
phonebook" application provided by
DOCOMO.
• In "Contacts" application, tap in the
contacts list → "Speed dial" and select the
number to be assigned for speed dial to
save the contact. Contacts saved from
"Speed dial" are displayed when number
keypad in "Dial" application is tapped, which
allows you to quickly make a call.
230
Calling
Checking/Editing a contact
the Home screen,
1 From
phonebook" → "Contacts"
→ "docomo
• A contacts list screen appears.
5
6
7
1
8
9
2
3
10
4
11
Contacts list screen
12
a Contacts
• Display the contact list screen.
b Name registered in the phonebook
c Photo set in the phonebook
• By tapping the other party's image registered
in the phonebook and then tapping the icon,
you can make a call, create SMS or email, etc.
231
Calling
d Register
• Add contacts (P.228).
e Timeline
• Tweets or messages of SNS or blog appear.
* Logging in to the cloud and My SNS setting
are required.
f Log in to/out from the cloud
g Menu
• Display menu (P.237).
h My profile
• Profile screen appears. You can check the
phone number, edit/manage your own profile
information (P.235).
i Group
• Select a group to display.
j Index character display area
• Tap "Index" to display index characters by
which you can search a name in the order of
the Japanese syllabary, alphabet, etc.
k Index
• Display the index character display area.
l Search
• Search contacts.
2 Tap the contact you want to check
• A profile screen appears.
in phone number field to make a
• Tap
call. Or tap the phone number to create
SMS, make video call or use Koe-noTakuhaibin (P.195).
• To create a mail, tap a mail address and
select an application.
To edit a contact
Tap "Edit".
232
Calling
Adding a contact to Favorites
Add contacts to "Favorites".
the Contacts list screen, tap the
1 On
contact you want to add to Favorites
→ Tap
(white) to change to
(yellow)
• Added contact is displayed in the
"Favorites" group.
Adding/Editing a group
1 On the Contacts list screen, "Group"
2 "Add group"
To edit saved group
Tap a group you want to edit → "Edit" → Edit
and then tap "OK".
To delete group
→ "Delete group" → Mark groups you want
to delete → "OK" → Tap "OK".
To change display order of groups
"Sort" → Tap a group → Drag the group to
desired place → Tap "OK".
account → Enter a group name
3 Select
→ Select an icon and color
4 "OK"
233
Calling
Information
• You can set color or icon to created group
or change order in the group list only for
the groups saved in docomo account.
Adding contact to a group
1 On the Contacts list screen, "Group"
a group → "Add member" → Mark
2 Tap
contacts to add → "OK" → "OK"
To delete contact from a group
Tap a group that includes a contact you
want to delete → "Delete member" → Mark
contacts to delete → "OK" → Tap "OK"
Information
• Only contacts saved in docomo account
or Google account can be added to the
group.
234
Calling
Making a call from phonebook
the Contacts list screen, tap the
1 On
recipient you want to call
• A profile screen appears.
2 Tap
Registering My profile
the Contacts list screen, "My
1 On
profile"
• Profile screen appears.
2 "Edit"
3 Enter the required items → "Save"
235
Calling
Importing/Exporting contacts
You can import/export contacts between
microSD card or docomo mini UIM card and the
terminal.
the Contacts list screen,
1 On
"Import/Export"
→
2 Perform the following operations
To import contacts
"Import from SIM card"/"Import from SD card"
→ Select a location to save
• If "Import from SD card" is selected, import
contacts from SD card.
• If you do not set up Google account, a
saving location selection screen does not
appear. It is saved to docomo account.
• When multiple contacts data (vCard) are
saved in the microSD card, a phonebook
selection screen appears. Follow the
onscreen instructions to select import
method.
To export contacts
Tap "Export to SD card" → Select export
method → "OK" → Operate following the
onscreen instructions.
To send as contact data (vCard)
"Share phonebook data" → Select sending
method.
236
Calling
Menu on contacts list screen/profile
screen
Tap
on the contacts list screen/profile screen
to display the following items.
゜゜ Contacts screen
Item
Description
Delete
Delete contacts.
Cloud menu
Display cloud menu.
Import/Export
→ P.236
Settings
International
use setting
for docomo
phonebook
Set for using overseas.
docomo ID/Wi-Fi
settings
Display docomo ID
settings and information.
Contacts display
order
Change display order of
contact.
Accounts to
display
View only contacts
corresponding to tapped
account.
Help
Display Help.
About
Check the version of
"docomo phonebook"
application provided by
DOCOMO etc.
237
Calling
゜゜ Profile screen
Item
Description
Share
Send contacts via Bluetooth
or by mail attachment.
Delete
Delete contacts.
Set ringtone
Set individual ringtone.
Join/Separate
Link related contacts such
as family, company, etc. to
put into one joined contact or
separate the joined contact.
• If you combine contacts in
different accounts, two or
more account icons appear
on the profile screen.
SNS/contacts
link settings
Set SNS link function.
• Timeline is shown only
for contacts in docomo
account.
Information
• Contacts linked by "Join" are joined into
the contact that the link operation is
performed, and are not displayed on the
Contacts list.
238
Calling
Mail/Web browser
docomo mail
Send/receive the mail using docomo mail
address (@docomo.ne.jp).
You can use pictogram and Deco-mail. Mails
can be received automatically.
Since sent/received mails are stored to
docomo mail server, your mails can be
transferred easily in case the terminal is lost
or you change the model. With docomo ID,
you can use mail with PC. tablet, etc.
For details, see NTT DOCOMO Website.
1 From the Home screen,
• After that, follow the onscreen instructions.
Information
• Use "docomo backup" (P.399) to back up
docomo mail (local) data to microSD card.
239
Mail/Web browser
SMS
You can send/receive text message to/from
mobile phone number as a recipient.
※For details of available number of characters,
etc, refer to "Short Message Service (SMS)"
on NTT DOCOMO website.
Creating and sending SMS
1 From the Home screen,
→ "Messages"
• A thread (sender/recipient of SMS) list
appears.
2 Tap
• An SMS creation screen appears.
Enter recipient field, enter a mobile
3 In
phone number to send
• To send to multiple recipients, enter
comma (,) after a cell phone number or tap
.
•
→ Tap "Logs"/"Favorites"/"Contacts"
/"Groups" to enter recipients selecting
from Logs, Favorites, Contacts, Groups of
Phonebook.
4 Enter text in "Enter message" field
To enter a smiley
→ "Insert smiley" → Tap a smiley you want
to enter.
To insert saved phrase
→ "Quick responses" → Tap a message to insert.
5 Tap
240
Mail/Web browser
To send an SMS on a specified date and
time
→ "Schedule message" → Set date you
want to send it → "Done" → Tap .
To save composing SMS as a draft
When a recipient and text are entered and
the keypad is displayed, tap
twice (When
word prediction candidates are displayed,
tap
in 3 times).
Information
• You can switch default messaging application
to Hangouts.
• You can also send/receive text messages
to/from customers using overseas network
operators. For available countries/overseas
network operators, see "Mobile Phone User's
Guide [International Services]" or the DOCOMO
International Services website.
• To send to users of overseas network operators,
enter "+", "Country code" and then "the recipient
mobile phone number". Enter the phone number
without a leading "0", if any. You can also enter
"010", "Country code" and "the recipient mobile
phone number" to send messages.
• If "#" or " " is included in the address, SMS
cannot be sent.
• SMS is not sent if the terminal is not ON at the
scheduled date for sending SMS.
• Sending-scheduled SMS is sent at the date and
time set on the terminal. Depending on network
condition or radio wave condition, sending date
may be different from the set scheduled one.
241
Mail/Web browser
Checking received SMS
the Home screen,
1 From
"Messages"
→
• A thread (sender/recipient of SMS) list
appears.
2 Tap a thread you want to read
• An SMS list appears.
• Received SMS is displayed in yellow
callout, sending-reserved SMS is displayed
in gray callout and sent SMS is displayed
in blue callout. Change color or shape of
callout for sent/received SMS (P.244).
Information
• If "Notifications" (P.246) is set to ON,
appears on
when an SMS is received,
the status bar.
242
Mail/Web browser
Menu on thread list screen
Tap
on the thread list screen to display the
following items.
Item
Description
Select
Select to make spam
mail settings or delete.
Locked messages
Display locked SMS.
Spam messages
Display spam SMS.
Font size
Set font size.
243
Mail/Web browser
Item
Description
Settings
Default messaging app
Download
booster
→ P.433
Default
messaging
app
Set either "SMS" or
"Hangouts" as the
default messaging app.
Mobile
networks
Set mobile data, data
roaming, access point
(APN), network mode,
and network operator.
VPN
→ P.436
Display
Bubble style
Set the style for callout.
Background
style
Set the style for
background.
Split view
Set whether to enable
split view when in
landscape view.
Change font
size
Set whether to change
character size by the
volume key.
244
Mail/Web browser
Item
Description
Settings
Quick responses
Add/edit phrase.
Text messages settings
Delivery
reports
Set whether to request
delivery report of SMS
each time you send.
Manage SIM
card messages.
Check/delete/copy
messages copied to the
docomo mini UIM card
to the terminal.
Message
center
Set for SMS center.
• Usually, you do not
need to set.
Expiration date Set expiry date for an
SMS you send.
Delete old messages
Text message
limit
Priority senders
Set limit numbers of
SMS.
Display the priority
sender on the thread
list screen.
245
Mail/Web browser
Item
Description
Settings
Notifications
Notification
sound
Set notification sound
for sounding when an
SMS is received.
Vibrate
Set whether to vibrate
when a message is
received.
Repeat
message alert
Set repetition
interval for receiving
notification.
Pop-up display
Set whether to notify
with pop-up screen
when a message is
received.
Edge screen
Set whether to display
text preview on the
Edge screen when SMS
is received.
Signature
Edit signature
Edit a signature.
246
Mail/Web browser
Item
Description
Settings
Spam filter
Add to spam
numbers
Register numbers to
reject.
Add to spam
phrases
Register phrases to
reject.
Allow access to
all links
Help
Set restriction of access
to links in messages or
anti-phishing.
Display Help.
247
Mail/Web browser
Menu on SMS list screen
In SMS list screen, tap
items.
to display the following
Item
Description
Video call
Make a video call (P.190).
View contact/
Add to contacts
View contact/add contact.
Quick responses Insert phrase.
Add recipient
Create SMS entering other
recipient.
Insert smiley
Enter a smiley.
Schedule
message
Set date and time you want
to send.
Add to priority
senders/
Remove from
priority senders
Add/remove contacts to/
from priority sender display
in the thread list screen.
Add to spam
numbers*1
Register sender's number
as spam SMS.
Remove from
spam numbers*2
Remove the other party's
mobile phone number from
the spam SMS list.
Discard
Discard creating SMS.
Font size
Set font size.
248
Mail/Web browser
*1 Appears on the SMS list screen for the party
not-registered to spam SMS list.
*2 Appears on SMS list screen for the party
registered to spam SMS list.
249
Mail/Web browser
Menu on message screen
Touch and hold a sent/received SMS or
scheduled SMS to display the following items.
Item
Resend*1
Description
Resend aborted SMS.
Delete*1*2
Delete SMS.
Send now*
Send scheduled SMS right
now.
Cancel
message*3
Delete a scheduled SMS.
3
Copy text
Copy an SMS text.
Forward
Forward an SMS.
Lock/Unlock
Lock/unlock an SMS to
prevent being deleted.
Edit
message*1*3
Edit an aborted/a scheduled
SMS.
Copy to SIM*2
Copy an SMS to docomo
mini UIM card.
Share
Send contacts via Bluetooth
function or email.
View message
details
Display a type, sender/
recipient, date, scheduled
date and time, delivery
report or status.
*1 Appears for aborted SMS.
*2 Appears for sent/received SMS.
250
Mail/Web browser
*3 Appears for scheduled SMS.
Information
for an
• Alternatively, you can tap
scheduled message → "OK" to send the
scheduled message immediately.
• Up to 20 messages can be copied to the
docomo mini UIM card.
251
Mail/Web browser
Email
You can set a POP3- or IMAP-compatible Email
account provided by a general service provider
to send/receive email.
Setting Email account
When you enter mail address and password,
Email account settings are downloaded and set
automatically.
• If settings cannot be made automatically or
you make settings manually, you need to enter
settings for sending and receiving. Prepare the
required information of Email account settings
in advance.
1 From the Home screen,
→ "Email"
To set up second or later Email account
From the Home screen,
→ Tap "Email" →
→ "Settings" → "Manage accounts" →
mail address and password →
2 Enter
"Next"
• Settings of Email account are downloaded
automatically.
• If the settings are not downloaded
automatically and an account type
selection screen appears, follow the
onscreen instruction to make settings.
252
Mail/Web browser
• "Set as default account" checkbox
appears when setting the second Email
account. Marking this checkbox can set
the account as default account.
→
From the Email list screen, tap
"Settings" → "Manage accounts" → Select
an account you want to set as default →
Mark/unmark "Default account" to change
the default account.
To set manually
Enter an email address and password →
"Manual setup" → Follow the onscreen
instruction to make settings.
3 Set account options → "Next"
account name and user name →
4 Enter
"Done"
253
Mail/Web browser
Changing Email settings
Account settings
1 From the Home screen,
→ "Email"
• The Email list screen appears.
"Settings" → "Manage accounts"
2 → →
Tap an account you want to set
3 Tap an item you want to set
Item
Description
Sync settings
Sync Email
Set whether to
synchronize with Email
server.
Sync schedule
Set Email synchronizing
timing.
Period to sync
Email*1
Set period for
synchronizing Email.
Limit retrieval
size
Set email size for
receiving.
• Even if "No limit"/"No
limit (including
attachments)" is
selected, a part of
mail message may be
omitted when email size
is too large.
254
Mail/Web browser
Item
Description
Signature
Set whether to add
signature to a mail
message. Also edit
signature.
Default account
Set whether to use as
default Email account.
If you mark it, "(Default)"
is displayed at the set
account in Manage
accounts screen.
Password
Reset a password for an
account registered on the
terminal if the account
password was changed on
the server.
Email notifications Set whether to notify with
sound and icon when an
email is received.
Notification sound Set notification sound for
sounding when an email is
received.
Vibrate
Set whether to vibrate
when an email is received.
More settings
Account name
Change account name.
Your name
Change user name.
Always Cc/Bcc Add your mail address to
myself
Cc/Bcc.
255
Mail/Web browser
Item
Description
More settings
Show images
Set whether to display
images.
• If email whose size is
exceeded the limit set in
"Size to retrieve emails",
image may not be
displayed even when it
is marked. In that case,
on the message screen,
tap "Load more details"
→ "Preview" to
or
check the image.
Security
options
Encrypt or set security
options such as Signature.
Number of
emails to
load*2
Set number of emails to
be displayed.
Auto download
attachments*1
Set whether to
download attached files
automatically when
connecting via Wi-Fi.
256
Mail/Web browser
Item
Description
More settings
Incoming
settings
Change settings of
receiving server.
Outgoing
settings
Change settings of
sending server.
*1 Does not appear for POP3 account.
*2 Does not appear for IMAP account.
Information
• When multiple Email accounts are set, tap
an account name on the Email list screen.
→ Tap "Combined inbox" of Combined view.
• To delete an Email account, on the Email
→ "Settings" → "Manage
list screen,
(for multiple accounts,
accounts" →
→ "Remove account") → Mark an Email
account you want to delete → Tap "Done"
→ "Remove".
• For Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync
account, the setting items differ.
257
Mail/Web browser
Basic settings
1 From the Home screen, → "Email"
2 → "Settings"
3 Tap an item you want to set
Item
Manage
accounts
Description
→ P.254
Display
Auto fit
content
Shrink email content to fit
the screen. Zoom in on the
details.
Message
preview line
Set number of lines for email
preview.
Title line in
list
Set whether "Subject" or
"Sender" is displayed as an
email tile.
Hide
checkboxes
Unmark checkbox in the
email list screen.
Default display
Set a screen for displaying
after email is moved or
deleted.
258
Mail/Web browser
Item
Description
Priority sender settings
Set as
default
folder
Set to display an inbox tray
in default sending account
for opening email.
Email
Set whether to notify you
notifications with notification ringtone and
notification icon when receiving
email from the priority sender.
Notification
sound
Set notification ringtone
when receiving email from
the priority sender.
Vibrate
Set whether to notify you
with vibration when receiving
email from the priority sender.
Spam
addresses
Edit a list of sender's
address or domain registered
as spam mail address.
Delay email
sending
Set whether to send email
after a specified time elapses.
• Set waiting time when "Delay
email sending" is marked.
Split view mode
Set whether to enable split
view when in landscape view.
Information
• For Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync account,
different setting items are displayed.
259
Mail/Web browser
Creating and sending an email
1 From the Home screen,
2 Tap
→ "Email"
• The email creation screen appears.
3 In "To" field, enter a mail address to send
to enter an
• To add Cc/Bcc, tap
address in the Cc field or Bcc field.
→ Tap "Favorites"/"Contacts"/"Groups"
•
and select recipients from Phonebook
Favorites, contacts, group to enter.
• When you set multiple Email accounts, tap
→ 送信元のアドレス to switch the Email
account.
4 Enter a subject in the "Subject" field
5 Enter a text in the message field
To attach a file/data
→ Tap a file/data type of attachment →
Follow the onscreen instructions to attach a
file/data.
To insert file/data
→
→ Tap a file/data type to insert →
Follow the onscreen instructions to insert a
file/data.
To set priority of email sending
→ "Priority" → Select a priority.
To set encryption of email for sending or
Signature
→ "Security options" → Mark "Encrypt"/
"Sign" → Tap "OK".
260
Mail/Web browser
6 Tap
To send email to yourself
→ "Send email to myself"
• When you set multiple Email accounts, tap
an account to add to.
To send email by specifying date and time
→ "Schedule email" → Mark "Schedule
email" → Set date and time to send → Tap
"Done" → .
To save the currently editing email as a draft
Tap
or
/
→ Tap "Save".
To discard an editing email
/
→ Tap "Discard".
Information
• An email is not sent if the terminal is not
ON at the scheduled date for sending
email.
• A sending-scheduled email is sent at
the date and time set on the terminal.
Depending on network condition or radio
wave condition, sending date may be
different from the set scheduled one.
• If you send/receive emails to/from a PC
or other device, some pictograms, HTML
mails, etc. may not be displayed correctly
depending on the usage environment.
261
Mail/Web browser
Checking received emails
1 From the Home screen,
→ "Email"
• The Email list screen appears.
• When multiple Email accounts are
registered, tap an account name and tap
the account folder you want to display,
then display the Email list screen.
2 Tap
3 Tap an email you want to read
• A message screen appears.
Information
• If "Email notifications" (P.259) is marked,
etc. appears
when an email is received,
on the status bar.
on the Email list to search email.
• Tap
on the Email list to switch folders.
• Tap
• Tap an image field of sender on the
message screen. To register to the
phonebook or send email. With mail
address registered, you can display the
contact or send email.
appears on the
• When data is attached,
, an attached
Email list. When you tap
data list screen appears.
-- Tap "Preview" to check attached data.
-- To save the attached data to the
terminal, tap "Download".
262
Mail/Web browser
Menu on Email list screen
Tap
on the Email list screen to display the
following items.
Item
Description
Select
Select an email to delete (
), move ( ) add to spam
( )*, add to/remove from
Favorites( / ), or mark as
unread /read ( / ).
Filter by
Select conditions and sort
emails.
View as
Switch the view of the Email
list.
Font size
Set font size.
Delete all
Delete all emails.
Settings
Change Email account
settings. → P.254
Help
Display Help.
* Does not appear for POP3 account.
263
Mail/Web browser
Menu on message screen
Tap / on the message screen to display the
following items.
Item
Description
Font size
Set font size.
Settings
Change Email basic
settings. → P.258
Help
Display Help.
Mark as
unread
Change read email to
unread.
Move
Move an email to the other
folder.
Save email
Save email on the terminal.
Register as
spam*
Register sender's mail
address or domain as
spam mail.
Add to priority Set/cancel sender's mail
senders/
address as a priority
Remove
sender.
from priority
senders
Print
Print email using via
compatible printer.
→ P.518
* Does not appear for POP 3 account.
264
Mail/Web browser
Gmail
You can send/receive emails using Gmail.
• To use Gmail, you need to set Google account
(P.460). When a setting screen of Google
account appears, perform the settings
according to onscreen instructions and then
operate it.
Opening Gmail
the Home screen, "Google" →
1 From
"Gmail"
2 Tap an email you want to read
• Content of the selected email appears.
Creating and sending Gmail
the Home screen, "Google" →
1 From
"Gmail"
2 Tap
• The Email creation screen appears.
3 In To field, enter an address
• To send an email to multiple recipients,
separate with a comma (,).
• To add Cc/Bcc, tap → "Add Cc/Bcc".
4 Enter a subject in "Subject" field
a text message in "Compose
5 Enter
email" field
265
Mail/Web browser
6 Tap
To save draft email
Tap
→ "Save draft".
To edit draft email
On the Inbox screen, → Tap "Drafts" → Tap
draft email you want to edit →
.
Switching accounts
If you have more than one Gmail account, you
can switch Gmail accounts.
the Home screen, "Google" →
1 From
"Gmail"
2
3 Tap an account to switch
• Inbox of the selected account appears.
Information
• For details on Gmail, from Gmail screen,
→ Tap "HELP" to refer.
266
Mail/Web browser
Early Warning "Area Mail"
Area Mail is a service with which you can
receive emergency earthquake flash reports
delivered by the Meteorological Agency etc.
• You can receive Area Mails for free without
subscriptions.
• Up to 50 Area Mails can be stored.
• Area Mails cannot be received when the power
OFF, in Airplane mode, during International
roaming, while displaying the PIN code entry
screen, etc. Also if the terminal is low on
memory, receiving Area Mail may fail.
• Unreceived Area Mail cannot be received later.
When receiving Early Warning
"Area Mail"
When Area Mail is received, the Area Mail buzzer
or ringtone sounds, a notification icon appears
on the status bar, and receiving screen opens.
• The Area Mail buzzer or ringtone sounds in
maximum volume. The setting cannot be
changed.
• The Area Mail buzzer or ringtone sounds even
in Silent mode (Mute, Vibrate) by default.
Setting not to sound in Silent mode is
available. → P.269
267
Mail/Web browser
Viewing received Area Mail
From the Home screen,
1 kit"
→ "Disaster
• For the first activation, function overview,
agreement, etc. appears. Read the
contents and then tap "Agree".
Warning "Area Mail"" → Tap an
2 "Early
Area Mail you want to check
To delete Area Mails
"Early Warning "Area Mail"" → Mark an
Area Mail you want to delete → Tap
"Delete" → "OK".
• Mark one or more Area Mails and tap
"Select all" to mark all mails.
268
Mail/Web browser
Setting Early Warning "Area Mail"
Set incoming settings and ringtone settings.
You can also check receiving operation.
From the Home screen,
1 kit"
→ "Disaster
Warning "Area Mail"" →
2 "Early
"Settings"
→
3 Tap an item to set
Item
Description
Receive
setting
Set whether to receive Area
Mail.
Beep tone
Set ring time of buzzer or
ringtone. Set whether to
sound buzzer or ringtone in
Silent mode (Mute, Vibrate).
Check screen
image and
beep tone
Check receiving screen
and buzzer or ringtone for
Earthquake Early Warning,
Tsunami Warning and
Disaster/Evacuation
information.
269
Mail/Web browser
Web browser
Using web browser
Using web browser, you can view web pages as PCs.
On the terminal, web browser can be used via a
packet communication or Wi-Fi connection.
• Some web pages may not be displayed or may
not appear properly.
Activating web browser
1 From the Home screen,
• Web browser activates and web page set
as home page (by default, dmenu (http://
smt.docomo.ne.jp/?home) (in Japanese
only)) appears.
2
3
1
4
5
6
Web browser screen
7
8
a Address bar
Enter a URL of web page or a keyword you want
to search.
b Refresh
270
Mail/Web browser
c Windows
Switch between windows, close and open
windows.
d Menu
Display menu (P.276).
e Back/Forward
f Back to Homepage
Return to web page set as homepage.
g Bookmarks/History
Display a list of bookmarks/History.
h Saved pages
Display a list of saved pages.
Information
• When the address bar or icon is not
displayed, flick/swipe the screen to display
it.
Exiting web browser
thumbnail of browser
1 left →orScroll/flick
right (up or down in the
landscape view)
• Even when you return to the Home screen
[Home key] or tap
by pressing
on the browser screen, the browser is not
terminated.
271
Mail/Web browser
Information
• The following operations are available
(Some operations are not available
depending on the web page display).
-- Zooming in/out: Widen/narrow the
distance between 2 fingers at the point
you want to zoom in/out.
-- Zooming in/out a part framed: Double-tap
at the point you want to zoom in/out.
-- Scrolling: Scroll/flick the screen.
.
-- Back to the previous screen: Tap
-- Using magnifying glass: Touch and hold
the screen.
-- Copying text: Touch and hold a text
without link → Drag / in all directions
and select the text range to be copied →
"Copy".
-- Searching text: Touch and hold a text
without link → Drag / in all directions
and select the text range to search →
"Find"/"Web search".
-- Sharing text: Touch and hold a text
without link → Drag / in all directions
and select the text range to share
→ "Share via" → Tap sharing method.
-- Look up meaning of text in dictionary:
Touch and hold a text without link → Drag
/ in all directions and select the text
range to look up → "Dictionary" → Select
the dictionary to use.
272
Mail/Web browser
Opening new window
1 On the browser screen,
2
• Tab manager appears.
• Quick access screen appears.
URL or search keyword in the
3 Enter
search box at the top of screen
• Alternatively, tap thumbnail on the quick
access list to display a new window.
To close window
→ Tap
in the window you want to close.
Information
• Alternatively, on the browser screen, →
Tap "New tab" to display a new window.
273
Mail/Web browser
Opening window in Incognito mode
View with the browser without history of browser
or search remained.
On the browser screen,
1 mode"
→ "OK"
→ "Incognito
• For windows viewing in Incognito mode,
frame of the address bar at the top of
screen appears in dark gray.
To close window in incognito mode
→ Tap
of the window where
in the title.
appears
Information
• Browsing history in Incognito mode is
not saved. Closing web pages viewed in
Incognito mode clears Cookie. However,
files downloaded or bookmarked web pages
while viewing in incognito mode can be
saved.
274
Mail/Web browser
Operating links in web pages
the browser screen, touch and
1 On
hold a link
2 Tap an item you want to use
Item
Description
Open
Open web page.
Open in new
tab
Open web page in new
window.
Save link
Save web page to the
terminal/microSD card.
Copy link
Copy URL.
Select text*1
Select text.
Save*2
Save an image to the
terminal/microSD card.
Copy*2
Copy an image to Clipboard.
View*2
Display an image.
*1 Appears only when touching and holding a
linked text.
*2 Appears only when touching and holding a
linked image.
Information
• Depending on the web pages, some link
operation menu may not be displayed or
the displayed items may differ.
275
Mail/Web browser
Menu items on browser screen
Tap on the browser screen to display the
following items.
Item
Description
New tab
Open new window.
Add to quick
access
Add to quick access list.
Add shortcut
Add a shortcut of web page
to home screen to the Home screen.
Save web page
Save web pages.
Share via
Share or send URL of web
page via online services/
Bluetooth/mail etc.
Find on page
Search text in web page.
Incognito mode Display web pages in Incognito
mode. History is not saved.
→ P.274
Desktop view
Set whether to open the PC
version web page.
Print
Print browser screen via
compatible printer. → P.518
Settings
→ P.280
Help
Display Help.
276
Mail/Web browser
Managing history and bookmarks
Viewing web pages from the history
1 From the Home screen,
2 → "History"
• A history list appears.
• History is displayed in reverse chronological
order of view date.
(yellow) appears for the history which is
•
added as bookmark.
3 Tap a web page you want to view
Information
• To delete all histories, on the history list,
→ Tap "Clear history" → "OK".
277
Mail/Web browser
Adding a web page to Bookmarks
1 From the Home screen,
Display a web page to bookmark →
2 →
"My phone" or account name →
3 Tap
Tap a folder to register to
title of bookmark →
4 Confirm/change
"Save"
Viewing web page from Bookmarks
1 From the Home screen,
2
• A bookmark list appears.
3 Tap a web page you want to view
Information
is tapped on the bookmark list, the
• When
following items appear.
-- "Select": Select multiple bookmarks and
delete or move them.
-- "View as": Change display method of list.
-- "Create folder": Create a folder.
-- "Change order": Change display order of
the bookmark list.
278
Mail/Web browser
Menu of bookmark/history
Touch and hold bookmark/history to display the
selection screen and then operate the following.
Item
Description
Open a web page in a
new window.
Delete history/bookmarks.
Share via
Share URL of web page
via online service or send
via Bluetooth function or
mail attachment etc.
Edit*1
Edit the name or URL
of the bookmark and
change the saving folder.
Move to folder*1 Change the saving folder
of bookmarks.
Copy*2
Copy URL of web page.
Add to quick
access
Add to quick access list.
Add shortcut to Create shortcut of
Home screen*1 bookmark on the Home
screen.
Add bookmark*2 Add a bookmark.
Set as
homepage
Set a web page as home
page.
*1 Appears in bookmark list.
*2 Appears in history list.
279
Mail/Web browser
Setting web browser
1 From the Home screen,
2 → "Settings"
3 Tap an item you want to set
Item
Description
Manage
accounts
Set up Samsung account.
Set homepage
Set a home page.
Status bar
Set whether to hide the
status bar and view the web
page in full screen view.
Auto hide toolbar
Set whether to hide the
toolbar when scrolling the
web page up or down.
Privacy
Accept
cookies
Set whether to permit to
save/read Cookies.
Turn on
location
Set whether to permit
access to location
information of the terminal.
Suggest
search terms
and URLs
Set whether to display
related keyword etc. when
entry in the address bar is
attempted.
Remember
form data
Set whether to save
character information
entered to web form.
280
Mail/Web browser
Item
Description
Privacy
Remember
passwords
Set whether to save user
name/password entered to
web pages.
Sign-in
information
Manage the user names
and passwords entered in
web pages.
Delete
personal data
Delete personal data, such
as browser history, cache,
cookies, website data,
passwords, and autofill
data.
Advanced
Auto fill forms
Set the text to be filled in
automatically in the text
field.
Legibility
Text
scaling
Set display magnification
of text at the preview.
Force
zoom
Set whether to be able to
zoom in or out regardless
of the web page settings.
Text
booster
Set whether to enlarge text
size to display for viewing
web pages for PC.
281
Mail/Web browser
Item
Description
Advanced
Content settings
Turn on
JavaScript
Set whether to enable
JavaScript.
Block popups
Set whether to block popup windows.
Default
storage
Set a saving location of
downloaded data.
Websites
Display detailed information
(URL, bandwidth usage,
etc.) about the web page
accessed in location
information. You can delete
saved data.
Turn on
Set whether to enable
notifications notification function.
Reset
Reset notification settings.
notifications
Reset
settings
Delete data and reset
contents settings to return
to the default browser
settings.
282
Mail/Web browser
Item
Description
Advanced
Data usage management
Preload
webpages
Set browser preloading web
page in background.
Load
images
Set whether to display
images.
Page
overview
Display a newly opened
web page in full view.
Preload
available
links
Set whether to preload
links when a web page is
loaded.
283
Mail/Web browser
Apps
dmenu
In dmenu, you can quickly access DOCOMO
recommended sites and useful applications.
1 From the Home screen, "dmenu"
• Select the browser to use, and select
"Always" (applies on next time and after),
or "Just once".
• The browser is activated to display
"dmenu".
Information
• To use dmenu, Internet connection by
packet communication (LTE/3G/GPRS) or
Wi-Fi is required.
• For connecting dmenu and downloading
applications introduced in dmenu,
a packet communication charge is
applied separately. Some downloaded
applications automatically perform packet
communications.
• Applications introduced in dmenu may
include charged ones.
284
Apps
dmarket
You can pick up useful and interesting
contents which meet your needs in dmarket.
• For details on dmarket, refer to NTT DOCOMO
website.
1 From the Home screen, "dmarket"
Play Store
• To use Google Play, you need to set a Google
account (P.460).
Installing an application
1 From the Home screen, "Play Store"
for an application you want to
2 Search
download, then tap it → Check details
free applications, "INSTALL", for
3 For
charged ones, tap the price → Follow
the onscreen instructions
• When installing is complete,
appears on
the status bar.
• Be very cautious about applications
that have access to many functions
or a significant amount of data. Once
you download an application, you are
responsible for the results of using the
application on the terminal.
285
Apps
Information
• Be sure to check the security of
applications, and then install them at your
own risk. The terminal may be infected with
a virus and the data may be damaged.
• NTT DOCOMO is not liable for malfunctions,
if any, caused by the application you
installed. In such case, a charged repair is
applied even during the warranty period.
• NTT DOCOMO is not liable for any
disadvantage brought to you or any third
party due to an application you installed.
• Some applications automatically
perform packet communications. Packet
communication is kept active unless you
disconnect it or the time-out is occurred.
• If you are not satisfied with the purchased
application, you can ask for refund within
the specified time frame. Note that refund
is accepted only once for each application.
• For details on Google Play, on the Play
Store screen, "Play Store" → Tap "HELP" to
refer.
• For instructions on uninstalling application,
see "Uninstalling applications or widgets"
(P.182).
286
Apps
GALAXY Apps
You can easily download a lot of applications
recommended by Samsung using GALAXY
Apps.
Connecting to GALAXY Apps
From the Home screen,
1 Apps"
→ "GALAXY
• When the disclaimer appears, read it and
tap "Accept".
an application you want to use
2 Search
and download it
Information
• GALAXY Apps may not be available
depending on the country or region. For
details, refer to the support page in the
GALAXY Apps website on a PC.
287
Apps
Osaifu-Keitai
The function allows you to use "OsaifuKeitai compatible service" for payment or
coupon by just holding over a store reader,
or " かざしてリンク対応サービス (KazashiteLink compatible service)" for accessing
information by holding over home electrical
appliances, smart poster, etc.
You can save electronic money, point, etc.
to IC card or docomo mini UIM card.
Also, you can check deposit or balance of
electronic money, or point value, take measures
against theft or loss by locking Osaifu-Keitai.
For details on Osaifu-Keitai, refer to NTT
DOCOMO website.
• A setting from the dedicated website or
application is required to use Osaifu-Keitai
compatible services.
• The data in the IC card *1 and docomo mini UIM
card *2 may be lost or altered from malfunction
of the terminal (when we repair your OsaifuKeitai etc., as we cannot repair it with data
remained, you are required to erase the data
by yourself). For support such as reissuance,
restoration, temporary preservation or transfer
of data, contact Osaifu-Keitai compatible
service providers. For important data, be sure
to use a service with backup service.
• If the data in the IC card or docomo UIM card is
lost, altered or damaged by any means related
to Osaifu-Keitai compatible service such as
malfunction or model change, DOCOMO is not
liable for the loss of data.
288
Apps
• If the terminal is stolen or misplaced,
immediately contact Osaifu-Keitai compatible
service provider for an advice.
• Attach Battery Pack SC14 when using OsaifuKeitai. FeliCa antenna is equipped to Battery
Pack SC14.
*1 Data saved to IC card in the Osaifu-Keitai
compatible device
*2 Data saved to docomo mini UIM card
Using "Osaifu-Keitai compatibleservice"
To use Osaifu-Keitai compatible service,
download Osaifu-Keitai compatible application
from Osaifu-Keitai compatible site before
setting up. Depending on service, Osaifu-Keitai
compatible application does not require to be
downloaded.
1 From the Home screen, "Osaifu-Keitai"
• Obtain service information and update a
service list.
• When Osaifu-Keitai initial setting screen
appears, follow the onscreen instructions.
2 Tap service you want to use
3 Configure settings for the service
4 Hold mark over the reader
• Communication with the reader is
performed.
289
Apps
Information
• You can read/write data from/to a reader
without activating Osaifu-Keitai compatible
application.
• Powering on the terminal is not necessary,
but attaching the battery pack is required
for use. If the terminal remains powered off
for a long time or battery level is low, the
function may not be available even if the
battery pack is attached.
• Note that if you do not subscribe to
sp-mode, a part of Osaifu-Keitai services
may not be available.
Using " かざしてリンク対応サービス (Kazashite-Link compatible
service)"
the Home screen, → "Settings"
1 From
→ "NFC and sharing" → "NFC/OsaifuKeitai"
of "Reader/Writer, P2P"
2 Tap
Hold
mark over an NFC module
3 equipped
device, smart poster, etc.
290
Apps
Notes on holding over the device
Please note the following when holding the
terminal over an IC card reader or NFC module
equipped device.
mark
• Bring the
mark close to the device slowly,
not strike strongly.
mark over the device at the
• Hold the
center horizontally. If scanning is failed
even with it held in front of the center of the
scanner, slightly lift up the terminal, or move it
backwards/forwards or to the left/right.
• When there is a metal object between the
mark and the device, reading may fail. Putting
the terminal into a case or cover may affect
communication. In that case, remove the case
or cover.
291
Apps
Locking Osaifu-Keitai function
Use "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock set" to restrict
Osaifu-Keitai function or the services. NFC/
Osaifu-Keitai lock is different from the screen
lock and SIM card lock.
1 From the Home screen, "Osaifu-Keitai"
Settings" → Enter the password
2 "Lock
→ "OK"
• Setting password is required for the
first activation. Follow the onscreen
instructions to set password.
To unlock
"Lock Settings" → Enter a password → Tap
"OK".
To change password
While unlocking, tap "Lock settings" → "PW
Change" → Enter a password → in the "New
password" field, enter a new password → in
the "Confirm new password" field, enter the
new password again → "OK".
292
Apps
Information
• When using "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock set",
or
appears on the status bar.
• Be careful about remaining battery level
because "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock set"
cannot be canceled if the battery runs out
while using "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock set".
If the battery runs out, charge the battery
and then cancel "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock
set".
• To use Osaifu-Keitai menu while using
"NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock set", enter a
password.
• A password for NFC/Osaifu-Keitai cannot
be deleted even if the terminal is reset.
• Unlock "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai Lock" with the
docomo mini UIM card used at the time
when "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai Lock" is set
inserted to the terminal.
293
Apps
iD アプリ (iD application)
"iD" is electric money provided by docomo. You
can enjoy shopping simply and conveniently only
by holding Osaifu-Keitai set with "iD" over the
IC card reader in stores. Since up to 2 types of
card information can be set, you can use them
separately according to the benefits, etc.
• To use iD with Osaifu-Keitai, setting iD
application is required.
• The charges required for iD service (including
the annual charge) vary by card issuer.
• The packet communication charge for oversea
use differs from the one in Japan.
• For details on iD, refer to iD website (http://idcredit.com/). (In Japanese only)
294
Apps
ToruCa
ToruCa is an application that can be used
to collect coupon tickets, useful information
etc. from your favorite stores. It can be
obtained from sites or IC card readers.
Obtained "ToruCa" can easily be updated to
the latest information.
• For details on ToruCa, refer to NTT DOCOMO
website.
• For the first activation of ToruCa, Software
License Agreement appears. Read the
contents and then tap " 同意する (Agree)".
1 From the Home screen,
→ "ToruCa"
Information
• For obtaining, displaying or updating
ToruCa, a packet communication charge
may be applied.
• Depending on the settings of contents
provider, the following functions may not be
available.
Updating, sharing ToruCa, displaying on the
map*, obtaining from the IC card reader
* Some ToruCa which can display a map
from ToruCa (details) may not display a
map from the ToruCa list.
295
Apps
Information
• While using NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock set,
you cannot obtain ToruCa with an IC card
reader.
• If " 重複チェック設定 (Duplication check
setting)" is ON, obtaining the same ToruCa
redundantly is not available. To obtain
the same ToruCa redundantly, turn it
OFF. However, obtaining from sites is an
exception.
• When ToruCa is shared via mail, it is sent
in the condition before obtaining (details
of) ToruCa.
• Depending on the mail application, ToruCa
received via mail may not be saved.
• Via some browsers, ToruCa cannot be
obtained.
• If initial setting for Osaifu-Keitai is not
made, you may not be able to obtain
ToruCa with an IC card reader.
296
Apps
Mobacas
Mobacas is a broadcasting service for
smartphones. You can use 2 watching styles :
"Real Time" (broadcasting in real time style)
that allows you to watch programs in real time
and "Shift Time" (broadcasting in storage style)
that allows you to enjoy comic, novels, music,
games, etc. as well as movies and dramas
anytime and anywhere. Also, you can enjoy new
broadcasting services including social service
collaborated services using the communication
function of the terminal. (In Japanese only)
For details on Mobacas, refer to the Mobacas
broadcast station (NOTTV) website.
NOTTV: http://www.nottv.jp/ (In Japanese
only)
Using Mobacas
• A separate pay-TV subscription to the
Mobacas broadcast station (NOTTV) is
required to use Mobacas.
• You cannot receive and watch broadcasts
without the docomo mini UIM card being
attached the terminal.
• Mobacas is a broadcasting service provided in
Japan.
• Using or recording Shift Time mode requires
sufficient memory on the microSD card or
system memory (phone). Using microSD card
in CLASS 4 or above is recommended (you
can set to select storage).
297
Apps
Broadcast wave and service area
The radio wave received via Mobacas differs
from that of received via Xi/FOMA service and
Full seg/1Seg. For this reason, the signal cannot
be received at places where the Mobacas
broadcast does not reach or while broadcasting
is out of service, regardless of whether the
terminal is outside or inside the Xi/FOMA service
area.
Also, in the following places, the signal status
may become weak or the signal may not be
received even if the terminal is inside the area of
Mobacas broadcasting service.
• Places that are far from the base station that
sends signal
• Places where the signal is disrupted due to
the landscaper or structures such as mountain
areas or behind buildings
• Places where the signal is weak or does not
reach, such as tunnels, basements, or places
inside buildings
External TV antenna cable SC01
• To watch Mobacas or TV (Full seg/1Seg),
connect the supplied External TV antenna
cable SC01 to the terminal. → P.311
Improving reception status
• Changing the supplied External TV antenna
cable SC01 direction, moving to other location
may improve signal reception.
298
Apps
Watching Mobacas
1 From the Home screen, "NOTTV"
• The home screen of NOTTV appears.
• For the first activation of application, the
initial settings start. Confirm the contents
of the agreement, then tap " スタート (Start)".
• Perform the initial settings in good
communication environment.
• When a confirmation screen for initial
settings appears since docomo mini UIM
card is replaced, tap " 初期設定する (Make
initial settings)" and perform the same
operation as first activation.
2 Tap a thumbnail of program/content
• When watching Real Time program, flick
left or right to select channels.
• Rotate the terminal sideways or tap
appears when the
to change display.
screen is tapped (contents display tree
varies by programs/contents).
• Tap " データ (Data)" to display data
broadcasting.
• Tap " ソーシャル (Social)" to display timeline
corresponding programs/contents.
• Tap " インフォ (Info)" to display a program
detail.
• Press the volume key to adjust volume.
• To set for audio or subtitle, touch and hold
→ " 設定 (Settings)" → 音声・字幕 (Audio/
Caption).
299
Apps
Searching for a program/content
You can search for programs/contents in the
application with various methods.
Searching from program guide (Real
Time)
the NOTTV home screen, " 番組表
1 From
(Program table)"
• A Real Time program table appears. To
view a Shift Time program table, tap " シフ
トタイム (Shift Time)".
• Tapping a current broadcasting program
switches channels.
• Tap " 全画面 (Full-screen)" to display the
program table in full screen. Tap " 簡易画面
(Simple screen)" to return to the original
display.
Searching by specifying conditions
the NOTTV home screen,
1 From
touch and hold
→ " 検索・ジャンル別
2
(Search/by category)"
Enter a keyword/tap an item you want
to search for by category
300
Apps
Reserving programs/contents
reception
Reserving Shift Time reception
the NOTTV home screen, " 番組表
1 From
(Program table)"
2 " シフトタイム (Shift Time)"
• A list of reserved programs/contents
appears.
a program/content you want to
3 Tap
reserve
• A program/content detail screen appears.
予約する (Reserve)" → "1 回のみ予約する
4 "(Reserve
only once)"/" シリーズ予約する
(Reserve by series)"
301
Apps
Information
• Programs/contents may not be received in
the following cases: when the terminal is
off while a program/content is broadcasted,
when the battery level is low, when the
terminal is in a poor reception area such as
out of the Mobacas service area etc., when a
microSD card is not inserted, when available
memory space on the microSD card/system
memory (phone) is low.
• Programs/contents temporarily saved in the
microSD card or system memory (phone)
can be watched/used only on the terminal.
• When expiration date has passed for
programs/contents, they are automatically
deleted from the microSD card or system
memory (phone). You can also delete
programs/contents manually before the
expiration date.
• Programs/contents may be automatically
reserved even when you have not reserved
( 自動予約 (Auto-reservation)).
• You can disable 自動予約 (Auto-reservation).
• Data may be complemented automatically
using packet communication when contents
are not completely received because of the
reception status of broadcast wave etc. ( 自
動補完 (Auto-complement)).
• You can set to disable 自動補完 (Autocomplement).
302
Apps
Reserving watching/recording Real
Time programs
the NOTTV home screen, " 番組表
1 From
(Program table)"
and hold a program you want
2 Touch
to reserve
(Reserve recording)"/
3 "" 録画予約する
視聴予約する (Reserve watching)" →
"1 回のみ予約する (Reserve only once)"
/" シリーズ予約する (Reserve by series)"
• You can record a current broadcasting
program manually.
• Tap " 詳細を見る (See details)" to display
program information, then tap " 視聴予約
する (Reserve watching)"/" 録画予約する
(Reserve recording)" to operate.
Information
• Program may not be watched/recorded in
the following cases: when the terminal is
off while the program is broadcast, when
the battery level is low, when the terminal
is in a poor reception area such as out
of the Mobacas service area etc., when
a microSD card is not inserted, when
available memory space on the microSD
card/system memory (phone) is low.
• Program saved in the microSD card or
system memory (phone) can be watched
only on the terminal.
• Some programs may not be recorded.
303
Apps
Setting Mobacas
the Home screen, "NOTTV" →
1 From
touch and hold
→ " 設定 (Settings)"
2 Tap an item to be set
Item
Description
音声・字幕 (Audio/Caption)
音声切替
(Audio switch)
Set for audio language and
main/sub audio sound.
字幕表示切替
(Caption switch)
Set whether to display
subtitles.
バックグラウンド
Keep playing in the
再生 (Background background after closing
play)
the application.
シフトタイム (Shift Time)
自動予約
Automatically reserve
(Auto-reservation) recommended Shift Time
programs.
自動補完 (Autocomplement)
Automatically
complement unreceived
data with communication.
番組表 (Program table)
番組表情報自動
取得 (Obtain
program table
information)
Set time zone for
obtaining information of
program table/contents
list.
304
Apps
Item
Description
ステータスバー (Status bar)
放送中番組の表示
(Display
broadcasting
program)
Display broadcasting
program information on
the status bar.
新着情報の通知
(New arrival
notification)
Display new arrival of
Shift Time/recording on
the status bar.
お知らせ情報の通
知 (Notification
of notice)
Display notice from
NOTTV on the status
bar.
ペアレンタルコントロール (Parental control)
視聴年齢制限
(Parental lock)
Set to restrict parental
lock programs.
• For the first activation,
a password setting
screen appears.
Follow the onscreen
instructions.
年齢設定
(Age setting)
Set age to restrict.
パスワード変更
(Change
password)
Change password for
parental lock.
ソーシャル (Social)
Twitter 連携解除
(Cancel Twitter
link)
Set whether to cancel
link with Twitter.
305
Apps
Item
Description
詳細設定 (Advanced settings)
重複録画防
止 (Prevent
simultaneous
recording)
Prevent from recording
the same program
several times when
reserving by a series,
keyword.
重複録画削除サ
ポート (Support
deletion of
simultaneous
recording)
Checks if the same
program has been
recorded multiple times
when deleting programs
from the recorded
programs list.
ロック画面通知
(Notify on lock
screen)
Notifies you when
recording starts.
ストレージ選択
(Select storage)
Change location to save
shift time programs or
recorded programs.
ログ送信 (Send
log)
Automatically sends a
log about app use to the
server.
文字スーパー
(Telop)
Displays superimposed
text for earthquake
bulletins and the like.
Cookie
Sets whether to save
cookies.
Cookie を削除
(Delete Cookie)
Deletes cookies.
306
Apps
Item
放送用保存領域
消去 (Delete
memory
space for
broadcasting)
Description
Deletes storage areas
for broadcasts.
詳細設定 (Advanced settings)
データ放送表示
(Display data
broadcasting)
Sets whether to display
data broadcasts on data
broadcast areas.
再読込 (Reload)
Updates display of shift
time programs.
文字コード変
換 (Convert
character code)
Converts the character
code used in shift time
programs.
307
Apps
TV (Full seg/1Seg)
TV is an application that allows you to view
Full seg or 1Seg, switching depending on the
reception of the airwaves. Also, interactive
service using communication function
of mobile devices and receiving detailed
information are available.
With Full seg, you can view Digital Terrestrial
TV Broadcasting service in high-vision
quality.
With 1Seg, you can view Digital Terrestrial
TV Broadcasting service for mobile devices.
For details on Full seg/1Seg service, refer to
the website below.
The Association for Promotion of Digital
Broadcasting Website:
http://www.dpa.or.jp/english
308
Apps
Notes on using Full seg/1Seg
1Seg is a service provided by TV broadcasters
(broadcast stations), etc. Transmission charges are
not incurred for receiving image, audio, and sound.
For details on NHK viewing fees, contact NHK.
The data broadcast area displays two types
of information: "Data broadcasting" and "data
broadcasting web site".
"Data broadcasting" information is carried in a
broadcast wave, together with image, audio, and
sound.
"Data broadcasting web site" information is used
to access sites provided by the TV broadcaster
(broadcast station).
Packet communication charges are incurred
when accessing a site such as a "data
broadcasting web site" or others.
Some sites require information charges to use.
309
Apps
Airwaves
Full seg/1Seg is a broadcasting service that
operates on radio waves (airwaves) different
from those for the Xi service or FOMA service.
Therefore, you cannot receive the 1Seg service
in locations that airwaves cannot reach or during
hours when program is not available, regardless
of whether you are outside of the Xi service or
FOMA service area.
Even in areas where the terrestrial digital TV
broadcasting service is available, you may have
poor or no reception in the following places:
• Places far away from a tower that transmits
airwaves
• Places in a mountain area or behind a building
where radio waves are blocked by land or
structural features
• Inside a tunnel, underground, inner area of a
building or other place where radio waves are
weak or nonexistent
• Changing the direction of included External
TV antenna cable SC01 or moving to other
location may improve signal reception.
310
Apps
External TV antenna cable SC01
To watch or TV (Full seg/1Seg) or Mobacas,
connect the supplied External TV antenna cable
SC01 to the terminal.
External TV
antenna cable SC01
Connection
plug
Headphone
connection jack
Earphone
microphone jack
Plug of Stereo Headset
with Microphone
the connection plug of
1 Connect
External TV antenna cable SC01 to
the headphone connection jack of the
terminal
• For using Stereo Headset with Microphone
(sample) make sure to connect a plug of
Stereo Headset with Microphone (3.5 mm in
diameter) to the Earphone microphone jack
of External TV antenna cable SC01, then
connect External TV antenna cable SC01 to
the terminal.
311
Apps
Information
• If voice sound output does not switched to
one from Stereo Headset with Microphone
when External TV antenna cable SC01 is
connected to the headphone, press the
switch of Stereo Headset with Microphone.
Watching Full seg/1Seg
1 From the Home screen, "MobileTV"
• "CH" tab on the operation screen (P.316)
appears.
• When the first activation or if the channel
area is not registered, tap "OK" and set
channel area (P.325).
2 Tap preview image
• The watching screen (P.314) appears.
Information
• According to the airwave status, the
images and sounds may be interrupted.
• Depending on the volume setting
(P.449), sound may be reproduced even
though the Silent mode (Mute, Vibrate) is
set. In such a case, adjust volume with the
volume key.
312
Apps
Transferring to Bluetooth
headset
the watching screen,
1 On
"Transfer to BT headset"
→
• If Bluetooth function is OFF, a notification
for turning on Bluetooth appears. Tap "ON"
to turn ON.
2 Tap a device to connect
• If the device is not visible, "Scan" → Tap
the device to connect.
pass code (PIN), if required →
3 Enter
"OK"
Information
• Available only for SCMS-T-compatible
Bluetooth headset.
313
Apps
Watching screen
6
1
7
2
3
鳥のさえずりと
8
ニュース
スポーツ
天気予報
4
□□テレビについて
5
9
Watching screen
a Channel/Program name
b Image
• Channel can be switched by flicking to the left
or right.
• Touch to show program name.
• Details of the program displays by touching
and holding the image.
c Subtitle
d Broadcast data
e Operation panel for broadcast data
• Adjust the cursor with
/
and tap "Select"
to select an item. The broadcast data of the
link displays.
314
Apps
• Tap "Back" to return to the previous linked
program.
to display the 3x4 Keyboard.
• Tap
f Airwave status/Mode selection
• Switch among "Fullseg"/"Oneseg"/"Auto switch
mode".
g Pop-up TV window
• Tap
to switch to pop-up TV window. You
can view TV (Full seg/1Seg) while operating
other applications.
h TV operation panel
• Channel can be switched with / .
• "CH" tab of the operation screen appears by
tapping channel.
i Menu
■■Key operations on viewing screen
• Lock/unlock the screen with
[Power/
is displayed while the
Screen lock key].
screen is locked.
• Adjust the volume with the volume key.
■■Operations on the pop-up TV window
• Drag the pop-up TV window to move desired
position.
• On the pop-up TV window, widen/narrow
distance between 2 fingers to change the
window size.
• Double-tap the pop-up TV window to return to
the watching screen.
to exit
• Tap the pop-up TV window → Tap
1Seg / Full Seg.
315
Apps
Operation screen
the watching screen, tap the TV
1 On
operation panel channel name
2 Tap a tab at the top of the screen
CH tab
1
5
2
6
7
3
4
5
8
Operation screen (CH tab)
a Tab
• Switch the operating target by tapping the tab.
b Preview image
• The watching screen appears by tapping it.
c Channel/Program name
316
Apps
d Channel list
• Tapping a channel switches to the channel.
• Channel can be removed from the Channel list
by touching and holding the channel → Tap
"Delete" → "OK".
e Airwave status/Mode Selection
• Switch among "Fullseg"/"Oneseg"/"Auto switch
mode".
f Program list
• The watching program list appears by tapping it.
g TV full view
• The watching screen appears by tapping it.
h Menu
■■Key operations on CH tab
• Adjust the volume with volume key.
317
Apps
Schedule tab
1
2
3
Operation screen (Schedule tab)
a Tab
• Tap to switch tabs.
b Schedule list
: Recording schedule
(including the completed schedule)
: Watching schedule
(including the completed schedule)
: Failed recording schedule
: Failed watching schedule
: Full seg
• Change the schedule by tapping the
unexecuted schedule.
• Confirm the result or delete the schedule from
the list by tapping the executed schedule.
c Menu
318
Apps
TV files tab
1
2
Operation screen
(TV files tab)
3
4
5
9
6
10
7
11
8
3
TV file playing screen
319
Apps
a Tab
• Tap to switch tabs.
b TV file list
• Tap a TV file to play.
• Alternatively, touch and hold a TV file/captured
image → Tap "Delete" → "OK" to delete the TV
file/captured image.
.
• Full seg TV files show
c Menu
d Channel/Program name
e Image
• Flick left or right to switch TV files.
f Subtitle
g Broadcast data
h Broadcast data operation panel
• Adjust the cursor with
/
and select an
item with "Select". The broadcast data of the
link displays.
• Tap "Back" to return to the previous linked
program.
to show keypad.
• Tap
i Pop-up TV window
• Tap to display the pop-up TV window. You
can play a TV file while operating another
application.
j Play time
• Drag the play time area to control the time of
TV file to a desired point.
k Play operation panel
• TV file can be changed with / .
• Play/pause the TV file with / .
320
Apps
■■Key operations on the playing TV file
screen
• Lock/unlock the screen with
[Power/
is displayed while the
Screen lock key].
screen is locked.
• Adjust the volume with the volume key.
■■Operations on the pop-up TV window
For operations on pop-up TV window, see P.315.
TV link tab
1
2
3
Operation screen (TV link tab)
a Tab
• Tap to switch tabs.
b TV link
• Connect to registered site (P.327).
c Menu
321
Apps
Recording Full seg/1Seg
1 On the watching screen,
→ "Record"
• While recording,
appears on the
Edge screen.
• To stop recording, tap "Stop".
Information
• According to the airwave status, the
images and sounds may be interrupted.
• During recording, channel cannot be
changed.
• If you activate any other application
during recording, the program may not be
recorded correctly.
Playing recorded programs
the watching screen,
1 On
Files"
→ "TV
2 Tap a program to be played
322
Apps
Reserving to record or watch Full
seg/1Seg
Reserving from channel schedule
the watching screen, tap the TV
1 On
operation panel channel name
• "CH" tab of the operation screen appears.
schedule" → Tap a program to be
2 "Ch.
scheduled
• Channel can be changed by tapping a
channel name on the top of the screen.
• Detail of the program can be confirmed by
tapping the program.
→ "Schedule to record
3 "Schedule"
(Fullseg)"/"Schedule to record
(Oneseg)" /"Schedule to watch"
323
Apps
Reserving manually
the watching screen, tap the TV
1 On
operation panel channel name
• "CH" tab of the operation screen appears.
2 "Schedule" tab
3 → "Schedule manually"
each items on New program
4 Enter
reservation screen
5 Tap
Deleting reservations
the watching screen, tap the TV
1 On
operation panel channel name
• "CH" tab of the operation screen appears.
2 "Schedule" tab
and hold the reservation to be
3 Touch
deleted
4 "Delete" → "OK"
324
Apps
Setting channels
Setting area information
the watching screen, tap the TV
1 On
operation panel channel name
• "CH" tab of the operation screen appears.
"Set area information" → Select
2 the→area
to be registered
regions → Select a prefecture
3 Select
→ Select local area
• Channels are searched and the selected
area is registered to the channel list.
4 "OK"
Switching area information
the watching screen, tap the TV
1 On
operation panel channel name
• "CH" tab of the operation screen appears.
area" → Select an area
2 to→be"Change
switched
• When the area to be switched to is not
registered to the channel list, set area
information (P.325).
325
Apps
Deleting area information
the watching screen, tap the TV
1 On
operation panel channel name
• "CH" tab of the operation screen appears.
→ "Set area information" → Touch
2 and
hold an area to be deleted
3 "Reset"
Updating channels
the watching screen, tap the TV
1 On
operation panel channel name
• "Ch" tab of the operation screen appears.
2 Tap
→ "Update"
• The channel will be updated.
326
Apps
Using TV link
Registering TV link
broadcast data and select an
1 Operate
item to be registered to TV link
• The registration method of TV link varies
depending on each program.
Information
• TV link may not be registered depending
on each link.
Displaying TV link
the watching screen, tap the TV
1 On
operation panel channel name
• "CH" tab of the operation screen appears.
2 "TV Links" tab
3 Select a TV link → "OK"
• Connect to the registered website.
Deleting TV link
the watching screen, tap the TV
1 On
operation panel channel name
• "CH" tab of the operation screen appears.
2 "TV Links" tab
3 Touch and hold the TV link to be deleted
4 "Delete" → "OK"
327
Apps
Setting Mobile TV
the watching screen,
1 On
"Settings"
→
2 Set required items
Item
Description
Caption/Sound
Caption
Set whether to display
subtitles.
Superimposed Sets whether to display
text
superimposed text.
Audio
Set which audio stream
(language) to listen to
when a program is being
broadcast in multiple audio
streams (languages).
Audio signal
Set sound to be heard for
sound multiplex programs.
SoundAlive
Select audio effects from 4
options.
Save to
Set a saving location of
recorded or captured data.
TV Off timer
Set time before stopping
Mobile TV automatically.
328
Apps
Item
Description
Broadcast data
Set recording
Set to record image and
text or only image.
Notify
connection
Set whether to check
communication connection.
Location
Set whether to check
location information.
Manufacture
number
Set whether to notify serial
number.
Postcode
Set the region displayed in
the broadcast.
Delete station Delete broadcasting data.
data
329
Apps
Camera
Copyrights and portrait rights
Avoid copyright infringements when you
handle photos taken with your terminal, e.g.
copy/alter/edit except for the purpose of
personal use. Please refrain from unauthorized
use of portraits or names of other persons
that may infringe on portrait rights. Note that
capturing or recording a stage performance,
entertainment or exhibition may be prohibited
even if for personal use.
If you cause the public any trouble using the
terminal, you may be punished under law or
regulations (for example, nuisance prevention
ordinance).
Please be considerate of the privacy of
individuals around you when taking and sending
photos using camera-equipped mobile phones.
Before using Camera
• Though the camera is manufactured using
extremely accurate technology, some dots and
lines may always be displayed to be lighter or
darker than you expect. Images shot under
very low light intensity contain increased noise
such as white lines or random dots, but it is
not a malfunction.
• Note that a stripe pattern may appear on the
screen when Camera is activated, but it is not
a malfunction.
330
Apps
• Still images or videos shot by Camera may
differ from actual subjects in color and
brightness.
• When attempting to take a photo of a strong
light source such as the sun or a lamp, images
may become dark or degraded.
• If the lens is contaminated with fingerprints or
skin oil, you cannot shoot clear still images/
videos. Use a soft cloth to remove any such
contaminants on the lens before taking photos.
• When shooting, hold the terminal firmly with
your hand not to move. Moving the terminal
when shooting may cause blur shot images.
• Do not cover the lens with your finger or hair
when shooting.
• Using Camera consumes much power of
battery. Note that if you shoot with low
battery, the screen may become dark or a shot
image may be blurred.
• If you use Camera for a long time such as
continuous shooting of still images and longtime shooting of videos, the terminal may
become hot and Camera may be terminated
automatically, but it is not a malfunction.
Please use after a while.
• Do not remove microSD card or battery pack
forcibly immediately after capturing. It may not
save correctly or may cause data corruption.
Before removing the microSD card, perform
"Unmount SD card" (P.482) and remove the
back cover.
• Even in Silent mode (Mute, Vibrate), shutter
sound for still image shooting, focus sound and
start/stop sound of shooting video sounds.
331
Apps
Shooting screen
1 From the Home screen, "Camera"
• For the first time activation, a confirmation
screen for saving location appears when
a microSD card is installed. Confirm the
contents and tap "Cancel"/"OK".
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Still image/video shooting screen
a Settings
• Tap to display the setting menu. → P.336
b Switch between In-camera and Out-camera
c Shortcut area of settings
d Current shooting mode
• Currently set mode appears.
e Shooting mode menu → P.339
f Shutter (video shooting)
g Shutter (still image shooting)
h Remaining battery level
•
appears when battery level is less than 29%
and appears while charging battery.
332
Apps
i Saving destination (microSD card), savable
number of images
• Appears when a saving location is set to
microSD card.
• Savable number of images is shown when the
savable number is 300 or less.
• Savable number of images is estimate value.
Number may not change even after shooting.
• Depending on settings, an icon notifying
the settings appears at the left of saving
destination icon.
j Thumbnail
• Tap to activate Gallery.
k Focus
Information
• If no operation is performed with Camera
activated for approximately 2 minutes,
Camera ends.
• "Beauty face" in the Shooting mode menu,
"Best photo" and "Best face" in Shot &
more (P.340) are compatible with the
face detection function.
333
Apps
Shooting still images
1 From the Home screen, "Camera"
• Still image/video shooting screen appears.
2 Point Camera at an object
• You can adjust zooming by widening/
narrowing your fingers distance on the
display.
3 Tap
• Shutter sound sounds and then an image
is shot.
• The shot still images are automatically
saved.
when shooting to
• Touch and hold
take up to 30 pictures.
Information
• Shot still image is saved in JPEG format.
• If "Take pictures" in the "The Volume key"
option is selected in the setting menu, you
can also press the volume key to shoot
still images (P.338).
334
Apps
Shooting videos
1 From the Home screen, "Camera"
• Still image/video shooting screen appears.
2 Point Camera at an object →
• Start sound sounds and shooting video
starts.
• You can adjust zooming by widening/
narrowing your fingers distance on the
display.
or press the volume key to
• Tap
shoot still images while shooting video.
. Tap
• To pause the shooting, tap
during pause to resume shooting.
3 To stop shooting,
• Stop sound sounds and video is saved
automatically.
Information
• Before shooting video, check if the memory
space is enough.
• If "Record video" in the "The Volume key"
option is selected in the setting menu, you
can also press the volume key to start/
stop recording movies.
Also, if "Take pictures" in the "The Volume
key" option is selected in the setting menu,
you can also press the volume key to
shoot still images (P.338)
335
Apps
Setting Camera
1 From the Home screen, "Camera"
2 On the shooting screen,
Icon
項目
Description
Picture size
Set shooting size of still
image.
Effect
Set shooting effects.
• You can add shooting
effects by downloading
them.
Timer
Set self-timer.
Flash
Switch Flash to Off/On/
Auto.
3 To configure advanced settings, tap
• There are items that cannot be set from
Shooting mode.
• Some items may not be set together.
336
Apps
Item
Description
Beauty face
When shooting portrait,
correct for skin tone to make
it beauty.
• Switch to the in-camera to
set it.
Exposure value
Set exposure correction.
ISO
Set ISO sensitivity for still
image shooting.
White balance
Select lighting condition on
shooting to correct color
shade.
Metering
modes
Set metering method for still
image shooting method.
HDR (Rich
tone)
Adjust contrast and shoot
against the light etc.
Tap to take
pics.
Tap the screen to shoot still
images.
Video size
Set shooting size for video.
Recording
mode
→ P.347
Video
stabilization
Enable/disable image
stabilizer for video shooting.
337
Apps
Item
Description
Location tags
Set whether to add location
information.
• To receive GPS signal
correctly, do not use
in a poor reception
area. → P.374
• When uploading shot still
images, added location
information may be
tracked by third parties.
To avoid leaking location
information, set to "Off".
Storage
location
Select a saving location of
shot still image/video.
Save as flipped
Laterally invert and save shot
images/videos.
• Switch to the in-camera to
set it.
Grid lines
Display grid for shooting
range on the shooting
screen.
Voice control
Set to release the shutter by
voice sound.
The Volume
key
Select the operation to
perform when pressing
the Volume key from
"Take pictures"/"Record
video"/"Zoom".
338
Apps
Item
Description
Review pics/
videos
Displays the result as soon
as you shoot a photo or
video.
Edit quick
settings
Drag the item to the circle
to set up to 2 items to be
shown in the shortcut area of
the setting items.
Reset settings
Reset camera settings.
Help
Display Help.
setting, tap somewhere on the
4 After
screen or tap
Switching shooting mode
1 From the Home screen, "Camera"
On the shooting screen,
→ Select
2 shooting
mode
• When shooting with "Shot & more"
selected, only the available effects can be
selected automatically. Tap the available
mode to edit and save.
Item
Auto
Description
Adjust lithographic exposure
automatically to optimize color
tone and brightness.
339
Apps
Item
Beauty face*1
Description
When shooting portrait,
correct for skin tone to make
it beauty.
Shot & more*1
Best photo
Shoot 8 still images by 1
shutter. The clearest image in
the shot images is displayed.
• Flick the screen left or right
to display an image to save,
→
to save it.
and tap
Best face
Shoot 5 still images by 1
shutter. You can select a best
face for each detected object
and save a combined image.
• Tap scanned object → Tap
Best face image from the
→
thumbnail to display
Repeat the same operation
for all the objects → Tap .
340
Apps
Item
Description
Shot & more*1
Drama
shot
Shoot moving object with
multiple exposure and
compose to 1 still image to
save.
to save still images.
• Tap
• In thumbnail, tap to select
an object you want to
composite.
to
• In the edit screen, tap
edit an object.
• Fix the camera to a place
and point an object moving
in a direction. Background
should be immobile.
• If the colors of the
background and object are
similar, shooting may fail.
• Too small, too large or too
long objects (buses, trains,
etc.) may be difficult to be
shot.
341
Apps
Item
Description
Shot & more*1
Eraser
Remove unnecessary object
from shot still image to save
best shot still image.
• Tap
to save still images.
to
• On the edit screen, tap
delete moved object and it
can be restored when
is
tapped.
• Make sure to hold the
terminal still when shooting.
• If the colors of the
background and object are
similar, part of the object
may be detected or errors
may occur when deleting
the object.
• When an object moves
slightly or widely, deletion
may fail.
• When lots of moving objects
exist, part of objects may be
detected.
342
Apps
Item
Description
Shot & more*1
Panning
shot
Blur background to make
an object look as if moved
quickly.
• Tap
to save still images.
• In the edit screen, tap
"Object" to edit an object.
• In the edit screen, tap
"Motion blur" to adjust
feathering background. Drag
the dial to change angle
of feathering, or swipe the
screen left or right to adjust
level of feathering.
Rear-cam
selfie
When shooting a selfie with
the out-camera, the camera
will beep when your face is
detected in the selected area,
and shoot 2 seconds later.
Selective
focus
Tap an object, such as a
person etc., to blur around the
object (background) and shoot
clearly.
343
Apps
Item
Panorama
Description
Move the terminal horizontally
or vertically to shoot
panorama photo.
• Slowly move the camera in
a direction not to get the
blue frame out of the white
guideline when shooting.
• Shooting objects in front
of a plain colored wall or in
empty space may fail.
344
Apps
Item
Virtual tour*1
Description
Move in shooting space and
shoot at different angles to
display a slide show as if it is
moving in 3D space.
• Adjust the camera angle
in the center
to enter
of circle displayed on the
center of the shooting
screen, and the camera
starts to shoot identifying
the space. Move back and
forth slowly and put
in the
center of the circle on the
shooting screen to shoot in
succession.
• Tap to check the preview.
Each thumbnail has shot
direction.
• To delete the last shot
image, tap "Undo".
• Shot data can be played
with Slideshow. In the
window at the upper right of
playback screen, trajectory
and direction of the camera
are displayed.
345
Apps
Item
Description
Dual camera*1
Use out-camera and in-camera
to shoot e.g. your portrait
against a background of
landscape (still image/video)
in combination.
• When "Video size" is set
to "1920 × 1080 (16:9)",
video can be recorded for
up to 5 minutes. For "1280
× 720 (16:9)" and "640 ×
480 (4:3)", video can be
recorded up to 10 minutes.
Selfie alarm*2
In addition to just tapping
, you can also take a
selfie by tapping the screen
or putting your finger on the
heart rate sensor.
Wide-angle
selfie*2
If you move the terminal sideto-side when taking a selfie,
you can take a selfie of a large
number of people.
or push
to save
• Tap
as a still image.
Manage
modes
Add or sort shooting mode of
camera.
Download
Download shooting mode from
Samsung GALAXY to add.
*1 Hidden by default. Mark "Manage modes" to
display it.
*2 Can only be used when changing to the incamera.
346
Apps
Switching recording mode
1 From the Home screen, "Camera"
On the shooting screen,
→
2 →
"Recording mode"
3 Tap an item you want to use
Item
Description
Normal
Shoot normally.
Slow motion
Record in 120 fps for
playback in slow motion.
Fast motion
Record for playback in fast
motion.
Smooth motion
Record in 60 fps for more
photographically and
smoothly play.
347
Apps
Gallery
You can view or organize still images/videos
saved to the terminal or microSD card.
Supported format are as follows. However,
even if in the following file format, some
images or some videos may not be
displayed/played.
Type
Format*
Still image
JPEG, PNG, GIF, BMP, WBMP,
AGIF
Video
MP4, M4V, 3GP, 3G2, WMV, ASF,
AVI, FLV, MKV, ISMV, WEBM, TS
* DivX is not supported.
To play files in DivX format, install a compatible
application.
1 From the Home screen,
→ "Gallery"
• A data list screen or an album list screen
arranged by shooting date appears. When
an album list screen appears, tap album to
display data list screen.
to activate Camera.
• Tap
348
Apps
2 Tap data
• When any icons are not displayed, tap the
screen to display. Displayed icons vary by
displayed data.
Item
Description
Connect to Media file sharing
device to display still images. →
P.519
Share data using online services,
send data via Bluetooth or
attaching to mail, or use data on
other applications.
Edit still image data (adjustment,
color tone, effect, portrait,
decorations, etc.).
Edit video data (trimming).
Delete data.
Display a function menu for each
selected data type.
349
Apps
Viewing still image
the data list screen, tap a still
1 On
image to display
• The still image appears.
• To switch still images, scroll the screen to
the left or right.
Playing video
the data list screen, tap a video to
1 On
play
→ Select an application → "Always"
2 /"Just
once"
• Playing starts.
• For icons on the screen and operation
instructions when selecting "Media Player",
see "Using Media Player" (P.357).
• For icons on the screen and operation
instructions when selecting "Video Player",
see "Playing video" (P.360).
350
Apps
Menu of Gallery
When you tap
/ on the album list screen/
data list screen, the following items appear.
゜゜ Album list screen
Item
Description
Select
Tap album to select multiple
items, and then operate
collectively.
• To select all albums, tap
"XX selected" → "Select all".
• Tap
to share album using
online services, send data
via Bluetooth or attaching
to mail, or use data on other
applications.
• Tap
to delete album.
• Tap to add event, start or
set slideshow, etc.
Delete
Delete a selected data.
Create album
Create album given a new
name.
Content to
display
Select location to save
contents to show in the
Gallery.
Slideshow
Start slideshow or set
slideshow.
Studio
→ P.356
351
Apps
Item
Description
Settings
Sync via
Wi-Fi only
Set whether to sync contents
only when being connected
via Wi-Fi.
Filter by
Tag to still image or video by
category.
Face tag
Set whether to display
personal information (face
tag) that is registered to the
phonebook.
• Face tag can be used only
for still images.
Help
Display Help of Gallery.
Information
• When you set an online account or cloud
account to the terminal, tap "Settings" to
display the account name and you can set
synchronization etc.
352
Apps
゜゜ Data list screen
Item
Select
Description
Tap data to select multiple
items, and then operate
collectively.
• To select all data, tap "XX
selected" → "Select all".
• Tap
to share data using
online services, send data
via Bluetooth or attaching
to mail, or use data on other
applications.
• Tap
to delete data.
to create original
• Tap
photos and videos using
functions such as Photo
studio and Collage studio.
• Select data and tap to
use functions such as copy
to album, add to event,
slideshow, add tags, and
show details.
Delete
Delete a selected data.
Content to
display*
Select a save destination
for the contents displayed in
Gallery.
Slideshow
Start slideshow or set
slideshow.
Studio
→ P.356
Settings
→ P.352
Help
Display the help of gallery.
353
Apps
* Appears only in the data list sorted by shot
date.
354
Apps
゜゜ Data display screen
Item
Description
More info
Display detailed information of
data.
Screen write*
You can make illustrations,
give comments and trim
photos using the stylus pen/
handwriting.
Rotate left*
Rotate a still image 90-degree
in counterclockwise direction.
Rotate right*
Rotate a still image 90-degree
in clockwise direction.
Crop*
Crop a still image.
Rename
Change a file name.
Slideshow
Start slideshow or set
slideshow.
Add tag
Add tag.
Studio
→ P.356
Set as*
Register a still image to
phonebook, wallpaper, etc.
Print*
Print still images using a
compatible printer. → P.518
Settings
→ P.352
* Appears only when still image is displayed.
355
Apps
‡‡Studio
Item
Photo studio
Description
Edit still image data (rotation,
trimming, color, effect, etc).
Collage studio Select still images to create a
collage.
Shot & more
Edit still images shot by "Shot
& more" mode. → P.341
Video clip
studio
Select still images or videos to
create a video album.
Video trimmer
Edit video data (trimming).
356
Apps
Player
Using Media Player
You can play music or videos saved on the
terminal or microSD card.
Available file formats for playing are as follows.
However, even if in the following file format, some
songs and videos may not be played.
Type
File format*
Music
MP3, M4A, 3GA, AAC, OGG, OGA,
WAV, WMA, AMR, AWB, FLAC,
ISMA, MID, MIDI, XMF, MXMF, IMY,
RTTTL, RTX, OTA
Video
MP4, M4V, 3GP, 3G2, WMV, ASF,
AVI, FLV, MKV, ISMV, WEBM, TS
* DivX and AC3 are not supported.
To play files in DivX or AC3 format, install a
compatible application.
From the Home screen,
1 Player"
→ "Media
• For initial activation, the application
privacy policy and the software license
agreement appears. Read the contents,
mark the checkbox and then tap "Start".
Subsequently, the introduction screen for
Media Player appears. Tap " 使い方の説明を読
む (Read how to use)" to check how to use
it. If you do not want to read description,
tap " 説明を読まず利用する (Use anyway)".
357
Apps
a category at the bottom of
2 Select
the screen
• Result corresponding to tapping tab appears.
• If you tap "dmarket" → "Search in d music"/
"Search in d video"/"Search in d anime
store", you can purchase contents such
as music, videos, etc.
3 Tap a music or a video to play
• Playing music or video starts.
Item
Description
Indicate the current play position.
Drag left and right to change the
play position.
/
*2
Display data list.
/
*1
Set whether to switch to
portrait/landscape view
according to orientation of the
terminal automatically (switch
automatically OFF/ON).
/
*2
*1
*1
*1
/
*1
/
*1
/
/
*1
*2
*2
Tap to fast rewind/fast forward.
*2
/
*1
*1
/
Play/pause.
/
*2
*2
*2
/
/
*2
/
*2
Tap to go back to the beginning
of data or the previous data/skip
to the next data.
Set repeat mode (Repeat is off/
Repeat all songs/Repeat current
song).
358
Apps
Item
*2
/
Description
*2
Set shuffle function (Shuffle OFF/
ON).
Display the volume level. Drag
left or right to adjust the volume.
*1 Appears only for playing video screen.
*2 Appears only for playing music screen.
Information
• When the terminal connects to an external
device with HDMI cable, audio effect
settings of Media Player cannot apply.
359
Apps
Playing video
You can play videos saved on your terminal or
microSD card.
Available file formats for playing are as follows.
However, even if in the following file format,
some videos may not be played.
File format*
MP4, M4V, 3GP, 3G2, WMV, ASF, AVI, FLV,
MKV, ISMV, WEBM, TS
* DivX is not supported.
To play files in DivX format, install a compatible
application.
1 From the Home screen,
→ "Video"
• Video list on the "Personal" tab screen
appears. On the "Personal" tab, videos
saved on the terminal/microSD card are
listed.
• Tap "Devices" tab to access contents on
other devices.
• When Media file sharing device is detected
during connecting Wi-Fi network, a list
screen of detected devices is displayed
in "Nearby devices" and tap a device to
display video list screen.
2 Tap a video
• A video playing screen appears and
playing starts.
• The following icons appear on the Edge
screen when tapping the screen.
360
Apps
Item
Description
Play a video being connected
to Media file sharing device. →
P.519
Move to the previous/next frame.
• Appears when pausing a video
by tapping
on the playing
screen → "Settings" and mark
"Capture".
/
Shoot still image from video.
To check shot image, from the
→ "Gallery"
Home screen, tap
application.
• Appears when operating from
the playback screen,
→
"Settings" then mark "Capture".
Switch vertical/horizontal display.
• Appears when Screen rotation
(P.90) is set to Off.
Adjust video playback speed.
• Appears when tapping
on
the playing screen → "Settings"
and mark "Play speed".
Indicate the current play position.
Drag left and right to change the
play position.
/
/
Switch view size of video.
/
/
Play/pause.
361
Apps
Item
/
Description
Tap to go back to the top of the
data or previous data, or skip to
the next data. Touch and hold to
fast rewind/fast forward.
Indicate that the terminal is
locked and it does not operate by
tapping the screen.
[Power/Screen lock
• Press
key] on the playing screen to
lock/unlock.
Information
• Tap
while playing video, "Press the
back key again to return to previous
screen" appears. Tap
with message
displayed to return to video list.
• Scroll up or down the part on left side of
screen to adjust the brightness of screen.
• You can adjust the volume by scrolling up
and down the right side of the screen.
362
Apps
Menu of Video
When you tap
/
on the video list screen/
play screen, the following items appear.
゜゜ Video list screen
Item
Description
Select
Mark to select data and then
share or delete it. Tap
to
check the edits or details.
View as
Change the style of list display.
Sort by
Change order in list.
Auto play
next
Set whether to automatically
play all videos.
363
Apps
゜゜ Play screen
Item
Description
Edit
Studio or use video editor to
edit a video.
• If the video editor download
screen opens, follow the
onscreen instructions.
Share via
Share videos using online
services, send data via
Bluetooth or attaching to mail.
Delete
Delete playing data.
Pop-up player
Decrease the playing screen
size. You can play videos while
operating other applications.
• Drag the small play window
to move to desired position.
• On the small play window,
widen/narrow the distance
between 2 fingers to change
the window size.
• Tap the small play window
→ / to play/pause the
movie.
• Double-tap the small play
window to return to the
playing screen.
• Tap the small play window →
to end the play.
Tap
Listen via
Bluetooth
Output voice sound to
Bluetooth device.
364
Apps
Item
Description
Subtitles (CC)
Select subtitle or make the
setting.
Settings
Make settings for Play speed,
SoundAlive, etc.
Details
Display details of data.
365
Apps
Playing music
You can play music saved on your terminal or
microSD card.
Available file formats for playing are as follows.
However, even if in an available file format, some
tune may not be played.
File format*
MP3, M4A, 3GA, AAC, OGG, OGA, WAV, WMA,
AMR, AWB, FLAC, ISMA, MID, MIDI, XMF,
MXMF, IMY, RTTTL, RTX, OTA
* AC3 is not supported.
To play files in AC3 format, install a compatible
application.
1 From the Home screen,
→ "Music"
• For the first activation, Data list in
"Playlists" tab screen appears.
a tab at the top of the screen →
2 Tap
Tap data you want to play
• Select an album or artist on each tab
except "Tracks" tab, the data list appears.
Tap a data to start playback.
• When Media file sharing device is detected
during connecting Wi-Fi network, a list of
detected devices is displayed in "Devices"
and tap a device to display data list screen.
• Tap a jacket photo shown at the bottom
left of the data list during playback,
playback screen appears and the following
operations become available.
366
Apps
Item
Description
Play music being connected to a
Media file sharing device.
→ P.519
/
Adjust the volume.
• Tap
to set SoundAlive.
/
Set shuffle function (Shuffle ON/
OFF).
Add music to "Favorite".
/
/
Set repeat mode (repeat all
songs/repeat the current song/
no repeat).
Indicate the current play position.
Drag left and right to change the
play position.
Display the data list.
/
Play/pause.
/
Tap to skip to top of data or
previous/next data. Touch and
hold to fast rewind/fast forward.
Add to playlist.
367
Apps
Information
• When Stereo Headset with Microphone
(sample) is connected (P.200), press
switch to activate "Music" and play music.
While the "Music" is activated, you can
switch play/pause each time you press the
switch. Volume can be adjusted with the
volume key.
• Even when the screen lock is set during
music play, the play continues. To operate,
[Home key] /
[Power/
press
Screen lock key] to display the lock screen
and use "Music" widget. If you are playing
music in the background, you can play/
pause music or skip to the next or previous
track from the Notification panel or Edge
screen.
368
Apps
Creating playlist
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Playlists" tab
→ "Music"
2 "Create playlist"
3 Enter a playlist name → "Create"
4
• Song list appears.
5 Mark a song to add → "Done"
• Song is added to created playlist.
Editing playlist
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Playlists" tab
→ "Music"
2 Tap a playlist you want to edit
• The contents of the playlist appear.
3 Edit playlist
• Tap
→ Tap a song you want to add →
"Done" to add songs to a playlist.
• → Tap "Edit title" to edit playlist name.
to delete
• Touch and hold a song → Tap
a song from playlist.
369
Apps
Menu of Music
When you tap on the data list/playing music
screen, the following items appear.
゜゜ Data list screen
Item
Select
Description
Select multiple data to add
to/delete from a playlist.
Create playlist
Create a new playlist.
Listen via
Bluetooth
Connect to a Bluetooth
device to play.
View as
Switch view type of songs.
Music square
Automatically create a
playlist according to the
characteristics of the songs
saved in the terminal.
Settings
Set SoundAlive or playing
speed etc.
• When "Smart volume" is
enabled, louder sound than
set volume may be heard.
Do not listen to music at
full blast for a long time.
Doing so may cause
hearing loss.
• Turn "K2HD" ON to improve
the playback sound quality.
* Available functions vary by screen you selected.
370
Apps
゜゜ Play screen
Item
Description
Listen via
Bluetooth
Play a song connecting to a
Bluetooth device.
Add to now
playing list
Add song to the playlist now
playing.
Delete
Delete song.
Set as
Set a song to "Phone
ringtone", "Caller ringtone",
"Alarm tone".
Settings
Set SoundAlive, Play speed,
etc.
• When "Smart volume" is
enabled, louder sound than
set volume may be heard.
Do not listen to music at
full blast for a long time.
Doing so may cause
hearing loss.
• Turn "K2HD" ON to improve
the playback sound quality.
Details
Display detail information of
song.
* Displayed items vary by file formats to be played.
371
Apps
GPS/Navigation
Enabling location information
If you use an application that uses location
information, you need to enable GPS function
in advance. You can set for detecting location
information more accurately using Wi-Fi/Mobile
network or the motion sensor.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Location"
→ "Settings"
→ "Agree" → "Agree"
2 Tap
"Mode"
→
Select a detection method
3
Item
Description
High accuracy
Uses GPS, Wi-Fi and mobile
networks to identify current
location. Although current
location can be detected
more accurately, the terminal
consumes much power of
battery.
Power saving
Uses Wi-Fi and mobile
networks to identify current
location.
GPS only
Uses GPS to identify current
location.
372
Apps
Information
of "Location logs" to save
• Tap
detected location information log.
• Tap "My places" to save favorite places
(Home, Work, Car, School, Gym) to use
services requiring location information.
Precautions on using GPS
• DOCOMO is not liable for any damage caused
by abnormality of the system.
• Note that DOCOMO shall have no liabilities
for any purely economic loss including
those due to missing a chance to check
the measurement (communication) results
because of external factors (including the
running out of the battery), such as a failure,
malfunction, or any other problems of the
terminal or the power failure.
• You cannot use the terminal as a navigation
device for an aircraft, vehicle, and person.
Note that DOCOMO shall have no liabilities
whatsoever even if you suffer damage or
loss while performing a navigation using the
location information.
• You cannot use the terminal as a highaccuracy measurement GPS. Note that
DOCOMO shall have no liabilities whatsoever
even if you suffer damage or loss due to a
deviation of the location information.
373
Apps
• GPS is a service operated by the USA
Department of Defense, so the GPS radio
wave condition may be controlled (accuracy
degraded, radio wave suspended, etc.) for
reasons of US national security. And, wave
conditions differ by satellite locations;
therefore, positioning operations in the same
location under the same environmental
conditions may not yield the same result.
• Some wireless communications products
(mobile phone, data detectors and some
others) block satellite signals and also cause
instability of signal reception.
• Some map displays based on location
information (latitude/longitude information)
may be not accurate due to some countries' or
regions' regulations.
■■Where radio waves are difficult to receive
Note that radio waves may not be received or
it may be difficult to receive radio waves in the
following conditions, since GPS uses radio
waves from a satellite.
• Inside or immediately under a building
• Inside a basement or tunnel, and below the
ground or water
• Inside a bag or box
• Building area or residential area
• Inside or under a thick covering of trees
• Near a high-voltage cable
• In a car, inside a train compartment
• Bad weather such as heavy rain or snow
• When there are obstructions (people or
objects) near the terminal
374
Apps
Using Google Maps
By using Google Maps, you can search for the
current location or other locations, or obtain
guide information to destination.
• To use Google Maps, enable data connection
(LTE/3G/GPRS) or connect to Wi-Fi.
• Google Maps does not cover the whole world
or region.
Opening Google Maps
the Home screen, "Google" →
1 From
"Maps"
• For the first activation, "Welcome to
Google Maps" screen appears. Confirm
the contents and then tap "Accept &
continue".
• If "Location services disabled" appears
when positioning the current location, tap
"Settings" and set the location information
service.
area name etc. in the Search
2 Enter
box
375
Apps
Searching direction by Google Maps
Use the "Directions" function of Google Maps to
search the route by car, by train or on foot.
the Home screen, "Google" →
1 From
"Maps"
2 (
→ Tap the locomotion strategy
/
/
) icon
the place name in "Choose
3 Enter
destination..." field
• To change the start point, tap "My
Location" field to enter name of place.
4 Tap a route
Searching spots in the area
You can search stores and facilities in the
current location area using Google maps.
the Home screen, "Google" →
1 From
"Maps"
search box → After that, follow
2 Tap
the onscreen instructions
376
Apps
Clock
You can use Alarm, World clock, Stopwatch
or Timer.
1 From the Home screen, → "Clock"
2 Tap a tab at top of the screen
• Tapping switches screen of each function.
Using Alarm
1 On the "Alarm" screen,
time, repeat, alarm type, Alarm
2 Set
tone, volume, Snooze, Smart alarm,
Name → "Save"
To stop alarm, drag
to the outside
3 of
the displayed circle
• When snooze is set, drag
to the outside
of the displayed circle, then alarm sounds
again after elapse of set time.
377
Apps
Information
• Snooze is a function which stops the alarm
and sets it to ring again at a short time
later.
• To delete registered alarm, on the "Alarm"
screen, tap → "Delete" → Mark an alarm
to delete → Tap "Done". Alternatively, touch
and hold an alarm → Tap .
• To make the set alarm OFF, tap
(Green)/
(Yellow) to switch to
(Gray).
• To set an alarm sound or vibration when
the terminal is in Silent mode (Mute,
Vibrate), on the "Alarm" screen, tap →
"Settings" → Set items.
378
Apps
Using World clock
You can check date and time of registered to
country/region by a list.
1 On the "World clock" screen,
2 Tap a country/region to register →
To register by city/country name
→ city/country name you want to
Tap
search.
To register city/country based on the
current location
Tap
→ city/country
379
Apps
Information
• To search by city/country name, enter the
city/country name you want to search for
into the search box on the city/country list
screen.
• To search by sorting the city/country by
time difference, tap → "By time zone" on
the city/country list screen.
• To delete registered country/region, on
the "World clock" screen, → "Select" →
Mark a country/region to delete → Tap
. Alternatively, touch and hold a country/
region → Mark a country/region to delete
→ Tap .
• To change summer time setting of a
registered country/region, on the "World
clock" screen, Tap → "Select" → Mark
a country/region to set summer time →
Tap
→ Select item. When the summer
time is applied in cities/countries set to
"Automatic" or for cities/countries set to
"Turn on",
appears after date ( may not
appear for some cities/counties in which
summer time is applied).
380
Apps
Using Stopwatch
1 On the "Stopwatch" screen, "Start"
• Measurement starts.
To measure lap time
Tap "Lap".
2 To stop the measurement, "Stop"
• To restart the measurement, tap "Resume"
and tap "Reset" to re-measure.
Using Timer
the "Timer" screen, set hour,
1 On
minute, and second → "Start"
• The timer starts.
• To stop count down, tap "Stop", and to
reset timer, tap "Reset".
• Tap "Resume" to resume the paused timer.
stop time-up notification sound,
2 To
drag
out of the displayed circle
381
Apps
S Planner
Display Calendar to register event and task.
Set up a Google account to synchronize with
Google calendar.
the Home screen,
1 From
"S Planner"
→
2 Tap
• If a screen related to Google calendar
synchronization appears, confirm the
contents and tap "OK".
Add event screen
3
4 Set items → "Save"
"Add event" or "Add task"
382
Apps
S Note
You can create notes and draw pictures
using stylus pen SC04 or fingers. Add
photos, or pictures to notes, also save
recorded sound in notes.
Create the note
1 From the Home screen,
→ "S Note"
• When launching for the first time, tap
"Next" on the "Welcome." screen.
• Select the cover for the note from the list
on "Select cover style" screen, then tap
“Next”. The cover you have selected will
be automatically set when you create the
new note. If you select multiple covers,
the selected cover is applied at random.
• From the "Select template" screen, select
a template to use and tap "Next".
• From "Sync account" screen, tap the
account synchronizing with the note. If you
set later, tap "Set later" and tap "Start".
• If the Tutorial screen appears, check the
content and tap "OK".
Pen only mode/S Pen and finger
2 Smode
→ "OK"
3 Tap after creating S Note
4 Enter file name → "Save"
383
Apps
■■Edit screen
a
b
c
S Note Edit screen
d
a Save
• Save the current note, and return to the
display screen.
on the display screen, you
• When you tap
can edit again.
b Tool Bar
: Select pen type, thickness and color.
: Change eraser size or completely erase
note.
: Use keypad to create notes.
: Add snapshots of still images taken by
camera or chosen from gallery.
384
Apps
: Select the note partially. Tap
again
after tapping it to select the type of
frame.
Place the frame → Tap "Transform into"
→ "Text" to convert hand-writing letter
to text.
: Undo.
: Redo.
: Switches whether or not to detect
operation with finger. During
,
operation with finger is not detected,
and only operation with the included
stylus pen is detected.
c Menu
• You can edit the page (P.392).
d Adding/Switching pages
• Tap
• Tap
/
to switch pages.
to add new page.
385
Apps
■■Display screen
a
b
c
d
S Note display screen
(Display example)
e
a Edit a note.
b Share selected pages as an image file, PDF
file, or text file.
c Export selected pages as an image file or
PDF file.
d Displays the menu (P.391).
e Adding/Switching pages
• Tap
/
to switch pages.
386
Apps
■■List screen
a
ba
d
"Recent" screen
(Display example)
c
d
"All" screen
(Display example)
a You can change the view type of S Note.
You can also create idea sketches and easy
graphs, or download background images, etc.
b Create S Note.
c You can search the name of S Note, the text
inside S Note, the letters handwritten in S
Note, etc.
d Displays the menu of S Note.
387
Apps
Menu of S Note
■■List screen
Tap or touch and hold
following items.
to display the
• Displayed items differ depending on
whether they are displayed on the "Recent"
screen or "All" screen.
Item
Description
Select
Select note.
List view/
Thumbnail view
Switch data display format.
Sort by
Change list display order to
date order and name order.
Import
Import a file saved in
Google Drive or a Samsung
account, or an S Note file/
PDF file in My Files to
create a note.
Create folder
Create a new folder.
Use new
template
Select template to create
note.
388
Apps
Item
Description
Settings
Accounts
Set whether to synchronize
by Samsung account or
Evernote.
Change
default cover
Change the style of the
cover which is automatically
applied when a note is
created.
Change
default
template
Change the style of
the template which is
automatically applied when
a note is created.
Add page
options
Select a method of adding
page.
Size of
inserted
image
Set the size of the picture
to input.
Location tag
Set weather to place a
location information tag on
the note.
Help
Display help of S Note.
389
Apps
Touch and hold a note or a folder from the
list screen on the "All" screen to display the
following items.
Item
Description
Share the selected Note
in S Note file, image file,
PDF file, or in text format.
Delete a note or a folder.
Export
Export the selected note
to image file or to PDF file.
Copy
Copy notes to folder.
Move
Move notes to folder.
Rename
Rename the note or folder.
Edit cover
Set cover from Gallery etc.
Add to
Favorites /
Remove from
Favorites
Add to favorites / Delete
from favorites
Lock /
Unlock
Lock the note by setting
up password.
Add shortcut
to home
Add the shortcut of note
on the Home screen.
390
Apps
■■Display screen
Tap or touch and hold
following items.
Item
Delete page
to display the
Description
Delete the pages now shown.
• If there is only 1 page in
the note, the note will be
deleted.
Add shortcut to Create a shortcut of the
home
selected note in the Home
screen.
Print
Print the note using a
compatible printer. →
P.518
Save as
Save it with a name.
Set as
You can register note to
Home screen and lock
screen, image of contact,
image of phonebook.
391
Apps
■■Edit screen
Tap or touch and hold
following items.
Item
to display the
Description
Insert
Insert a voice memo
or recording, image, or
video into the page.
Add page
Add page.
Add template
Delete the pages now
shown.
Edit pages
Add an index, copy and
delete the page and
paste from the other
note.
Delete page
Delete the pages now
shown.
Page
options
Edit tags
Add / edit tag.
Edit index
Add / edit / delete
index.
Change
Change background of
background page.
Guide lines
Display grid of the
page.
392
Apps
Item
Description
Show Magnified
note/Hide Magnified
note
You can expand the
size displayed to
the dragged range.
You can edit on the
expanded edit area
on the bottom of
the screen using
handwriting. You can
change the position by
of the expanded editing
area by dragging it.
Record sketching
then
will blink.
Tap
If the figure is drawn
during blinking, record
sketching process in
the animation. Tap
to stop recording. Tap
to sketch play.
Save as
Save it with a name.
Information
• Displayed items vary by screen.
393
Apps
Voice Recorder
Recording voice sound
From the Home screen,
1 Recorder"
→ "Voice
• Voice Recorder screen appears.
• Swipe right or left or tap
to switch
recording mode to "Normal"/"Interview"/
"Meeting"/"Voice memo".
• When "Voice memo" is selected an
agreement appears. Confirm the contents
and then tap "Agree".
2 Tap
• Recording starts.
• To pause the recording, tap , or to start
the recording, tap .
• To cancel the recording, tap
→ "OK".
is tapped while recording, the
• When
recorded content until the tapping is
saved.
• When
is tapped while recording,
incoming calls are blocked.
3 Tap
• Stop recording and save data.
394
Apps
Playing voice sound
From the Home screen,
1 Recorder"
→ "Voice
2 Tap
• A recorded data list screen appears.
3 Tap data you want to play
• Playing starts.
• To pause the playing, tap , to start the
playing, tap , or to stop the playing, tap
.
• To crop voice sound, while playing voice
sound, tap
→ "OK" → Drag / to the
position you want to crop →
→ Tap
"Save as new file".
• Tap "x0.5"/"x1.0"/"x1.5"/"x2.0" to change
playback speed.
• To adjust volume, press the volume key.
395
Apps
Menu of Voice Recorder
When you tap
on the Voice Recorder/list
screen/playback screen, the following items
appear.
• Displayed items vary by screen.
Item
Description
Select
Select multiple data and
delete or share them.
Delete
Delete data.
Sort by
Sort data by date
(newest)/date (oldest)/
name/category/voice
label/recording mode.
Filter by category
Display category and
data number of category.
Edit categories
Edit, add and delete
category name etc.
Rename
Change a file name.
Set as
Set recorded data to
ringtone.
Write to Voice
Label
Use NFC communication
to write the recorded data
to the voice label.
Details
Display detailed
information of data.
396
Apps
Item
Description
Settings
Save to
Select saving location.
Recording
quality
Set recording quality.
Recording
volume
Set recording audio
volume.
Contextual file
name
Set whether to name files
automatically.
Default file
name
Set default file name.
Noise reduction
Set whether to use noise
reduction.
Location tags
Add location information
to each audio file.
Language
Set language of voice
memo to record.
397
Apps
Calculator
You can perform four arithmetic operations
(+, - , × , ÷ ), percent calculus, functional
calculus, etc.
From the Home screen,
1 "Calculator"
→
• Turning the terminal sideways switches
to the alpha calculator. When "Screen
→
rotation" (P.90) is set to Off, tap
"Scientific calculator" to switch to function
calculator.
to display history. Tap "Clear
• Tap
history" to clear all history.
398
Apps
docomo backup
Backing up to/restoring from
microSD card
You can move and back up phonebook entries,
docomo mails, etc. using external media such as
microSD card.
• Do not remove the battery pack or micro SD card
from the terminal while backing up or restoring
data. Data may be damaged.
• When item names in phonebook entry of
another terminal (phone number etc.) is
different from the terminal, the item names
may be changed or deleted. And registered
characters may be removed on the copying
destination because available characters vary
by terminal.
• Phonebook data available to back up is
phonebook saved in docomo account and the
terminal.
• When backing up phonebook entries to
microSD card, data without a name registered
cannot be copied.
• Backup may not be performed if the microSD
card does not have enough memory. In this
case, delete unnecessary files to make
available memory.
• Backup or restoration may not be performed if
the battery level is low. In that case, charge the
terminal then try to back up or restore again.
399
Apps
• When a microSD card is not inserted, data
such as still images and videos are stored on
the terminal. With this application, image data
only stored on the terminal can be backed up.
Data stored in microSD card cannot be backed
up.
Backing up data
You can back up data such as phonebook
entries, docomo mails media files.
From the Home screen,
→ "docomo
1 backup"
→ "Backup/restore to
microSD"
• For the first activation, the Application/
Privacy Policy and Software License
Agreement appears. Read the contents,
mark the check for "Agree", and tap "Start".
→ Mark data to be backed
2 "Backup"
up → "Start backup" → "Backup"
3 Enter docomo apps password → "OK"
• Selected data is stored in microSD card.
4 "Back to top"
400
Apps
Restoring backup file to the terminal
Restore data such as phonebook entries,
docomo mails, images/videos, etc. to the
terminal.
From the Home screen,
→ "docomo
1 backup"
→ "Backup/restore to
microSD"
→ "Select" type of data to
2 "Restore"
restore → mark the data to restore →
"Select"
restoration method → "Start
3 Select
restore" → "Restore"
• Selecting restoration method is not
necessary for some data types.
4 Enter docomo apps password → "OK"
• Selected data is restored to the terminal.
5 "Back to top"
401
Apps
Copying phonebook entries saved
in Google account or the terminal to
docomo account
Contacts saved in Google account phonebook
and in "Contacts" application provided by
Samsung can be copied to docomo account.
From the Home screen,
→ "docomo
1 backup"
→ "Backup/restore to
microSD"
account copy" → "Select"
2 "Phonebook
on the phonebook entry to be copied
→ "Overwrite"/"Add"
• Copied data is saved to docomo account.
3 "OK"
402
Apps
Backing up to/restoring from
Data Storage BOX
You can backup/restore call logs, music, etc.
using データ保管 BOX (Data Storage BOX).
Backing up
From the Home screen,
→ "docomo
1 backup"
→ "Backup/restore to
docomo cloud".
2 "Backup"
• If you are not logged in, a confirmation
screen appears. Log in following the
directions shown on the screen.
data to be backed up → "Start
3 Mark
backup" → "Backup"
4 Enter docomo apps password → "OK"
5 "Back to top"
Information
• With the Scheduled backup setting, you
can automatically backup data that you
selected in advance to the data storage
box, every month.
• When using the Scheduled backup setting,
note that packet communication fee may
become high.
403
Apps
Restoring
From the Home screen,
→ "docomo
1 backup"
→ "Backup/restore to
docomo cloud"
→ "Select" of data type
2 "Restore"
to be restored → Mark data to be
restored → "Select"
restoration method → "Start
3 Select
restore" → "Restore"
4 Enter docomo apps password → "OK"
5 "Back to top"
Information
• When restoring data from the data storage
box, it will be restored to the same location
as at the time of backup. Data may be
restored to a different location as at the
time of backup if you change terminals.
404
Apps
YouTube
YouTube is a free online video streaming
service. You can view or post video.
Playing video
the Home screen, "Google" →
1 From
"YouTube"
2 Tap a video you want to play
• Video is played.
405
Apps
Dictionary
Use 3 different language dictionaries
(Japanese, English, Korean) to search for
words and phrases.
The following dictionary data can be
downloaded to the terminal to use.
• 旺文社英和辞典 (Obunsha English-Japanese
Dictionary)
• 旺文社和英辞典 (Obunsha Japanese-English
Dictionary)
• ニューエース韓日辞典 (NEW-ACE KOREANJAPANESE DICTIONARY)
• ニューエース日韓辞典 (NEW-ACE JAPANESEKOREAN DICTIONARY)
From the Home screen,
1 "Dictionary"
→
• For the first activation, a screen for
downloading/installation screen for
dictionary data appears. Mark dictionaries
to download. A Wi-Fi connection is
necessary when downloading dictionary
data.
406
Apps
S Health
Use application such as "Pedometer",
"Exercise", "Heart Rate" etc. to record the
amount of calories you spend and you take,
exercises to manage weight to support your
health.
• To backup data to the server, you need a
Samsung Account. If the setting screen of
Samsung Account appears, follow the onscreen instructions and make settings before
using.
1 From the Home screen,
→ "S Health"
• S Health screen appears.
• When you activate for the first time, the
"Welcome." screen appears. Following the
onscreen instructions, make Samsung
account settings, confirm and agree to
terms of service, make profile settings,
etc.
• While menu is displayed, flick left to show
S Health. Tap on the S Health screen to
show menu.
2 Tap an item
Item
Description
(Profile Name) Profile screen appears. Edit and
share profile, change settings,
and check contents of help
menu.
Main screen
Shows the S Health screen.
407
Apps
Item
Description
Pedometer
Activate pedometer application.
In the pedometer screen,
number of steps and walked
distance and burned calories
are displayed.
Exercise
Activate Exercise application.
Select from Running, Walking,
Cycling, Hiking and then
perform exercise.
Heart Rate
Measure and record heart rate
using the heart rate sensor on
the back side of the terminal.
Food
Record/check the amount of
calories you take and need.
Weight
Record/check your every day
weight and target weight.
UV
Measure the UV intensity.
Coach
We offer the best advice about
health and wellness, together in
one by the Cigna health coach.
Partner apps
Activate more applications.
408
Apps
Information
• For details on S Health, on the S Health
→ Tap "Help" .
screen,
• The amount of calories you need is
calculated from basal metabolic rate (BMR)
based on the profile you entered. The
amount of calories you really need depends
on your age, body composition, nutrition
you need. Use the amount as a guide.
409
Apps
S Voice
Operate each terminal function such as
sending SMS, creating memo, etc by voice
input.
Before using S Voice
To enhance the voice recognition, take care of
the following points.
• Speak clearly against the terminal.
• Use in quiet place.
• Avoid using slang, dialect, etc.
Using S Voice
1 From the Home screen,
→ "S Voice"
• S Voice screen appears.
[Home key] twice
• Alternatively, press
to activate S Voice.
• When "Welcome." screen appears, confirm
the operation according to the onscreen
instructions.
• When Samsung Disclaimer or Terms of
Service appears, confirm the contents,
mark "I agree." and tap "Next"
Information
• For details on S Voice, on the S Voice
screen, → "Help", for instructions on how
to input S Voice, on the S Voice screen,
→ Tap "Example commands"/Tutorial.
410
Apps
Settings
Setting menu
You can set various items such as
screen brightness, screen view, ringtone,
communication, etc.
1 From the Home screen, → "Settings"
2 Select a menu item and make settings
Information
• Tap
to enter a keyword to the search
box to search within the Settings and
check the setting values.
411
Settings
QUICK SETTINGS
Item
Description
Data usage
→ P.431
Sound
→ P.438
Display and
wallpaper
→ P.439
Lock screen
→ P.443
S Pen
→ P.445
You can register up
to 9“Settings”you
frequently use to the
quick menu. The same
settings can also be
done by tapping →
"Edit quick settings".
412
Settings
CONNECTIONS
You can set for wireless network connection.
Item
Description
Wi-Fi
→ P.416
Bluetooth
→ P.505
Tethering
→ P.425
Airplane mode
→ P.430
Network restriction
mode
→ P.430
Data usage
→ P.431
Location
→ P.372
413
Settings
Item
Description
NFC and sharing
NFC/OsaifuKeitai
→ P.432
Nearby devices
→ P.520
Printing
→ P.518
Screen Mirroring
Share screen on the
terminal with other
device*.
• Connection with a
non-HDCP (Highbandwidth Digital
Content Protection) –
compatible device may
not be established.
• Depending on the
network connection
or status of the other
device, playback may
be interrupted.
• For Wi-Fi networks
using specific
frequency bands,
scanning device may
fail.
MirrorLink
Share screen on the
terminal with MirrorLink
supported device.
414
Settings
Item
Description
More networks
Download
booster
→ P.433
Default
messaging app
Set either "Messages"
or "Hangouts" as a
standard message
application.
Mobile networks
Set Mobile data,
roaming, access point
(APN), network mode,
network operator.
VPN
→ P.436
* Supports Screen Mirroring function when a
device is certified with Miracast.
415
Settings
Wi-Fi
You can use Wi-Fi function of the terminal to
connect to wireless access point of your home
or company network. Also, you can connect to
Public wireless LAN service access point to use
mails and Internet.
■■Reception interference caused by
Bluetooth devices
The terminal's wireless LAN device and
Bluetooth devices use the same frequency
band (2.4 GHz). If you use the terminal near
a Bluetooth device, reception interference
may occur or the communication speed may
become lower. Also, you may hear noise or
have a connection problem. In these cases, do
the following:
1.Keep the wireless LAN device over
approximately 20 m away from a Bluetooth
device.
2.Within approximately 20 m, turn off the
Bluetooth device.
416
Settings
Information
• Packet communication can also be
used even when Wi-Fi function is ON.
However, Wi-Fi will be used first during
Wi-Fi connection. If Wi-Fi network is
disconnected, network is automatically
switched to LTE/3G/GPRS. Be noticed
that packet communication charge is
applied if you keep using LTE/3G/GPRS
network after toggling.
• Setting docomo ID is required for using
docomo service via Wi-Fi. Set from the
→ "Settings" → "docomo
Home screen,
service/cloud" → "docomo ID 設定 (docomo
ID setting)" to set.
• Location information can be detected even
if Wi-Fi function is not ON. From the Home
→ "Settings" → Tap "Wi-Fi", →
screen,
"Advanced" → Mark "Always allow scanning".
417
Settings
■■Enabling Wi-Fi and connecting to network
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Wi-Fi"
→ "Settings"
2 Tap
• Scanning available Wi-Fi networks starts
automatically and a list is displayed.
a Wi-Fi network you want to
3 Tap
connect → "Connect"
• To connect to a Wi-Fi network protected
by security, enter a password (security
key) and tap "Connect".
Connecting using WPS
Wi-Fi network with "WPS available" shown
can be connected using WPS (Wi-Fi
Protected Setup). On the Wi-Fi network list
screen, → "WPS push button"/"WPS PIN
entry" → Operate on access point device.
Information
• The Wi-Fi network password (security key)
is automatically saved when connection
is established so that you do not need to
enter it next time.
■■Notifying Wi-Fi open network
Set whether to notify when available open
network exists near you.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Wi-Fi"
→ "Settings"
2 → "Advanced"
3 Mark "Network notification"
418
Settings
■■Canceling connection of Wi-Fi network
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Wi-Fi"
→ "Settings"
a connected Wi-Fi network →
2 Tap
"Forget"/"Disconnect"
■■Setting Wi-Fi access point
• For information necessary for connection,
refer to user manual of wireless LAN access
point you use. For connecting to company
LAN or using Public wireless LAN service, ask
a network administrator or service provider
about the required information for connecting.
• When the wireless LAN access point is set
for connecting only to the MAC address
registered device, register the MAC address
of the terminal to the wireless LAN access
point. To check MAC address, from the Home
→ "Settings" → "Wi-Fi" → → Tap
screen,
"Advanced". You can view IP address for
connected wireless LAN access point.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Wi-Fi"
→ "Settings"
2 "Add Wi-Fi network"
the network SSID → Set the
3 Enter
security (Authentication method)
• The possible certificate method is "WEP",
"WPA/WPA2/FT PSK", "802.1x EAP".
4 Enter a password → "Connect"
• If you set Security to "None", entering
password is not needed.
419
Settings
■■Connecting Passpoint compatible access
point automatically
Set whether to automatically connect to
Passpoint-compatible Wi-Fi access point within
the area without the Wi-Fi access point set.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Wi-Fi"
→ "Settings"
2 → "Advanced"
3 Mark "Passpoint"
■■Sorting Wi-Fi networks
Sort Wi-Fi networks scanned by the terminal.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Wi-Fi"
→ "Settings"
2 → "Advanced"
by" → "Alphabetical order"/"Signal
3 "Sort
strength"
• Sort Wi-Fi networks by name/signal
strength (RSSI).
420
Settings
■■Setting sleep policy of Wi-Fi
You can set to disable Wi-Fi when the display
of the terminal turns off or to enable when
charging.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Wi-Fi"
→ "Settings"
2 → "Advanced"
Wi-Fi on during sleep" → Select
3 "Keep
a sleep policy
Information
• If "Keep Wi-Fi during sleep" is set to "Only
when plugged in" or "Never (increases data
usage)", network connection automatically
changes to the mobile network when
Wi-Fi communication becomes unavailable.
In such case, packet communication fee
may become high. If you do not want to
change to mobile network, mark "Always".
■■Setting smart network switch
Set whether to check availability of the
connected Wi-Fi network and change to the
mobile network if it is unavailable.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Wi-Fi"
→ "Settings"
2 Mark "Smart network switch" → "OK"
421
Settings
Information
• When Wi-Fi connection is disconnected
with the access point (such as memory
card with embedded wireless LAN which
does not connect to internet) while "Smart
network switch" is marked, unmark "Smart
network switch".
422
Settings
■■Setting Wi-Fi timer
Set to auto-connect/disconnect Wi-Fi network.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Wi-Fi"
→ "Settings"
2 → "Advanced"
3 "Wi-Fi timer"
4 Mark "Set start time"/"Set end time"
• Mark "Set start time" to automatically
connect, and mark "Set end time" to
automatically disconnect.
5 Set start time/end time → "Done"
■■Using static IP address
You can set the terminal to connect to Wi-Fi
network using the static IP address.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Wi-Fi"
→ "Settings"
Wi-Fi network to connect → Mark
2 Tap
"Show advanced options"
3 Tap "IP settings" field → "Static"
4 Set required items
• For using static IP address, enter the
following items.
-- IP address
-- Gateway
-- Network prefix length
-- DNS 1/DNS 2
5 "Connect"
423
Settings
■■Using Wi-Fi Direct
You can exchange data by connecting Wi-Fi
Direct compatible devices.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Wi-Fi"
→ "Settings"
2 → "Wi-Fi Direct"
3 Tap a detected device name
• When the connection is accepted on
the searched device, the terminal will be
appears
connected via Wi-Fi Direct and
on the status bar.
• You can refresh the search result by
tapping "Scan".
To connect with multiple devices
•
→ "Multi connect" → Mark a device to
connect → Tap "Done".
■■Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Wi-Fi"
→ "Settings"
2 → "Wi-Fi Direct"
3 "End connection" → "OK"
424
Settings
Using tethering
Tethering is a function which uses a mobile
device such as smart phone as modem to
connect wireless LAN devices, USB compatible
devices and Bluetooth compatible devices to
Internet.
• Up to 10 devices can be connected using
Wi-Fi tethering at one time, 1 device can be
connected using USB tethering, and up to 3
devices can be connected using Bluetooth
tethering. When you use Wi-Fi tethering, USB
tethering and Bluetooth tethering at one time,
14 devices in total can be connected.
■■Setting Wi-Fi tethering
You can use your terminal as an Internet access
point and connect at most 10 wireless LAN
devices to Internet.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"Tethering" → "Wi-Fi tethering"
2 Tap
3 Confirm details of notes → "OK" → "OK"
425
Settings
■■Setting access point for Wi-Fi tethering
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"Tethering" → "Wi-Fi tethering"
2 Tap
details of notes → "OK" →
3 Confirm
"OK"
4 → "Configure hotspot"
"Network SSID" field → Input the
5 Tap
network SSID
• "AndroidAP" is set in advance.
6 "Security"
• Select a proper setting from "Open" and
"WPA2 PSK".
"Password" field → Enter
7 Tap
password
• Password is not required if you set "Open"
in "Security".
8 "Save"
426
Settings
Information
• "WPA2 PSK" is set by default.
• While connecting via Wi-Fi tethering,
in the Portable Wi-Fi hotspot screen,
→ "Configure hotspot" → Mark "Hide
my device" → Tap "Save" to disconnect
the connected wireless LAN device
temporarily, but it connects again
automatically.
• If "Hide my device" is marked, the
terminal cannot be scanned. When you
connect from the other device, confirm
the information displayed in "HOW TO
CONNECT FROM OTHER DEVICES" on the
Portable Wi-Fi hotspot screen, and then
set the portable Wi-Fi hotspot manually.
• When connected via Wi-Fi tethering, in
the Portable Wi-Fi hotspot screen, →
Tap "WPS push button" so that you can
connect by pressing WPS button on
connected device. Also, in the Portable
Wi-Fi hotspot screen, → Tap "Timeout
settings" to turn off Wi-Fi tethering
automatically when there is no connected
device for specified time.
427
Settings
■■Setting USB tethering
You can connect to the Internet by connecting
the terminal to a PC via a Micro USB cable 01
sold separately.
• To perform USB tethering, installing dedicated
driver to a PC is required. For details, refer to
the URL below.
<From a PC>
http://www.samsung.com/jp/support/
usefulsoftware/KIES/JSP (In Japanese only)
the microUSB cable 01 plug
1 Insert
into the external connection jack of
the terminal
• For the connection method, see
"Connecting with microUSB cable"
(P.514).
the USB cable 01 plug into a
2 Insert
PC USB port
From the Home screen,
3 →
"Tethering"
→ "Settings"
tethering" → Confirm details of
4 "USB
note → "OK"
428
Settings
Information
• microSD card cannot be connected to PC
during USB tethering.
• Operating environments for USB tethering
are as follows. DOCOMO is not liable for
the operation after upgrading/adding/
changing OS.
-- Windows Vista
-- Windows 7
-- Windows 8/Windows 8.1
■■Setting Bluetooth Tethering
You can connect up to 3 Bluetooth devices to
the Internet at one time, using the terminal as
an Internet access point.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"Tethering" → "Bluetooth tethering"
2 Confirm details of notes → "OK"
Information
• In order to use Bluetooth tethering,
this terminal needs to be detectable.
For details, refer to "Enabling Bluetooth
function and making your terminal
detectable" (P.507).
429
Settings
Airplane mode
Disable all wireless connections.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Airplane mode"
→ "Settings"
2 Tap
Information
[Power/Screen
• Alternatively, press
lock key] for 1 second or longer and tap
"Airplane mode" → "Turn on" to switch
setting.
• If you enable "Airplane mode", Wi-Fi,
Bluetooth, and functions of the NFC such
as reader/writer, P2P, etc. turn OFF.
However, you can turn them ON again
during Airplane mode.
Network restriction mode
Disable network connections for all applications.
Only receiving incoming calls and SMS is
available.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"Network restriction mode"
2 Tap
Information
• Turn on/off Network restriction mode from
the Notification panel (P.127).
• When "Network restriction mode" is
enabled, Wi-Fi connection is disabled.
430
Settings
Data usage
Enable/disable mobile data communication or
set upper limit of data communication. Also
set a period of time for measuring amount of
communications.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Data usage"
→ "Settings"
• Data usage screen appears and estimated
value of mobile data usage for a period
and for each application.
• Mark "Mobile data" to enable Internet
access via mobile networks.
• Set limit of mobile data communication
usage and set to alert when limit reaches
on the chart. To set limit, mark "Set mobile
data limit".
Enabling data roaming
Mobile data communication can be used
during roaming.
On the data usage screen, → Mark "Data
roaming" → Tap "OK".
Limiting background data communication
Restrict data communication automatically
made by applications.
On the data usage screen, → Mark
"Restrict background data" → Tap "OK".
Turning automatic data synchronization off
Restrict auto synchronization of account.
On the data usage screen, → Unmark
"Auto sync data" → Tap "OK".
431
Settings
Displaying status of Wi-Fi use
Estimated amount of Wi-Fi data usage for a
period and for each application.
On the data usage screen, → Mark "Show
Wi-Fi usage" → Tap "Wi-Fi" tab.
Restricting use of Wi-Fi tethering
Prevent background apps from using
specified Wi-Fi network.
On the data usage screen, → "Wi-Fi
tethering" → Mark Wi-Fi network you want to
restrict.
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
Lock NFC/Osaifu-Keitai function, or set to
permit/deny sending/receiving of a content/file
etc. via Reader/Writer, P2P function.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"NFC and sharing" → "NFC/OsaifuKeitai"
2 Set required items
Item
Description
NFC/OsaifuKeitai Lock
Lock NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
function.
Reader/Writer,
P2P
Set whether to permit
exchange of data when
putting the terminal close
to the other device with
NFC module built-in or
Reader/Writer, P2P function
installed. → P.511
432
Settings
Item
Description
Android Beam
Set whether to permit to
send/receive contents such
as web pages or contacts
to/from other device with
P2P function installed.
• Enable "Reader/Writer,
P2P" before using.
S Beam
Set whether to permit
sending/receiving files such
as still images, videos,
documents, etc. using P2P
and Wi-Fi Direct function.
• Enable "Reader/Writer,
P2P" before using.
NFC Type
Settings
Set communication mode
from "FeliCa/TypeA/Type
B(Default)", "FeliCa/TypeA" or
"FeliCa/TypeB".
Download booster
Set to use Wi-Fi and LTE network at the
same time so that you can download large
files (over 30 MB) faster.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"More networks" → "Download
booster"
2 Tap
→ "OK"
• Mark "Do not show speed info" to disable
speed information pop-up for Download
booster.
433
Settings
Setting access point
Access point for connecting the Internet (spmode) is already registered. You can add or
change it if necessary.
When using mopera U or Business mopera
Internet, add access point manually.
For details on mopera U, refer to mopera U
website.
■■Checking the access point in use
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"More networks" → "Mobile
networks" → "Access Point Names"
■■Setting an access point additionally
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"More networks" → "Mobile
networks" → "Access Point Names" →
→ Enter a name of network
2 "Name"
profile to create → "OK"
→ Enter the access point name
3 "APN"
→ "OK"
the other items required by the
4 Enter
network operator
5
• Do not change "MCC" and "MNC" other
than 440 and 10, respectively. If they are
changed, they are not displayed on the
screen.
→ "Save"
434
Settings
Information
• When you changed settings of MCC or
MNC and access points are not displayed,
initialize the access point or set an access
point manually.
■■Initializing an access point
By initializing an access point, the settings
return to the default state.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"More networks" → "Mobile
2
networks" → "Access Point Names"
→ "Reset to default"
sp-mode
sp-mode is an ISP for NTT DOCOMO smartphone.
In addition to accessing Internet, you can use the
mail service using the same address as i-mode
mail (@docomo.ne.jp), etc. sp-mode is a service
requiring subscription. For details on sp-mode,
refer to NTT DOCOMO website.
435
Settings
Connecting to VPN (Virtual Private
Network)
VPN (Virtual Private Network) is a technology to
connect to the information in a protected local
network from another network. Generally, VPNs
are provided to companies, schools and other
facilities. A user can access to the information in
the local network from outside of the premises.
• To set up a VPN access from the terminal,
you need to retrieve the information related to
security from your network administrator.
■■Adding a VPN
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"More networks" → "VPN"
• If an attention screen appears, tap "OK"
and set screen unlock method following
the onscreen instructions.
2 Tap
To edit VPN
Touch and hold VPN to edit → "Edit network"
→ Set each item → Tap "Save".
To delete VPN
Touch and hold VPN to delete → Tap "Delete
network".
the instruction of the network
3 Follow
administrator to set required items of
VPN settings
4 "Save"
436
Settings
■■Connecting to a VPN
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"More networks" → "VPN"
2 Tap a VPN you want to connect to
necessary authentication
3 Enter
information → "Connect"
•
appears on the status bar.
■■Disconnecting VPN
the Notification panel → Tap the
1 Open
VPN connecting notification
2 "Disconnect"
437
Settings
DEVICE
Item
Description
Sound
Sound mode Select from sound, vibrate, or
mute.
Volume
→ P.449
Vibration
intensity
Set intensity of vibration.
Ringtones
→ P.450
Vibrations
→ P.450
Notifications
→ P.450
Vibrate
when
ringing
Set ON/OFF of vibration for
notifying of incoming call or
new SMS.
Dialing
keypad tone
Set operation sound for
tapping number key on the
dialpad to ON/OFF.
Touch
sounds
Set operation sound to ON/
OFF for tapping
,
or a
menu item.
Screen lock
sound
Enable/disable screen lock/
unlock sound.
GPS
Set sound for enabling GPS
notifications to ON/OFF.
438
Settings
Item
Description
Sound
Haptic
feedback
Enable/disable vibration for
tapping
,
, etc.
Display and wallpaper
Brightness
→ P.451
Wallpaper
Set a wallpaper.
Home screen: Select a
wallpaper for the Home
screen.
Lock screen: Select a
wallpaper for the Lock
screen.
Home and lock screen:
Select a wallpaper for the
Home screen and Lock
screen.
Font
Set font or font size which
is displayed in application
screen.
439
Settings
Item
Description
Display and wallpaper
One-handed
operation
Swipe the side of the screen
to enable one-handed
operation screen.
• When the display is off,
it returns to the full-view
display after 5 seconds or
more.
Reduce screen size: Adjust
the display size and layout so
it is easy to operate with one
hand.
One-handed input: Adjust
the size and position of
the dialing keypad, in-call
buttons, Calculator and
unlock pattern so that it is
easy to operate with one
hand.
Side key panel: Use your
device more easily with one
,
,
, and
hand with
other selected functions
appear at the side of the
screen.
Screen
rotation
Set whether to automatically
switch portrait or landscape
view according to orientation
of the terminal.
440
Settings
Item
Description
Display and wallpaper
Smart stay
Set screen to keep displaying
when the terminal detects
the screen is seen.
Screen
timeout
Set time until screen display
turns off.
• The screen becomes a
little dark before the set
time comes close.
Screen
mode
Set contrast of the screen.
Auto adjust
screen tone
Set whether to adjust
screen tone according to the
displayed image to reduce
the battery.
Daydream
→ P.452
LED
indicator
Set the LED to turn on
when the terminal status
changes and notifications
are received.
Touch
key light
duration
Set timeout for touch key
light.
441
Settings
Item
Description
Display and wallpaper
Increase
touch
sensitivity
Set whether to increase
sensitivity of touch operation
to make operation available
with a gloved hand.
• Using leather gloves
improves touch operation
recognition rate. Some
functions may not work
with gloves of other
materials.
• When you operate for
the first time after the
setting is ON, touch the
display a little longer for
the first touch. It improves
the recognition rate for
subsequent operations.
• If you perform touch
operation without gloves
with the setting ON,
unintended operations may
be performed.
442
Settings
Item
Description
Lock screen*
Screen lock
→ P.453
Show
information
→ P.455
Pattern type Set the display method for
the dots when entering the
screen unlock pattern.
Camera
shortcut
Display shortcut of camera
application on the lock
screen.
Action
memo on
lock screen
Enable starting action memo
on the lock screen with the
stylus pen.
• You can display an action
memo by double tapping
the lock screen while
pressing the stylus pen
button.
Unlock
effect
Set an effect for unlocking.
• If you are using a live
wallpaper on the lock
screen, this setting does
not activate.
Make
pattern
visible
Set whether to make
the pattern visible when
unlocking the screen.
Vibration
feedback
Set whether to vibrate the
terminal if an incorrect unlock
pattern is entered.
443
Settings
Item
Description
Lock screen*
Lock
automatically
Set the time it takes for the
screen to lock after it turns
off.
Lock
instantly
with power
key
Set whether to lock the
terminal when pressing the
power key.
Festival effect
Displays a special effect on
the following items on days
that have events, such as
New Years and Christmas.
• Wallpaper of lock screen
• Notification panel
• Message backgrounds
Depending on the event, the
selected item may not be
displayed.
Multi window
Open
Set whether to automatically
in multi
display contents in Multi
window view window mode when files
are opened from My Files or
Video, or when files attached
to emails or messages are
opened. → P.142
Pop-up
window
shortcut
Diagonally swipe from the top
left of the screen to set popup window display for apps
that support pop-up windows.
444
Settings
Item
Notification
panel
Description
Select Quick setting buttons
displayed on the Notification
panel or change their order.
S Pen
Air
command
Set whether to display air
command when you press
the stylus button and hold
near the screen.
S Preview
→ P.85
Pointer
Set whether to show S
Preview pointer when the
stylus pen gets close to the
screen.
Direct pen
input
Set whether to display
handwriting pad when the
stylus pen is held near the
input field.
• Mark "Text suggestion" to
display text suggestion
after inputting via Direct
pen input.
445
Settings
Item
Description
S Pen
S Pen alerts Set whether to show warning
by sound, vibration or popup
if the stylus pen is not being
attached for a certain period
of time when the display is
OFF.
• If you do not operate any
operation after the first
time warning, you will hear
two more warnings until
the display turns on. There
will be no more warning
until you attach the stylus
pen and remove it again.
Turn off pen
detection
To reduce the battery power
consumption, set whether to
disable detection of stylus
pen operations while it is
inserted in the terminal.
S Pen
sound
Set whether to enable/
disable sound when using
your stylus pen.
S Pen
vibration
feedback
Set whether to enable/
disable haptic feedback when
using your stylus pen.
Detachment Set whether to display either
options
action memo or air command
when stylus pen is detached.
446
Settings
Item
Description
S Pen
Attach/
detach
sound
Set sounds for insertion and
removal of the stylus pen
into/from this terminal.
Attach/
detach
vibration
Set vibration for insertion and
removal of the stylus pen
into/from this terminal.
Motions and
gestures
→ P.82
Edge screen
→ P.130
* Displayed items vary by setting of the
screen lock. And depending on "Change
home" setting, changing setting may not be
available or changing may not be applied.
447
Settings
Shutting off sound emitting from the
terminal
If Silent mode is set to "Vibrate"/"Mute", incoming
call ringtones and notification sounds no longer
ring.
and hold
[Power/Screen
1 Press
lock key] for 1 second or longer
• A phone option screen appears.
2 "Mute"/"Vibrate"
• If "Mute" is set,
appears on the status
bar.
appears on the status
• If "Vibrate" is set,
bar.
Information
• If you change "Ringtone" (P.449) of
"Volume" when Silent mode (Mute, Vibrate)
is set to "Vibrate"/"Mute", Silent mode
(Mute, Vibrate) turns to off.
448
Settings
Adjusting volumes
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Sound" → "Volume"
→ "Settings"
• The volume bar appears.
Item
Description
Ringtone
Adjust ringtone for incoming
call.
Music, video,
games, and
other media.
Adjust playback sound of
Music Player etc.
Notifications
Adjust notification sound
for incoming notification
(P.127).
System
Adjust sound for touch
operation, ON/OFF sound
for screen lock/unlock, GPS
enabling.
of each sound volume left or
2 Drag
right → "OK"
■■Adjusting ringtone volume with the volume
key
1 Press the volume key
449
Settings
Notifying incoming call/notification by
sound/vibration
Set melody etc. of ringtone/notification sound
for incoming call or notification or whether to
vibrate the terminal.
■■Setting ringtone/notification sound
From the Home screen, → "Settings"
1 →
"Sound" → "Ringtones"/"Notifications"
a ringtone/notification sound you
2 Tap
want to set → "Done"
• When "Silent" is set, ringtone/notification
sound does not sound.
• When "Ringtones" is selected, tap "Add" to
search ringtone to add.
■■Setting vibration
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"Sound" → "Vibrations" → Select a
pattern you want to set → "OK"
• You can adjust the intensity of vibration
at "Vibration intensity" (P.438).
• Tap "Create" to create a pattern yourself.
Information
• When Silent mode is not set with "Vibrate
when ringing" marked, ringtone/notification
sound sounds and the terminal vibrates
when receiving calls, SMS, etc. If you
unmark "Vibrate when ringing", only
ringtone/notification sound sounds.
450
Settings
Adjusting brightness of the display
The brightness of the display is set to autoadjustment according to the ambient brightness
by default. To adjust manually, perform the
following operations.
the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 From
→ "Display and wallpaper" →
"Brightness" → Unmark "Automatic
brightness"
of "Brightness level" left or
2 Drag
right → "OK"
Information
• When the terminal is hot, the highest
brightness may not be set due to prevention
of overheating.
451
Settings
Screen saver
Set ON/OFF, type for screen saver while charging.
the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 From
→ "Display and wallpaper" →
"Daydream"
2 Tap
photos"/"Photo
3 "Flipboard"/"Google
Table"/"Photo Frame"/"Colors"
• If you select "Flipboard", tap
and
set a timing for downloading new item
automatically.
• When "Google photos"/"Photo
and then
Table"/"Photo Frame", tap
mark a folder in which image to be
.
displayed is saved → Tap
when to daydream" → "While
4 "Select
docked" → "While charging" → "Both"
• As of October 2014, no dock is available
in Japan that supports the terminal.
452
Settings
Setting unlock method for the screen
lock
You can set to require entering unlock pattern,
PIN or password set in advance on the touch
screen etc. for unlocking the screen lock.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"Lock screen" → "Screen lock"
unlock method → Enter
2 Select
according to the onscreen instructions
• Set "PIN" with 4- to 16-digit number;
set "Password" with 4 to 16 characters
including alphabets.
453
Settings
Information
• To set the screen lock to OFF, from the
Home screen, → "Settings" → "Lock
screen" → "Screen lock" → Enter the set
unlocking method → "None".
• When you incorrectly enter the unlock
pattern, PIN, password, or fingerprint
authorization 5 times, a message
indicating to retry in 30 seconds appears.
If you forget unlock pattern, tap "Backup
PIN" and enter backup PIN entered when
setting unlock pattern. When Google
account is set, "Forgot pattern?" appears.
Tap the screen to sign in to Google
account to cancel the screen lock.
-- If you forget PIN, password, or backup
PIN, access from a PC to Find My Mobile
(Device Remote tracking) web page and
perform "Unlock my screen" to unlock
screen. For details, refer to the Find My
Mobile (Device Remote tracking) web
page. → P.461
-- If your fingerprint is not authorized,
you can unlock the screen by tapping
"Enter backup password" and entering
the backup password you entered when
registering your fingerprint.
454
Settings
Setting the information to show on
lock screen
You can set the information to show on your
lock screen.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"Lock screen" → "Show information"
2 Tap
3 Set required items
Item
Description
Show clock
and date
Set whether to display time and
date on the lock screen.
Dual clock
Set whether to display the dual
clock on the lock screen when
roaming.
Clock size
Set clock size to be displayed
on the lock screen.
Owner
information
Set whether to display owner
information on the lock screen.
Also, enter owner information to
be displayed.
Help text
Set whether to display help text
on the Lock screen.
455
Settings
PERSONALIZATION
Item
Description
docomo service/cloud
docomo ID設定
(docomo ID
setting)
Set docomo ID for using in
docomo apps.
docomo
cloud
Make settings for docomo
cloud compatible services.
docomo
Set regularly update
apps
checking etc.
management
docomo
apps
password
Set a password for using in
docomo apps.
• By default, "0000" is set.
AUTO-GPS
Set AUTO-GPS or display
log of positioned places.
docomo
location
information
Set location information
service function for imadoco
search/imadoco kantan
search/Keitai-Osagashi
service.
Remote
Initialization
Service
Set for using the service by
remote operations such as
initializing all data etc. in the
terminal all at once.
Profile
setting
Check or change your profile
information used for docomo
services.
456
Settings
Item
Description
docomo service/cloud
Switch USB
debugging
Make settings for using
dedicated devices such as
those for docomo shops.
Open source
licenses
Shows Open source license.
Change home
docomo LIVE Set the Home screen to
UX
docomo LIVE UX.
TouchWiz
basic home
Set the Home screen to
TouchWiz basic home.
TouchWiz
easy home
Set the Home screen to
TouchWiz easy home.
Accounts
→ P.459
Samsung Cloud
Set an account for Samsung
cloud services, check the
memory usage status, sync
settings, etc.
457
Settings
Item
Description
Backup and reset
Back up my
data
Back up the settings, data,
etc. of Google application to
Google server.
Backup
account
Set an account for backup.
Automatic
restore
Restore backed up settings
and data when re-installing
application.
Factory data
reset
Reset the terminal to the
default state.
• Data stored in microSD card
cannot be erased. To erase
data, perform "Formatting
microSD card" (P.497).
• When you encrypt data
saved in a microSD card,
decrypt the data (P.475)
and then reset the terminal.
Otherwise encrypted data
cannot be used.
Easy mode and
apps
Enable to use easily with
simple home screen layout
and application operation.
• You can select application
to switch to simple
operation.
Accessibility
→ P.464
Blocking mode
→ P.470
458
Settings
Item
Description
Private mode
Set not to display personal
contents.
• To use this mode, select
unlock method.
Finger Scanner
→ P.95
Information
• Some applications displayed in docomo
services can be disabled. Disabled
applications may not appear in the list of
docomo services.
• By newly downloading an application
provided by DOCOMO, an item may be
added to the docomo service list.
Accounts
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Accounts"
Item
→ "Settings"
Description
docomo
Your docomo account is set
by default.
Add account
→ P.460
459
Settings
Setting account
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"Account" → "Add account"
2 Tap an account you want to add
according to the onscreen
3 Set
instructions
• For the online services requiring log in
such as Facebook, enter mail address,
password, etc. and tap "Log in"/" ログイン
(Log in)".
Information
• To edit a registered account, delete the
account and register again.
• To change synchronizing items, from
→ "Settings" →
the Home screen,
"Accounts" → Tap an account type →
Tap an account → Mark only items to
synchronize.
• To synchronize manually, from the Home
→ "Settings" → "Accounts" →
screen,
Tap an account type → Tap an account to
synchronize → → "Sync now".
460
Settings
Samsung account
Set up Samsung account to set SIM change
alert. Operating the terminal remotely,
synchronizing data with Samsung account, etc
using Find My Mobile (Device Remote tracking)
are also available.
• To set Samsung account, from the Home
→ "Settings" → "Accounts" → "Add
screen,
account" → "Samsung account" → Follow the
onscreen instruction.
• For details on Find My Mobile (Device Remote
tracking), refer to the following website.
http://findmymobile.samsung.com/login.do
(In Japanese only)
Information
• Make sure to note down, etc. the password
you set when registering a Samsung
account not to forget it. If you forget your
Samsung account password, register
new password in Find My Mobile (Device
Remote tracking).
→ "Settings"
aFrom the Home screen,
→ "Security" → "Go to website"
-- Alternatively, access Find My Mobile
(Device Remote tracking) web page
through a browser.
b"Sign in" → "Find your ID or Password".
cChange password according to the
onscreen instructions.
461
Settings
Setting accounts such as Facebook
Online service accounts such as Facebook,
Google can be created on the terminal and you
can synchronize or send/receive data between
the terminal and each online service server.
• You can set a Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync
account to synchronize with Microsoft
Exchange Server 2007 (or former).
Information
• For setting for each account, perform
under the environment where Internet
connection is available.
• Depending on country/region, some
function such as auto-synchronization may
not be available.
• For setting Facebook account, refer to the
following website.
https://www.facebook.com/
• To set Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync
account, ask your network administrator
for the setting information.
462
Settings
Removing account
When registered account is deleted, the account
data saved to the terminal (messages, contacts,
settings, etc.) is also deleted.
• The data stored on the server is not deleted.
From the Home screen,
→ Settings
1 →
"Accounts" → Tap an account type
Tap an account to delete → →
2 "Remove
account" → "Remove
account"
Information
• Some accounts may not be deleted. To
delete the account, perform "Factory data
reset" (P.458).
463
Settings
Accessibility
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Accessibility"
→ "Settings"
2 Set required items
Item
Description
Vision
TalkBack
Enable user accessibility
such as service with which
sound or vibration responds
to your operations and textreading service.
Dark screen
Set to turn off the screen all
the time to protect privacy.
• Set with "TalkBack" enabled.
[Power/
• Press
Screen lock key] 2 times
to enable or disable this
function.
Rapid key
input
Set to input selected text by
releasing the finger.
• Set with "TalkBack" enabled.
Speak
passwords
Set whether to use TalkBack
to read out entered
password.
• Set with "TalkBack" enabled.
Font size
Set font size in the screen.
Magnification
gestures
Set how to magnify screen.
464
Settings
Item
Description
Vision
Hover zoom
Put your finger or stylus pen
close to the content on the
screen to magnify.
Notification
reminder
Set whether to beep and the
alert duration when there
is unread notification SMS,
email, etc.
Negative
colors
Invert screen color.
Color
adjustment
Test color sense to adjust
the screen display in most
suitable colors.
Accessibility
shortcut
Set whether to use user
accessibility with a simple
operation.
• Press
[Power/
Screen lock key] for 1
second or longer to display
the Device options screen
and touch and hold the
screen with 2 fingers to
use the accessibility.
Text-tospeech
options
Set sound synthesizing
engine for text reading or
text reading speed.
465
Settings
Item
Description
Hearing
Flash
notification
Set whether to notify
information by flashing the light.
Turn off all
sounds
Turn OFF all sound including
listening volume.
Samsung
subtitles (CC)
Set and check how to display
subtitles.
Google
subtitles
(CC)
Sound
balance
Set sound balance when
listening music with Media
Player using earphone.
Mono audio
Change audio to monaural
for easy listening with one
earphone.
Sound
detectors
Set to notify with vibration
when detecting doorbell or
baby crying.
Auto haptic
Set to vibrate according to
sound of music or video.
466
Settings
Item
Description
Dexterity and interaction
Assistant
menu
Display the Assistant menu.
Air wake up
Set to turn on the screen by
holding your hand over the
terminal which is facing up.
Press and
hold delay
Set time for sensing
touching and holding the
touch panel.
Interaction
control
Enable/disable motion and
screen timeout or set touch
operation range.
• To set operations when
the function is enabled,
press and hold lower
of the volume key and
[Home key], then
operate following onscreen
instructions.
• This function is not
available when "Multi
window" is set to ON
(P.444).
• Enabling the function
automatically disables
"Screen rotation" (P.90).
Direct access
Set to activate/cancel user
accessibility function by
[Home key]
pressing
for 3 times quickly.
467
Settings
Item
Description
Answering/
ending calls
Set to add a method for
answering call or end call
[Power/
by pressing
Screen lock key].
Single tap
mode
Set whether to operate
answering/rejecting a call,
stopping/snoozing an alarm,
etc by taping instead of
dragging.
Manage
accessibility
Import/Export: Save (export)
Accessibility settings as
a file or update them by
importing saved file.
Share via: Share accessibility
settings file using online
services, send it via
Bluetooth or attaching to
mail, etc.
468
Settings
Information
• You can download compatible applications
from Google Play to set.
• Note that if you permit use of "TalkBack",
personal information such as credit card
number and communication using the user
interface are recorded. Note that DOCOMO
is not responsible for data or information
leak.
• If "TalkBack" is allowed to be used, the
touch guide function will be enabled.
Touch guide is a function for reading up
or displaying an explanation for an item of
your finger position. When the touch guide
function is ON, tap once to select item and
then double-tap it for item selection and
scroll with 2 fingers for operation.
• "TalkBack" may not work properly when
docomo LIVE UX is set as Home screen.
469
Settings
Blocking mode
Disable receiving call, notification and alarm and
timer.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Blocking mode"
→ "Settings"
2 Tap
3 Set each item
Item
Description
FEATURES
Block
incoming
calls
Disable receiving incoming
call during the period of time
you specified.
• Receiving from the other
parties set in "Allowed
contacts".
Turn off
notifications
Set not to emit notification
sound or vibrate the terminal
for the period of time you
specified.
Turn off
alarm and
timer
During set time period,
only alarm or timer screen
appears without alarm
sounding or vibration.
470
Settings
Item
Description
SET TIME
Always
Set whether to activate
block mode always.
From
Set start time of block mode.
To
Set end time of block mode.
ALLOWED CONTACTS
Allowed
contacts
Select contacts for
permitting incoming calls/
notifications. If you select
"Custom", "Allowed contact
list" can be set.
Allowed
contact list
Confirm/delete permitted
contact or add a new
contact.
Allowed
contact
groups
Confirm/delete permitted
contact group or add new
contact group.
471
Settings
SYSTEM
Item
Description
Language and input
Language
Set language to use.
Default
Set input method.
Samsung
Japanese
keyboard
→ P.107
Moji-Henshu
→ P.114
Google
voice typing
→ P.114
Language
Recognizes the handwriting
input of the selected
language.
Voice
search
Set a language etc. for voice
search.
Text-tospeech
options
Set sound synthesizing
engine for text reading or
text reading speed.
Read
notifications
aloud
Read out sender or sender
information of incoming call,
message or email, or alarm
information.
Pointer
speed
Set a pointer speed when
using mouse/trackpad.
472
Settings
Item
Description
Date and time
Automatic
date and
time
Adjust date and time
automatically according to
online settings. By default,
they are set to be corrected
automatically.
Set date*1
Set date.
• To set date manually,
unmark "Automatic date
and time".
Set time*1
Set the time.
• To set time manually,
unmark "Automatic date
and time".
Automatic
time zone
Set time zone automatically.
Select time
zone
Set time zone.
• To set time zone manually,
unmark "Automatic time
zone" and make the
setting.
Use 24-hour Switch clock to 24-hour
format
format.
Select date
format
Safety
assistance
Switch format of year, month
and day.
→ P.480
473
Settings
Item
Description
Accessories
Dock sound
Set whether to sound when
attaching/detaching this
terminal from the dock.
• As of October 2014, no
dock is available in Japan
that supports the terminal.
Audio
output
Set audio output when
connected to an HDMI
device.
Power saving
→ P.481
Storage
→ P.482
Security
Device
Set whether to enable
administrators Device administrators.
Unknown
sources
Set whether to permit
installation of applications
other than ones provided by
Google Play.
Verify apps
Set whether to deny install
or display warning before
installation of harmfulness
application.
474
Settings
Item
Description
Security
Encrypt
device*2
Encrypt data (applications,
files, etc.) in the terminal. If it
encrypted, entering password
is needed each time you turn
on the power of the terminal.
• It takes long to encrypt the
terminal data. Charge the
battery fully and then start
encrypting while the plug is
connected. Keep charging
until encryption is complete.
• To decrypt, from the Home
→ "Settings" →
screen,
"Security" → Tap "Decrypt
device" to operate following
onscreen instructions.
Encrypt
external SD
card*2
Encrypt data saved in a
microSD card no to be used
on the other terminal or a
PC.
• To decrypt, from the Home
→ "Settings"
screen,
→ "Security" → "Encrypt
external SD card" → Tap
"Turn off" and then operate
following the onscreen
instructions.
475
Settings
Item
Description
Security
Remote
controls
Delete data or chase the
terminal. For details, refer
to Find My Mobile (Device
Remote tracking) web
page. → P.461
SIM change
alert
Send SMS to another
mobile phone when the
docomo mini UIM card is
replaced. → P.489
Go to
website
Display the website of Find
My Mobile (Device Remote
tracking).
Reactivation Set whether to prevent from
lock
registering other Samsung
account after the terminal is
reset.
• Set Samsung account.
• When the function is
enabled, enter Samsung
account before performing
factory data reset.
Set up SIM
card lock
→ P.487
Make
passwords
visible
Set whether to display the
entered characters on the
password entry screen.
476
Settings
Item
Description
Security
Security
policy
updates
Update and enhance security
of the terminal.
Send
security
reports
Send security report via Wi-Fi
to analyze security threat.
Storage
type
Show the location for
credential storage backup.
Trusted
credentials
Display trusted certificates.
Install from
device
storage*3
Install certificates from the
system memory (terminal) or
micro SD card.
Clear
credentials
Delete all certificates and
passwords such as VPN
setting information.
Help
Display Help.
477
Settings
Item
Description
About device
Software
updates
→ P.570
Status
Display remaining battery,
phone number, etc.
Legal
information
Open source licenses: Check
license agreement of open
source.
Google legal: Check the
Google terms of use.
Samsung legal: Check End
user license agreement.
Safety information: Check
safety information.
Report
diagnostic
info
Confirm to agree/allow
to send the terminal's
diagnostic and usage.
Device
name
Check/change name of the
terminal.
Model
number
Check model number.
478
Settings
Item
Description
About device
Android
version
Check software version.
Baseband
version
Kernel
version
Build
number
SE for
Android
status
Security
software
version
KNOX
version
*1 When Google account is set, date and time
information may be adjusted automatically.
*2 Set Screen lock (P.453) to "Password"
to use this function. Set "password" with 6
to 16 characters including alphanumeric
characters.
*3 To erase installed certificate, tap "Clear
credentials" to erase it from credential storage.
Operation of "Clear credentials" erases all
certificate in the credential storage.
479
Settings
Safety assistance
Make settings for supporting your safety.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Safety assistance"
→ "Settings"
• When Turn on Safety assistance screen
appears, tap "Add" and then follow onscreen
instructions to register a primary contact.
2 Set required items
Item
Description
Emergency
mode
→ P.169
Geo News
Receive notice such as
abnormal weather.
Send help
messages
Set whether to send
emergency message.
Emergency
buzzer
Set whether to sound
emergency buzzer. Also set
buzzer type.
Manage
primary
contacts
Set a recipient to be sent an
emergency message.
• Up to 4 primary contacts can
be registered.
Information
• When an emergency message is sent,
appears on the status bar. To cancel the
emergency, on the Notification panel, tap
"Send help messages" → "Close".
480
Settings
Power saving
Displays settings for power saving mode, battery
usage data, remaining battery, etc.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Power saving"
→ "Settings"
2 Set required items
Item
Description
Power saving mode
Restrict
background
data
Stop background data
communication except for
running functions to save
the battery power.
Restrict
performance
Turn touch operation
vibration feedback to
OFF, make the light time
for incoming notification
short, or set operations
of CPU, functions, etc. to
save the battery power.
Grayscale
mode
Change the screen display
into grayscale to save the
battery power.
Ultra power saving Change the screen display
mode
into grayscale, restrict
number of available
applications, disable
connection via Wi-Fi,
Bluetooth, etc. to save the
battery power.
481
Settings
Storage
You can check memory space of microSD card
or the terminal, or format microSD card.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Storage"
→ "Settings"
2 Check/set required items
Item
Description
DEVICE MEMORY
Total space
Display total memory
space of the terminal.
Under Total space,
amount of stored data
such as Apps, Pictures,
etc. is displayed in
category. Tap an item to
check data.
SD CARD
Total space*
Display entire memory
space of microSD card.
Available space*
Display free memory
space of microSD card.
Unmount SD
card*/Mount SD
card
Unmount/recognize
microSD card.
Format SD card*
→ P.497
* Appears only when microSD card is attached.
482
Settings
Information
• When USB storage is attached to the
terminal, corresponding items appear.
Security codes used on the terminal
Some functions provided for convenient use of
the terminal require the security code to use
them. Besides a password for screen lock of the
terminal, a network security code necessary for
the network services etc. are available. Make
use of the terminal using an appropriate security
code according to the purpose.
• Entered PIN/password for screen lock, network
security code, PIN code and PUK code are
shown as " ● ".
483
Settings
■■Notes on the security codes
• Avoid using a number that is easy to guess,
such as "birth date", "part of your phone
number", "street address number or room
number", "1111", and "1234". Make sure to
make a note of the security code you set lest
you should forget it.
• Be very careful not to let others know your
security code. If your security code is known
by anyone else, DOCOMO shall have no
liability for any loss due to any unauthorized
use of it.
• If you forget security codes, you should bring
your official identification (such as driver's
license), the terminal, and docomo mini UIM
card with you to the nearest docomo Shop.
For details, contact the "docomo Information
Center" on the last page of this manual.
• The PUK code is written on the subscription
form (copy for customer) handed at the
subscription in the docomo Shop. If you have
subscribed at other than docomo Shop, you
should bring your official identification (such
as driver's license), the docomo mini UIM
card with you to the nearest docomo Shop or
contact "docomo Information Center" on the
last page of this manual.
484
Settings
■■PIN/password for screen lock
The security code is used for lock function of
the terminal.
■■Network security code
The network security code is a 4-digit
number necessary for identification or using
the docomo Network Services or " お客様サ
ポート (Customer support)" at reception of
your request in docomo Shop or at docomo
Information Center. It can be set any number
at the subscription and also changed later by
yourself.
For details on Network security code, refer to
NTT DOCOMO website.
■■PIN code
You can set security code, named PIN, for the
docomo mini UIM card. This code are set to
"0000" at the time of subscription. They can
be changed by yourself.
PIN is a 4- to 8-digit number (code) that must
be entered for user confirmation to prevent
unauthorized use of docomo mini UIM card by
a third party every time you insert the docomo
mini UIM card into the terminal or when the
terminal is powered on. You can set entering
the PIN code enables making/receiving calls
and terminal operations.
• If you use newly purchased the terminal
with the docomo mini UIM card you used
inserted, use the set PIN code on the
former terminal.
485
Settings
• If you enter a incorrect PIN code 3
consecutive times, the PIN code is locked
and you cannot use the code. In this case,
enter "PIN Unblocking Key" (PUK) to unlock
and then set PIN code again.
Enter PUK (8 digits) → "OK" → Enter a new
PIN code → "OK" → Enter the PIN code
again → Tap "OK".
• In Airplane mode, PIN code entry screen
does not appear; when the Airplane mode
is disabled, the PIN code entry screen
appears. In Airplane mode, a PIN code entry
screen does not appear when docomo mini
UIM card is attached to the terminal or turn
the power of the terminal on.
■■PUK code
The PUK code is an 8-digit number for
canceling the locked PIN code. The PUK code
cannot be changed by yourself.
• If you enter a incorrect PUK code 10
consecutive times, the docomo mini UIM
card is locked. If it locked, please contact a
docomo Shop.
486
Settings
Setting PIN code
You can set to require the PIN code entry for
using the terminal when the power is turned on.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"Security" → "Set up SIM card lock"
→ "Lock SIM card" → Enter current PIN
code → "OK"
• "Lock SIM card" is marked.
Changing PIN code
When "Lock SIM card" (P.487) is set, you can
change the PIN code.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"Security" → "Set up SIM card lock"
SIM PIN" → Enter the
2 "Change
current PIN code and a new PIN
code according to the onscreen
instructions
487
Settings
Enabling remote function
Lock and track the device, or delete the data
remotely.
1 Set Samsung account
• Set Samsung account according to the
onscreen instructions.
• Sign in if you have already had a Samsung
account.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
2 →
"Security" → "Remote controls"*
• If password entry screen for Samsung
account appears, enter password →
Tap "Confirm".
• When an explanation screen appears, tap
"OK".
Find My Mobile (Device Remote
3 Open
tracking) web page from a PC
• For details on Find My Mobile (Device
Remote tracking), refer to the "Samsung
account" web page. → P.461
logging in by the Samsung
4 After
account, follow the onscreen
instruction to make settings
* Since "Remote controls" automatically turns
ON if Google and Samsung accounts are
registered, they do not need to be operated
via terminal. Perform starting from Step 4.
488
Settings
Enabling SIM change alert
You can set to send unique terminal information
via SMS to specified phone number if docomo
mini UIM card is replaced.
→ "Settings"
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Security" → "SIM change alert"
2 Set Samsung account
• Follow the onscreen instructions.
• Sign in if you have already had a Samsung
account.
• If password entry screen for Samsung
account appears even though your
account has already been set, enter
password → Tap "Confirm".
3 Tap
message" → Enter message
4 "Alert
displayed in SMS → "OK"
→ Enter the phone number
5 "Create"
for SMS recipient → "OK"
• Enter "+" at the beginning and then
country code, phone number without
leading "0".
• Japanese country code is "81".
• Tap "Contacts" to select a recipient from
the registered contacts.
6 "Save"
489
Settings
Checking your own phone number
From the Home screen,
→
1 "Settings"
→ "About device" →
"Status"
• Your phone number is displayed in "My
phone number".
APPLICATIONS
Item
Description
Application
manager
Manage applications in the
terminal. Tap a tab at the
top of screen to switch
"DOWNLOADED"/"SD CARD"/
"RUNNING"/"ALL"/"TURNED
OFF" (Displayed when an
application is turned off) tabs.
• In "ALL" tab, manage
installed applications. Also,
disable applications not to
display in the Application
screen. → P.492
Default
applications
Set a default messaging
application, or return to the
factory default setting if
the default browser or home
application is set etc.
490
Settings
Item
Description
Application settings
Call
→ P.214
Contacts
Make setting "Contacts"
application provided by
Samsung etc.
Email
→ P.254
Gallery
→ P.352
Internet
→ P.280
Messages
→ P.244
Calendar
→ P.382
S Voice
→ P.410
491
Settings
Disabling applications
Disabled application stops its operation and it is
not displayed on the Apps screen.
• The application is not uninstalled.
• It is available for some applications or services
that cannot be uninstalled.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"Application manager" → "ALL" tab
an application to disable → "Turn
2 Tap
off" → "OK"
Information
• If you disable an application, other
applications linking with the disabled
application may not be operated correctly.
Enable the application again to operate
linked applications correctly. To enable
→
again, from the Home screen,
Settings → "Application manager" → " 利用
できません。" tab → Tap an application you
want to enable → Tap "Turn on".
492
Settings
File management
Storage folder structure
Phone (Internal storage)
Main created folders in the phone (internal
storage) by default are as follows.
• Depending on operations on the terminal,
displayed folders may differ.
Folder
Description
Alarms
Save music data etc. for alarm
sound.
Android
Save setting data or
temporary files for the system
or applications.
DCIM
Save still image/video data
shot by the camera (when the
saving location is set to the
terminal).
Documents
Save document files.
Download
Save data downloaded by the
browser.
Movies
Save video data.
Music
Save music data.
493
File management
Folder
Description
Notifications
Save files for notifications
used by Google+. Or saves
music data etc. to be set as
notification sound.
Pictures
Save image data of displayed
screen (screen capture).
Podcasts
Save podcast data.
Ringtones
Save music data etc. for
ringtone or alarm sound.
Samsung
Save data obtained from
Samsung related site.
Information
• When data saved in the folders of "Alarms"/
"Notifications"/"Ringtones" is deleted,
alarm sound, notification sound or ringtone
setting returns to the default.
494
File management
microSD card (external storage)
You can attach microSD card (including
microSDHC card and microSDXC card) to the
terminal and use it.
• This terminal supports microSD card of up
to 2 GB, microSDHC card of up to 32GB and
microSDXC card or microSDXC UHS-I card
of up to 128 GB (as of September, 2014).
However, actual operations are not guaranteed
for all microSD cards sold commercially.
For compatible microSD cards, contact each
manufacturer of microSD card.
• The terminal supports up to Class 1 UHS
speed microSD card.
• The terminal supports UHS Speed Class 1 for
microSD cards.
• microSDXC card can be used only with SDXC
compatible devices. Do not insert microSDXC
card into a device incompatible with SDXC.
Doing so may damage data saved in the
microSDXC card.
• To use microSDXC card with the data
damaged again, formatting the microSDXC
card with SDXC compatible device is needed
(All data is erased).
• To copy data to/from SDXC incompatible
device, use memory card compatible with the
standard of device for copying to/from such
as microSDHC card or microSD card.
495
File management
Attaching microSD card
1 Remove the back cover (P.62)
the metal contacts facing down,
2 With
insert the microSD card into the
microSD card slot in the direction of
arrow mark until it is fixed
3 Attach the back cover (P.64)
496
File management
Removing microSD card
To remove the microSD card, perform "Unmount
SD card" (P.482).
1 Remove the back cover (P.62)
microSD card straight out in
2 Pull
direction of arrow mark
3 Attach the back cover (P.64)
Formatting microSD card
Note that formatting microSD card erases all
data in the microSD card.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Storage"
→ "Settings"
SD card" → "Format SD card"
2 "Format
→ "Delete all"
• When the unlock screen appears, perform
unlocking method and then tap "Delete
all".
497
File management
File operation
Handling files and folders
Use "My Files" to display or manage various data
such as still images, videos, music or document
saved on the terminal, microSD card or Dropbox.
1 From the Home screen,
→ "My Files"
• A shortcut list screen for each folder
appears. By default, shortcuts of
"Recent files", "Images", "Videos", "Audio",
"Documents", "Downloaded apps" are
registered as quick search folders.
Shortcuts can be added (P.499).
a shortcut of folder you want to
2 Tap
use → Tap a folder as required
• Folders/files list screen appears.
• If there is no shortcut you want to use
or you use file saved in microSD card,
"Device storage" (the terminal) / "SD card"
(microSD card) → Tap a folder you want to
use.
• When you touch and hold a folder/file to
mark, the following items appear.
Item
Description
Share files using online services, send
files via Bluetooth or attaching to mail,
or use files on other applications.
Delete folders/files.
498
File management
3 Tap a file you want to use
• Display/play the file.
Creating shortcuts
1 From the Home screen, → "My Files"
→ "Add shortcut" → "Device storage"/
2 "SD
card"
a folder you want to
3 Select
register → "Done"
Renaming shortcuts
1 From the Home screen, → "My Files"
Touch and hold
you want to rename
2 →
→ Enter name → "Rename"
Deleting shortcuts
1 From the Home screen, → "My Files"
Touch and hold
you want to delete
2 →
→ "Delete"
499
File management
Creating a folder
1 From the Home screen, → "My Files"
a shortcut of folder → Tap a
2 Tap
folder as required
"Create folder" → Enter name of
3 the→folder
→ "Create"
Information
• Folder can be created in the local storage
or cloud storage, and linked folders of
added shortcuts.
Renaming a file or folder
1 From the Home screen, → "My Files"
a shortcut of folder → Tap a
2 Tap
folder as required
and hold a folder/file → →
3 Touch
"Rename" → Enter name → "Rename"
Information
• Folder can be renamed in the local storage
or cloud storage, and linked folders of
added shortcuts.
500
File management
Deleting a file or folder
1 From the Home screen, → "My Files"
a shortcut of folder → Tap a
2 Tap
folder as required
Touch and hold a folder/file →
3 "Delete"
→
Information
• Folder can be deleted in the local storage
or cloud storage, and linked folders of
added shortcuts.
Moving/Copying a file or folder
1 From the Home screen, → "My Files"
a shortcut of folder → Tap a
2 Tap
folder as required
and hold a folder/file →
3 Touch
"Move"/"Copy"
→
a folder to move to → "Move
4 Display
here"/"Paste here"
501
File management
Menu of My files
The following items appear when tapping
on the shortcut list screen or folders/files list
screen.
゜゜ Shortcut list screen
Item
Select*
Description
Display folder shortcut
selection screen.
Add shortcut
→ P.499
Storage usage
Displays the terminal's and
microSD card's storage
usage status.
Settings
Show hidden
files
Set whether to display
hidden files.
Show file
extension
Set whether to display file
extension.
* Appears only when there is an added shortcut.
502
File management
゜゜ Folders/files list screen
Item
Description
Select*1
Select displayed folders/
files.
Create folder*2
Create new folders.
View as
Set display mode in list.
Sort by*3
Change display order of the
list.
Add shortcut*2
Add a shortcut.
Settings
→ P.502
*1 Does not appear on the folders/files list
screen where no folders or files are listed.
*2 Does not appear in the folders/files list
screen for shortcuts registered by default.
*3 Does not appear on the folders/files list
screen in "Recent files".
503
File management
Data search
the shortcut list screen or folder/
1 On
file list screen,
2 Enter a file name or extension →
• Searched files are displayed in a list.
• Tap to specify detailed search
conditions.
504
File management
Data communication
Bluetooth
You can transfer data between the terminal
and Bluetooth device wirelessly.
• For Bluetooth compatible version or profile,
see "Main specifications" (P.573).
• For setting or operations, refer to the user
manual of Bluetooth device to connect.
• The terminal does not connect wirelessly with
all types of Bluetooth devices.
■■Notes on using Bluetooth function
1.Connect the terminal to the other Bluetooth
device within approximately 10 m of vistaed
distance. Depending on the environment
(wall, furniture, etc.) or structure of building,
available distance for connecting becomes
small.
2.Keep more than approximately 2 m away
from the other device (electronic products,
AV equipment, OA equipment etc.)
and connect it. Always keep more than
approximately 3 m away from a microwave
oven because it strongly affects the
connection when it is operated. If it is near,
the connection may not be established
properly when the other device power on. Or
the connection may cause noises on TV or
radio or the image may be distorted.
3.Under strong ambient signals, connection
may not be established.
505
Data communication
4.Radio waves emitted by a Bluetooth device
may affect electronic medical equipment.
Turn off the terminal and other Bluetooth
devices in a train, aircraft or hospital,
near an automatic door or fire alarm, and
at a place where flammable gases are
generated such as a gas station.
■■Reception interference caused by wireless
LAN devices
The terminal's Bluetooth function and wireless
LAN devices use the same frequency band
(2.4 GHz). If you use the terminal near a
wireless LAN device, reception interference
may occur or the communications speed may
lower. Also, you may hear noise or have a
connection problem. In these cases, do the
following:
1.Keep the Bluetooth device over approximately
20 m away from a wireless LAN device.
2.Within approximately 20 m, turn off either
the Bluetooth device or the wireless LAN
device.
■■Bluetooth pass code
Pass code is an authentication code to
enter when accessing Bluetooth devices for
the first time to recognize and permit the
connection each other. Entering the same
pass code (up to 16 Half-width alphanumeric
characters) on each sending/receiving device
is required.
• On the terminal, pass code may be
displayed as "PIN", "passkey".
506
Data communication
Enabling Bluetooth function and
making your terminal detectable
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Bluetooth"
→ "Settings"
2 Tap
3 Tap
4 "Visibility timeout" → Select an item
• Your terminal becomes detectable by
another Bluetooth device within a set
time.
• When "Never timeout" is set, your terminal
is always detectable by another Bluetooth
device.
Information
• When you do not use Bluetooth function,
turn it OFF to save the battery.
• The setting of the Bluetooth ON/OFF is not
changed even when the power is turned off.
• Mark "(Device name of the terminal)" to show
the terminal from other Bluetooth devices.
• Tap "Scan" to re-search Bluetooth devices.
• → Tap "Received files" to display
received file.
• → Tap "Rename device" to change device
name of the terminal.
• → Tap "Help" to display Bluetooth
function help.
507
Data communication
Pairing/Connecting with
Bluetooth device
To transfer data between your terminal and other
Bluetooth device, perform paring with the device
and register it to the terminal beforehand. And
then perform connection.
• Depending on Bluetooth device, only pairing
may be performed or pairing and connection
may be performed successively.
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Bluetooth"
→ "Settings"
2 Tap
• Detected Bluetooth devices are displayed
by list.
• If no Bluetooth devices are displayed, tap
"Scan" to re-search.
3 Tap a device you want to connect
a pass code or enter pass
4 Confirm
code (PIN) → "OK"
• Even for devices requiring entry of
pass code when pairing, once pairing
is performed, entering pass code is not
necessary for next connection.
508
Data communication
When the other device requests for
pairing
When pairing request for Bluetooth
communication screen appears, tap "OK" or enter
a pass code (PIN) → "OK".
Canceling connection
On the Bluetooth device list, tap a connected
device → Tap "OK".
Canceling pairing
From the Home screen,
1 →
"Bluetooth"
→ "Settings"
2 Tap
of a device you want to cancel →
3 "Unpair"
509
Data communication
Sending/Receiving data via
Bluetooth
• Set the Bluetooth function to ON beforehand
to be detectable.
Sending data via Bluetooth
You can send contacts (contact data in vcf
format) or files such as still images or videos,
etc. to a device (PC etc.) compatible with
Bluetooth.
• For sending, perform the operation from the
menu such as "Share" of each application.
Receiving data via Bluetooth
"File transfer" screen appears, tap
1 If"Accept"
•
appears on the status bar and data
reception starts.
• Reception condition can be checked by
the Notification panel.
• After completion of the reception, display
Notification panel and tap "File recieved"
to display the list of received data. Tap
data you want to view/play, you can check
received data.
510
Data communication
NFC communication
NFC is an abbreviation of Near Field
Communication that is an international
standard proximity wireless communication
method specified by ISO (International
Organization for Standardization). By using
reader/writer function (R/W) or device
communication function (P2P), put the
terminal close to NFC tag to receive data,
send/receive data to/from other device with
NFC module installed, etc.
• For holding over the other device, see P.291.
Enabling NFC Reader/Writer, P2P
function
To send/receive data between the terminal and
an NFC equipped mobile phone etc., turn Reader/
Writer, P2P on.
• When "Android Beam" is set to ON, you can
send/receive contents such as web pages or
contacts to/from a device with P2P function
installed.
• When "S Beam" is set to ON, you can send/
receive files such as still image, video,
documents, etc. to/from S Beam compatible
device using P2P and Wi-Fi Direct function.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"NFC and sharing" → "NFC/OsaifuKeitai" → "Reader/Writer, P2P"
511
Data communication
2 Tap
for "Reader/Writer, P2P"
• To use Android Beam, tap "Android Beam"
on the "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai" screen.
→
on
• To use S Beam, tap "S Beam" →
the "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai" screen.
Sending/Receiving data
a content to send on the
1 Display
terminal/recipient device
Put
marks of the terminal and the
2 recipient
device closer
• When the software license agreement is
displayed, follow the onscreen instructions
to start IC Tag/Barcode Reader use.
a screen on the terminal/perform
3 Tap
sending operation on the recipient
device
• The content is sent/received.
• If the application selection screen
appears, select an application to use.
512
Data communication
Information
• If you perform sending operations from the
terminal and the other device at the same
time, sending may fail.
• While the screen is locked, NFC tag
information cannot be sent/received.
• When NFC/Osaifu-Keitai Lock is set,
Android Beam cannot be used.
• For some applications, Android Beam is
unavailable.
• Actual communications are not guaranteed
for all devices equipped with Reader/Writer,
P2P.
513
Data communication
External device
connection
Connecting to a PC
Connecting with microUSB cable
When you connect this terminal with PC via
a commercially available microUSB cable 01,
you can synchronize data with "Samsung Kies"
(P.515) on a PC, or recognize this terminal as
a media device (P.516).
microUSB plug of commercially
1 Insert
available microUSB cable 01 into
the external connection jack of this
terminal to connect this terminal to a
PC
• Insert the microUSB plug with facing
printed side up horizontally.
To a PC
microUSB
plug
microUSB cable 01
USB plug
514 External device connection
Information
• Connect the USB plug of microUSB cable 01
directly to the USB connector of a PC. If you
connect it via USB hub or USB extension
cable, it may not work properly.
• Do not remove microUSB cable 01 while
data is transferred. It may cause damage
of data.
• The connectable OS are Windows Vista,
Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 8.1.
Using Samsung Kies
Media files such as music/video and personal
information can be managed, and the software of
the terminal can be updated by using Samsung
Kies.
• You can download Samsung Kies from
Samsung's homepage and install it into
your computer. For more information, see
Samsung's homepage.
http://www.samsung.com/jp/support/
usefulsoftware/KIES/JSP (In Japanese only)
this terminal to PC via
1 Connect
commercially available microUSB
cable 01
• For connecting method, see "Connecting
with microUSB cable" (P.514).
2 Start up "Samsung Kies" on a PC
• For instructions on how to use Samsung
Kies, refer to the help menu of Samsung
Kies.
515 External device connection
Using as media device
Connect this terminal and a PC with
commercially available microUSB cable 01. This
terminal is recognized as a media device (MTP)
and you can transfer media files such as music
or videos.
this terminal to PC via
1 Connect
commercially microUSB cable 01
• For connecting method, see "Connecting
with microUSB cable" (P.514).
the Notification panel → Check
2 Open
if "Connected as a media device" is
displayed
• When "Connected as a camera" is
displayed, "Connected as a camera" →
Mark "Media device (MTP)".
the PC to transfer data
3 Operate
between the terminal and the PC
516 External device connection
Using as camera device
Connect this terminal and a PC with
commercially available microUSB cable 01 and
turn to camera (PTP) mode. You can transfer
still images and videos to the PC.
• Use Camera (PTP) mode for transferring data
to a PC etc. that is not compatible to MTP.
this terminal to PC via
1 Connect
commercially microUSB cable 01
• For connecting method, see "Connecting
with microUSB cable" (P.514).
the Notification panel →
2 Open
"Connected as a media device" →
Mark "Camera (PTP)"
PC to transfer data between
3 Operate
the terminal and the PC
517 External device connection
Connecting to printer
You can print on a compatible printer via
Wi-Fi or USB connection.
• When using Wi-Fi function, make settings for
wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and printer in advance.
• When using Wi-Fi function, the terminal and
printer are needed to be connected to the
same Wi-Fi network or connected via Wi-Fi
Direct.
• For compatible connection cables when using
USB connection, refer to the instruction
manual of the printer.
Printing with printer
a screen of application that
1 On
printing is available, → "Print"
• When a confirmation screen is displayed,
tap "OK".
• A printer selection screen appears.
2 Tap a printer to use
• The printer settings screen appears.
3 Set each item → "Start Print"
Information
• Depending on printer type, items displayed
on a settings screen differ.
518 External device connection
Connecting Media file sharing
device
Share media files with other media sharing
devices via the same Wi-Fi® network.
• To use this function, connect the terminal and
Media file sharing devices to the same Wi-Fi
network in advance.
• The terminal does not connect with all Media
file sharing devices.
• The terminal is DTCP-IP compatible. However,
the terminal does not connect with all DTCPIP devices.
• The terminal does not play all media files
saved on Media file sharing devices.
519 External device connection
Setting nearby device
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"NFC and sharing" → "Nearby
devices"
2 Set each item
Item
DEVICE NAME
Description
Device name of the terminal
appears.
ADVANCED
Content to
share
Select contents to be
shared.
Allowed
devices
Display a list of devices that
is allowed to access the
terminal.
Denied
devices
Display a list of devices that
is not allowed to access the
terminal.
Download to Set a saving location of
media files that is uploaded
to the terminal from the other
device.
Receive files Set action of the terminal
from other
when media file is uploaded.
devices
520 External device connection
Information
• To delete devices added to Allowed
devices/Denied devices, from "Allowed
devices"/"Denied devices" → Mark devices
to delete → Tap "Delete".
Registering other device for
accessing the terminal
From the Home screen,
→ Settings
1 →
"NFC and sharing" → "Nearby
devices"
2 Tap
• When a confirmation screen asking if
you permit access from the other device
appears, go to Step 4.
•
is displayed on the status bar.
connecting operation on the
3 Perform
device to be accessed to the terminal
• A confirmation screen asking if you permit
to access appears.
4 "OK"
• The terminal is connected to the accessed
device and the device will be added to the
Allowed devices (P.520).
• To reject access, tap "Cancel". The device
will be added to Denied devices (P.520).
play operation from the
5 Perform
accessed device
521 External device connection
Displaying on the TV screen
via MHL connection
Connect the terminal with an HDMI
compatible TV to display videos or images
on the TV screen.
• To connect the terminal with an HDMI compatible
TV, an HDMI cable compatible with HDMI jack (Type
A) (commercial item) and HDMI cable SC03/SC04
(optional) are required. Also the terminal can be
connected with an MHL compatible TV using an
MHL cable (commercially item).
• The terminal does not connect with all HDMI
devices.
an HDMI cable to HDMI
1 Connect
conversion cable
• For instructions on how to connect the HDMI
conversion cable, refer to the instruction
manual for the HDMI conversion cable.
HDMI cable to HDMI jack of
2 Connect
the TV
• For instructions on how to connect to the
HDMI jack and switch input ports, refer to
the instruction manual for your TV system.
HDMI conversion cable to
3 Connect
the external connection jack of the
terminal
• If HDMI conversion cable is unplugged
while viewing on the TV, the TV goes into
the connection standby mode for a certain
period of time.
522 External device connection
Information
• If connected to a non-HDCP-compatible
TV, images and audio cannot be output
correctly. Also there are contents
restricted to be output by contents
providers output is sometimes not
available due to performance issues.
• When MHL output is started, depending on
the connected TV, input port may not be
switched and images may not be displayed.
In such case, change TV settings.
• Do not lift the terminal with holding the
HDMI cable connected.
• Remove HDMI cable when you do not
display on a TV.
• Depending on the situation, the MHL
connection may affect the signal condition.
523 External device connection
International roaming
Overview of international
roaming (WORLD WING)
The international roaming (WORLD WING)
is a service that allows you to use the
same phone number and Email address
as ones used in Japan within the service
area of overseas network operator that
is associated with DOCOMO. You can use
without changing of call and SMS settings.
■■Supported network
The terminal is a Class 5 device. You can use
the terminal in LTE network, 3G network and
GSM/GPRS network service area. Services
are also available in countries and areas
supporting 3G850MHz/GSM850MHz. Check
supported area.
■■Before using the terminal overseas, refer
to the followings
-- "Mobile Phone User's Guide [International
Services]"
-- DOCOMO International Services website
Information
• For country codes/international call access
codes/universal number international prefix,
supported countries/areas and network
operators, refer to "Mobile Phone User's
Guide [International Services]" or the
DOCOMO International Services website.
524
International roaming
Available services
( ○ : Available)
Main Communication
services
3G
3G
850
GSM
(GPRS)
LTE
Call
○
○
○
× *2
SMS
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
*1
Email
*1
Browser
*1 To use data communication when roaming,
turn ON the data roaming settings (P.528).
*2 Calls via 3G / GSM.
Information
• Some services are not available depending
on the overseas network operator or
network.
525
International roaming
Before using the terminal
Checking before leaving Japan
Check the following for using terminal overseas
before leaving Japan.
■■Subscription
• Confirm your application status of WORLD
WING. For details, contact "docomo
Information Center" on the last page of this
manual.
■■Charging
• Use optional "AC Adapter 03", "AC Adapter
04" or "AC Adapter 05" for charging when
traveling overseas.
■■Usage fee
• Overseas usage charge (call and packet
communication) differs from those in Japan.
For details, see "Mobile Phone User's
Guide (International Services)" or DOCOMO
International Services website.
• As some applications automatically
perform packet communications, the
packet communication charge may become
expensive. For each application, confirm
with your application provider by yourselves.
526
International roaming
Preset
■■Network service
If you subscribed to network services, Voice
mail service, Call forwarding service and Caller
ID request service are available from overseas.
However, some network services may not be
used.
• To use network services overseas, you need
to activate "Remote operation settings".
Alternatively, you can set "Remote operation
(charged)" overseas. (P.215) from Japan,
P.218) from overseas
• Depending on overseas network operators
to connect, network services may not be
used even if it can be activate/deactivate.
Checking in the country you stay
When you arrive overseas and turn on the
terminal, an available network is automatically
connected.
■■Connection
The optimum network will be selected
automatically if "Select automatically" is selected
in "Network operators".
527
International roaming
Settings for overseas use
By default, the terminal automatically searches
available network and connect to it. To switch
network manually, set as follows.
■■Setting data roaming
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"More networks" → "Mobile
networks"
roaming" → confirm notes
2 "Data
screen and tap“OK”
■■Setting a network operator
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"More networks" → "Mobile
networks" → "Network operators"
• Search and display Available networks.
• When an information screen appears, tap
"OK".
• Error occurs in network search, unmark
"Mobile data" and retry. (P.415)
the network of overseas
2 Select
network operator
528
International roaming
■■Setting network mode
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"More networks" → "Mobile
networks" → "Network mode"
(Auto)"/"LTE/3G"/"3G/
2 "LTE/3G/GSM
GSM"/"3G only"/"GSM only"
■■Display
• A network type in use is displayed on the
status bar.
Icon
Network type
/
International roaming in use (Radio
signal reception Weak/Strong)
/
GPRS network
usable/communicating
/
3G network
usable/communicating
/
HSDPA network
usable/communicating
/
LTE network
Usable/communicating
• Connected network operators are viewable
on the Notification panel.
529
International roaming
■■Setting clock
When you mark "Automatic date and time",
"Automatic time zone" in "Date and time", the
clock time or time difference of the terminal is
corrected by receiving information about time
or time difference from the network overseas
operator.
• Depending on the network provided by
overseas network operator, time/time
difference correction may not be performed
correctly. Set the time zone manually if it is
not performed correctly.
• Correction timing varies by overseas
network operator in connection.
• "Date and time" (P.473)
■■About inquiries
• If the terminal or the docomo mini UIM
card is misplaced or stolen overseas,
immediately contact DOCOMO from the
spot and request for suspension of usage.
Please see the last page of this manual
for contact information. Be careful that
you are charged also for calls and/or
communications, if any, occurring after
misplacement or stealage.
• For contact from a land-line phone etc., add
"International call access code" or "Universal
number international prefix" assigned to the
countries.
530
International roaming
Making/Receiving calls in the
country you stay
Making a call to outside country
you stay (including Japan)
You can make a call from the country you stay
to other country using the international roaming
service.
• For information of available countries or
network operators, see DOCOMO International
Services website.
1 From the Home screen, → "Dial"
(Touch and hold "0") → Country
2 +code
→ Area code (city code) → Enter
a phone number of the other party
• Please omit the prefix "0" in the area code
(city code). However, "0" may be required
to dial to some countries or areas such as
Italy.
→ "Call to <country name>"/"Call
3 without
int'l prefix"
• The country name set in "Country code"
of "International dial assist" is displayed in
the above <country name>. For example,
in case of "Japan" (+81), "Call to Japan" is
displayed.
4 Tap "End call" to end a call
531
International roaming
Making a call within the country
you stay
You can make a call to a land-line phone or
mobile phone in the same way as in Japan.
1 From the Home screen, → "Dial"
a phone number of the other
2 Enter
party
3 Tap
4 Tap "End call" to end a call
Making a call to WORLD WING
user overseas
If you call to the other party who is overseas
"WORLD WING" user, even when he/she is in the
country you stay, please make an international
call to Japan.
• Regardless of in what country you stay,
the communication is always performed
via Japan. Add prefix "+" and "81" (Country
code of Japan), just like when you make an
international call to Japan, and then entering a
phone number omitting leading "0".
532
International roaming
Receiving a call in the country
you stay
You can receive a call in the same way as in
Japan.
Information
• When you receive a call during the
international roaming, regardless of which
country the call is from, it is forwarded
internationally from Japan. A caller is
charged for a call fee to Japan, and the
receiver is charged for a reception fee.
• Even if the other party calls with the caller
ID notified, depending on the overseas
network operator, the caller ID may not
be notified. Or depending on the network
the other party uses, the caller ID may be
notified in the different number from the
other party's caller ID.
• For overseas use, "Call rejection" (P.218)
may not work.
533
International roaming
Making a call from the other
party
■■To have the other party in Japan call you
overseas
Have the other party dial a phone number in
the same way as in Japan.
■■To have the other party make a call from
outside Japan to the country you stay
Regardless of countries, you will receive a call
via Japan. The other party should dial with
prefix an international access code and "81"
(Country code of Japan).
International access code of the country the
dialer stays -81-90 (or 80, 70) -XXXX-XXXX
534
International roaming
International roaming settings
Setup to use the international roaming
service or international phone calls.
• Depending on the overseas network operator,
roaming cannot be setup in some cases.
the Home screen,
→ → "Call
1 From
settings" → "Roaming settings"
2 Change settings as necessary
Item
Description
Restricting
incoming calls
Activate/deactivate
barring incoming call during
International roaming.
Incoming
notification while
roaming
Activate/deactivate Missed
call notification for roaming.
Roaming
guidance
Activate/deactivate
Roaming guidance.
535
International roaming
Item
Description
International dial assist
Automatic
conversion
Set ON/OFF of Automatic
conversions.
• When it is turned on, an
international dial assist
screen appears for calls
with "+" entered at the
beginning of the phone
number. Tap "International
call" to convert "+" to an
international access code
registered in "International
prefix".
Country code
Add country code for
international call.
International
prefix
Add prefix international
access code for
international call.
536
International roaming
Item
Description
Network service
Remote
operation
(charged)
Caller ID
request
(charged)
Roaming call
notification
(charged)
Roaming
guidance
(charged)
Set network services such
as voicemail from overseas.
• Activate "Remote
operation settings"
(P.215) beforehand.
• For operations from
overseas, international
call fee to Japan in
the country you use is
charged.
• Depending on overseas
network operators,
you cannot make the
settings.
Voice mail
(charged)
Call
forwarding
(charged)
537
International roaming
After returning to Japan
When you return to Japan, the terminal
automatically searches a network and is
connected to DOCOMO's network. If you do
not connect it, set the followings.
• Set "Network mode" of "Mobile networks" to
"LTE/3G/GSM (Auto)" (P.529).
• Set "Network operators" of "Mobile networks"
to "Select automatically" (P.527).
538
International roaming
Appendix/Index
Sample
• Sample is not covered by the warranty for free
cost of repair.
• Specification or appearance of sample is
subject to change without prior notice for
performance upgrade.
Stereo Headset with Microphone
• Use Stereo Headset with Microphone
(sample). If you use another earphone with
microphone, playback sound etc. may be hard
to hear.
How to use
the plug of Stereo Headset
1 Insert
with Microphone to the headphone
connection jack of the terminal
• While displaying the Home screen etc.,
press the switch to operate the followings.
-- Play/pause music
-- Receive/end a call
• While displaying the Home screen etc.,
press the switch for over 1 second to
activate S Voice and operate.
• Press the volume key to adjust the
volume.
539
Appendix/Index
• Firmly insert the plug to the end. If the
connecting plug stays on the way, sound
may not be heard.
• Take care so that cord of Stereo Headset
with Microphone does not get entangled
with you, surrounding people or objects.
Headphone
Connecting
plug
Volume key
Microphone
Switch (on rear side)
• When you finished using it, pull out the
connecting plug from the headphone
connection jack horizontally.
■■When the size of earpieces does not fit
Earpieces in 2 different sizes are supplied with
Stereo Headset with Microphone other than
earpieces attached in advance. Change the
earpieces if it does not fit in size.
Main specifications
Connector shape
3.5 mm stereo mini plug
Impedance
32 Ω
Maximum input
40 mW (1.13V)
Maximum output
94 +/ - 3dB
Length
Approx. 1,260 mm
Weight
Approx. 13.3 g
540
Appendix/Index
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
• First, check if software update is needed and if
it is necessary, update the software (P.570).
• When problems do not improve after checking
the following items, contact the phone
number given in "Repairs" on the last page (in
Japanese only) or DOCOMO-specified repair
office.
゜゜ Power
Trouble
Check and remedy
Cannot turn on • Is the battery pack installed
correctly? → P.62
the terminal
• Is the battery exhausted?
(cannot use
the terminal).
→ P.69
Screen is
frozen, cannot
turn off the
power.
• Restart the terminal forcibly
by pressing and holding
 [Power/Screen lock
key]and lower of the volume
key for 8-10 seconds when
the screen is frozen or you
cannot turn the power off.
* Note that data and the
settings may be erased
since the operation
restart forcibly.
541
Appendix/Index
゜゜ Charging
Trouble
Check and remedy
Cannot charge
the terminal
(Notification
LED does
not light, or
flashes).
• Is the battery pack installed
correctly? → P.62
• Is the adapter or cigarette
lighter connector correctly
inserted to an outlet or
cigarette lighter socket?
• Are the adapter and
terminal inserted correctly?
• When using a Micro-USB
cable 01 that is sold
separately, is the power of
the PC turned on?
• If you execute calls,
communications or other
operation for a long time
while charging, hot and the
Notification LED flashes.
In this case, wait until the
temperature of the terminal
drops down and retry
charging.
542
Appendix/Index
゜゜ Operating terminal
Trouble
Check and remedy
Become
hot while
operating/
charging.
• While operating or charging,
or if you operate applications
or watch 1Seg for a long time
while charging, the terminal,
battery pack or adapter may
become hot. There is no
operation problems and you
can continue to use it.
The operation
time is short.
• Is the terminal left for a long
time out of service area?
Staying outside of the
service area may consume
much power to search
available radio waves for
communication.
• The operating time of the
battery pack varies depending
on the operating environment
and the secular degradation
of the battery pack.
• The battery pack is a
consumable accessory. The
usage duration of the battery
per 1 charge decreases
gradually each time the
battery is recharged. When
the operation time is too
short even the terminal is
fully charged, purchase a new
battery pack of the specified
type.
543
Appendix/Index
Trouble
Check and remedy
Power is
• If the terminal of battery pack
automatically
is dirty, the contact may
turned off or
become poor and the power
the terminal is
may shut OFF. When it is
automatically
dirty, clean the battery pack
restarted.
with a dry cotton swab etc.
No operation
is performed
even when
tapping the
touch screen.
• Is the screen locked? Unlock
the screen by pressing
 [Power/Screen lock
 [Home key].
key]/
→ P.72, P.453
The touch
screen reacts
slowly when
a screen is
tapped.
• It may be occurred when large
amount of data is saved in
the terminal or transferring
large-size data between the
terminal and microSD card.
• Do you attach a protection
sheet on the terminal? The
operations may be impeded
by the protection sheet.
The docomo
mini UIM
card is not
recognized.
• Is the docomo mini UIM
card installed with a correct
direction? → P.60
Time is
incorrect.
• It may be occurred if the
terminal keeps turned on
for a long time. Check if
"Automatic date and time" is
set to ON, and turn on the
terminal at places where
signal is strong. → P.473
544
Appendix/Index
Trouble
Terminal
becomes
unstable.
Check and remedy
• It may be caused by
applications installed to
the terminal after purchase.
If problems improve when
you start in Safe mode (a
function to activate the
terminal in a mode similar to
default), problems may be
improved by uninstalling the
application.
-- To start Safe mode
Press
 [Power/Screen
lock key] for 2 seconds or
more when power is OFF,
and after docomo logo
disappears, continue to
press lower of the volume
key.
* When Safe mode starts,
"Safe mode" appears on
the lower left corner of
the screen.
* To terminate Safe mode,
restart the terminal.
-- For using Safe mode,
back-up the required data
beforehand.
-- Note that widget you
created may be removed.
-- Safe Mode is not normal
activation. Usually exit
Safe Mode and then use
the terminal.
545
Appendix/Index
Trouble
Check and remedy
Terminal
• Confirm the internal memory
reacts slowly/
usage of the terminal and
Behaviors
obtain memory by ending
become
some activated programs.
unstable/
→ P.167
Some of
the program
cannot
activate.
Data is not
displayed
properly/
Cannot
operate the
touch screen
properly.
• Turn off and on the power.
If it does not solve the
problem, trying "Factory data
reset" (P.458) may improve
the symptoms. Note that
the operation erases all data
saved on the terminal. Make
sure to back up necessary
data beforehand.
Application
does not
work properly
(cannot
activate,
errors occur
frequently,
etc.).
• Are there any applications
being disabled? Enable the
disabled applications and try
again. → P.492
546
Appendix/Index
゜゜ Calling
Trouble
Check and remedy
Cannot make
a call even
though Call
key is tapped.
• Is the docomo mini UIM card
installed to the terminal
correctly? → P.60
• Is the terminal set to
Airplane mode? → P.430
The ringtone
does not
sound.
• Is the terminal set to Silent
mode (Mute, Vibrate)? →
P.448
• Is "Ringtones" set to
"Silent"? → P.450
• Is the volume in "Ringtone"
set to 0? → P.449
• Is "Auto reject mode" set to
"All incoming calls" or "Auto
reject numbers"? → P.218
• Is the terminal set to
Airplane mode? → P.430
• Is the ring time of Voice mail
service or Call forwarding to
"0 sec."? → P.214
• Is the Play after of Recorded
messages set to "0 sec."?
→ P.212
547
Appendix/Index
Trouble
Check and remedy
Cannot
connect calls
("out of area"
does not
disappear
even when
you change
the location,
or cannot
make/receive
a call even
when radio
wave when
strong).
• Turn the power off and on, or
remove and attach the battery
pack or docomo mini UIM card.
→ P.60, P.62, P.71
• Due to the radio wave types,
making/receiving calls
may be unavailable even in
the service area and even
when strong radio wave is
indicated in 4 signal mark
( ). Move to the other place
and call again.
• Check if you set "Auto reject
mode"? → P.218
• Due to the crossing of
radio waves, at the crowded
public places, calls/mails are
crossed and the connection
status may not be good.
In that case, "Please wait
for a while(Voice service)./
Please wait for a while(Data
service)." appears and calling
sound is played. Move to
other place or call again at
other time.
Cannot
connect to
network.
• Do you use at a place where
signal is weak?
• Turning the terminal power
OFF and then turning ON
again may work for the
restoration. → P.71
548
Appendix/Index
゜゜ Display
Trouble
The display is
dimmed.
Check and remedy
• Is the time set on "Screen
timeout" over? → P.441
• Do you adjust the
brightness of the display?
→ P.451
• Is Power saving mode set?
→ P.481
• Is "Auto adjust screen
tone" marked? If marked,
screen tone will be adjusted
according to the selected
image. → P.441
• Is the battery level low?
→ P.481
゜゜ Volume
Trouble
Check and remedy
During a voice
call, the other
party's voice
is hard to be
heard to or too
loud.
• Do you change the listening
volume?
→ P.201, P.208
549
Appendix/Index
゜゜ Mail
Trouble
Check and remedy
Mail is not
received
automatically.
• Do you unmark "Sync
Email"? Mark it. → P.254
• Do you set "Sync schedule"
to "Manual"? Set Sync
schedule. → P.254
Attached file
is deleted and
cannot view
images.
• Check "Limit retrieval size".
→ P.254
゜゜ Camera
Trouble
Check and remedy
Still images
and videos
shot with the
camera are
blurred.
• Check if clouds or dirt attach
to the lens of camera.
• Set Video stabilization to
ON.
→ P.337
Error
messages
appear when
trying to start
Camera.
• Confirm the battery usage.
→ P.481
• Confirm the memory usage.
→ P.482
[Power/
• Press and hold
Screen lock key] for 1
second or longer to display
the Device option screen,
then tap "Restart" to restart
the terminal.
550
Appendix/Index
゜゜ TV (Full seg/1Seg)
Trouble
Cannot watch
TV (Full
seg/1Seg).
Check and remedy
• Are you in an area where
outside the digital
terrestrial broadcasting
area or where an airwave is
weak?
• Check if you set area
information. → P.325
゜゜ Osaifu-Keitai
Trouble
Cannot use
Osaifu-Keitai.
Check and remedy
• If you remove the battery
pack or activate Omakase
Lock, Osaifu-Keitai function
cannot be used regardless
of NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock
settings.
• Check if you activate
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock. →
P.292
• Check if you hold the
mark position on the
terminal over a reader. →
P.291
551
Appendix/Index
゜゜ International roaming
Trouble
Cannot use
the terminal
overseas.
Check and remedy
■■If the signal mark is
displayed
• Do you subscribe to WORLD
WING?
Check the subscription of
WORLD WING.
■■If "out of area" is displayed
• Are you out of the service area
of the international roaming
service or in weak radio wave
area?
Check if it is available service
area or overseas network
operator with "Mobile Phone
User's Guide [International
Services]" or the DOCOMO
International Services website.
• Try to change the network
settings or settings for
overseas communication
operator.
Set "Network mode" to
"LTE/3G/GSM (Auto)".
→ P.529
Set "Network operators" to
"Select automatically".
→ P.527
• It may recover by turning the
terminal OFF and ON again.
→ P.71
552
Appendix/Index
Trouble
Check and remedy
Cannot
• Mark "Data roaming".
use data
→ P.528
communication
overseas.
The terminal
• Is the limit of maximum
cannot be
charges for use exceeded?
used suddenly
A limit of maximum charges
while you use it
for use is set beforehand
overseas.
if you use "International
Roaming Service (WORLD
WING)". If the limit of
maximum charges for use
is exceeded, check out your
accumulated fee.
There is no
incoming call
overseas.
• Is "Restricting incoming
calls" set to "Activate
restricting"? → P.216
No caller ID
is notified/A
notified caller
ID is different
from that of
the caller/
Functions for
using contents
saved in
Contacts or
those using
Caller ID
notification do
not operate.
• Even though a caller
notifies the caller ID, it
is not displayed on the
terminal if the network or
network operator does not
notify the ID. A notified
caller ID may be different
from that of the caller by
some networks or networks
operators you use.
553
Appendix/Index
゜゜ Data Management
Trouble
Check and remedy
Data transfer is
not performed.
• Do you use USB HUB?
When USB HUB is used,
the terminal may not be
operated correctly.
Data saved in
microSD card is
not displayed.
• Remove and attach
microSD card. → P.496
Image is not
displayed.
• If it is not supported
image data,
appears in
"My Files".
No operation is
performed even
by connecting
the terminal to a
PC.
• Install Samsung Kies or
Windows Media Player 10
or later to a PC.
554
Appendix/Index
゜゜ Bluetooth
Trouble
Check and remedy
Cannot connect • The Bluetooth device
to Bluetooth
(commercial item)
device/
is needed to be in
Bluetooth device
registration stand-by
cannot be found
state. If you register
by scanning.
the device again after
deleting the registration,
delete the registrations
on both Bluetooth
communication device
and the terminal, and then
perform registration of the
devices.
Cannot call from • If you made several calls
the terminal with
to a person when he or
external device
she does not answer
connected
the calls or is out of the
such as car
service area etc., calling
navigation or
the number may become
hands-free
unavailable. Turn the
device.
power off then on the
terminal.
555
Appendix/Index
゜゜ Maps/GPS function
Trouble
AUTO-GPS
service
information
cannot be set.
Check and remedy
• Is AUTO-GPS disabled
because battery is low? If
AUTO-GPS is disabled due
to "Low-power operation
settings", AUTO-GPS
service information cannot
be set. In this case, set
"Low-power operation
settings" for "AUTO-GPS"
to "Not suspend" or charge
the battery. → P.66,
P.456
• Is "AUTO-GPS operation
settings " for "AUTO-GPS"
turned off? → P.456
556
Appendix/Index
Error messages
Error message
Cause and remedy
Page
Unfortunately,
XXXX has
stopped./
Unfortunately,
the process
XXXX has
stopped.*
Appears when an error
is occurred in the
terminal or function.
Tap "Force close"/"OK"
and then retry.
-
Airplane mode
on. Turn
Airplane mode
off to make
calls.
Appears when you try
to make a call with the
Airplane mode is set.
Set the Airplane mode
off, and retry.
P.430
Mobile network The docomo mini UIM
not available.
card is not correctly
installed to the
terminal. Make sure
that the docomo mini
UIM card is correctly
attached.
Please wait for
a while (Voice
service)./
Please wait for
a while (Data
service).
Appears when
communication is
restricted due to
access congestion on
call/communication.
Operate again after
the restriction is
released.
557
P.60
-
Appendix/Index
Cause and remedy
Page
Switching
to video call
failed
Error message
Appears when
switching to video
call fails. Switching
is not possible during
emergency call and
audio guide, when the
other party is using
Catch Phone (call
waiting service), when
calling out side the Xi
area, etc.
P.191
P.193
Switching to
video call failed
due to network
environment
or switch
rejection
Appears when the
other party rejects
switching to video call,
etc.
P.203
Failed to
Appears when
switch to voice switching to voice
call
call fails due to
communication
error, etc. Wait for a
while and retry the
operation.
P.192
Unable to dial
P.191
P.219
P.415
Appears when making
video call fails. Make
sure that you are in Xi
Area, and check the
calling mode settings,
settings of mobile
network, etc.
558
Appendix/Index
Cause and remedy
Page
Unable to set
during a call
session
Error message
Appears when you
try to change the
calling mode settings
or change the image
quality of video call
during a call. Set after
you end the call.
P.219
P.223
Unable to set
because you
are connected
to a network
other than
docomo's
Appears when you try
to change the calling
mode settings when
the network you are
connected to is not
docomo. Connect to a
docomo network.
P.219
Unable to
set due to no
signal
Appears when you
try to change the
calling mode settings
when you are out of
the service area. Set
in a place with good
reception.
P.219
559
Appendix/Index
Error message
Cause and remedy
Page
Storage space
running out
Some system
functions may
not work
Appears when
P.182
available memory
P.501
of the system
memory (phone)
is low. If you keep
using the terminal,
some functions or
applications may not
work. Delete data such
as one for application
or media contents
to increase available
memory space.
Unable to
update
software.
A network or
server error
occurred.
Try again
later or go to
Samsung Kies
on your PC to
update your
device.
Communication with
the server is failed.
Wait for a while and
retry the operation or
try using "Samsung
Kies".
560
P.570
Appendix/Index
Error message
Cause and remedy
Page
Camera failed
/Exit Camera.
Battery
temperature
too high.
Appears when
P.71
activating Camera fails, P.332
or the temperature of
the terminal becomes
high and the Camera
closes. Wait for a while
and retry the operation
or turn the power
off then turn on the
terminal.
Turning off
built-in apps
may cause
errors in other
apps.
If you disable
application, other
application linking
to the disabled
application may not
work properly.
If other application
does not work properly
because "OK" is
tapped and application
is disabled, enable the
application.
P.492
Unfortunately,
Internet has
stopped.
Appears when an error
occurs in the browser.
Tap "OK" and wait for
a while, then retry the
operation.
P.270
561
Appendix/Index
Error message
Cause and remedy
Page
No certificates
found
Appears when
requested SSL
certificate is not found
on the terminal. Install
compatible certificate
to the terminal.
-
Certificate-based Appears when
authentication
certificate is required
failed
by SSL web page but
the certificate saved in
the terminal does not
match the requested
one. Install compatible
certificate to the
terminal.
-
* XXXX indicates application or function name
in which an error is occurred.
562
Appendix/Index
Anshin Enkaku Support
By sharing screens of your terminal with
NTT DOCOMO, you can receive technical
support to make settings. (In Japanese
only)
• This service is not available if your docomo
mini UIM card is not inserted, during
international roaming, or in Airplane mode.
• Anshin Enkaku Support is a service requiring
subscription.
• Some operations and settings are not
supported.
• For details on Anshin Enkaku Support, refer to
NTT DOCOMO's website.
あんしん遠隔サポートセンター
1 Call
(Anshin Enkaku Support center for
smartphone)
0120-783-360
Business hours 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
(open all year round)
• When calling Anshin Enkaku Support from
the terminal, from the Home screen, tap
→ " 遠隔サポート (Enkaku Support)" → "
このスマートフォンから発信する (Make a call
from this smartphone)" → "Dial"/"Phone" →
"Always"/"Just once" to dial.
563
Appendix/Index
the Home screen,
2 From
ポート (Enkaku Support)"
→ " 遠隔サ
• For the first using, agree to " ソフトウェア使
用許諾書 (License Agreement)".
遠隔サポートの接続画面に進む (Go to
3 "Enkaku
support connection screen)"
→ " 同意する (Agree)"
connection number notified by
4 Enter
DOCOMO
support starts when you are
5 Enkaku
connected
564
Appendix/Index
Warranty and After-Sales
Service
Warranty
• The terminal is provided with a written
warranty. Make sure that you receive it. Check
the written contents and items such as " 販売
店名・お買い上げ日 (Shop name/date of
purchase)" and keep it in a safe place. If it
does not contain the necessary information,
immediately contact the shop where you
bought it. The warranty is valid for a period of
one year from the date of purchase.
• This product and all accessories are subject
to change, in part or whole, for the sake of
improvement without prior notice.
• Since troubles, repair or other handling of the
terminal may cause contents in the Contacts
etc. to be modified or deleted. DOCOMO
recommends making a copy of the Contacts
data etc., in case.
* With the terminal, data such as phonebook
entries can be saved to microSD card.
* Data such as phonebook entries can be
backed up using docomo cloud.
565
Appendix/Index
After-Sales Service
When problems occur
Before requesting repair, read the section on
"Troubleshooting" in this manual. If the problem
still persists, contact "Repairs" on the last page
of this manual (in Japanese only).
If the result of inquiries indicates that
a repair is required
Take your terminal to DOCOMO-specified repair
office. Be sure to check the business hours of
the repair office before you go. Also, you must
bring the warranty. Note that, repair may take
longer time depending on the state of damage.
■■In the warranty period
• The terminal is repaired at no charge
subject to the conditions of the warranty.
• The warranty must be presented to receive
warranty service. The subscriber is charged
for the repair without presenting the
warranty or repairs of defects resulting from
misuse (damage of the external connection
jack (headphone connection jack)/display,
etc.), accident, neglect, etc. even during the
warranty period.
• The subscriber is charged even during the
warranty period for the repair of failures
caused by the use of devices or consumable
items that are not DOCOMO-specified.
566
Appendix/Index
■■Repairs may not be possible in the
following cases.
• When corrosion due to moisture,
condensation, perspiration, etc. is detected,
or if any of the internal boards are damaged
or deformed (repairs may not be possible
if external connection jack (headphone
connection jack) or the display is damaged,
or the terminal outer case is lifted)
* Even in case that a repair is possible, since
those conditions are outside the range of
the warranty, a repair is charged.
■■After expiration of the warranty
All repairs that are requested are charged.
■■Replacement parts
Replacement parts (parts required to maintain
the product functions) are basically kept in
stock for at least 4 years after termination
of production. However, repair may not be
possible due to lack of repair parts etc.
Depending on the nature of the required repair,
it may still be possible to repair your phone
even after this period. Call the contacts listed
on the last page of this manual, "Repairs" (In
Japanese only).
567
Appendix/Index
Notes
• Do not modify terminal or its accessories.
-- Doing so may cause fire, injury or damage.
-- Modified terminals etc. are repaired only
after the customer accepts that the
modified parts are to be restored to the
condition at the time of purchase. However,
repair may be refused depending on the
nature of modification.
The following cases may be regarded as
modifications.
-- A sticker etc. is put on the display part or
keypad part
-- The terminal is embellished with adhesive
material etc.
-- Exteriors are replaced with other than
DOCOMO's genuine parts
-- Repair of failures or damage caused by
modification is charged even during the
warranty period.
• Do not remove the sticker attached on the
terminal. The nameplate has the role of
certificate that meets the technical standards.
Therefore, please note that if the contents of
the sticker cannot be identified by removing
or replacing the sticker intentionally and it is
impossible to judge the technical standards,
repairs of the terminal may not be accepted.
• Data such as settings for each function may
be cleared (reset) by malfunctions, repair or
other handling of terminal. Should that happen,
set up the functions again.
568
Appendix/Index
• When the repair is executed, MAC address of
Wi-Fi/Bluetooth address in the terminal may
be changed regardless of repaired part.
• Magnetic components are used in the parts
that are described below. Do not allow cash
cards or other devices that are vulnerable
to magnetism to come into contact with the
phone.
Used parts: speaker, earpiece, out-camera,
vibrator section (around upper side of docomo
mini UIM card slot).
• If the terminal gets wet or moist, immediately
turn the power off, remove the battery pack,
and bring the terminal to a repair office as
soon as possible. However, repair may not
be possible depending on the condition of
terminal.
Precautions on Memory Dial (Contacts
function) and downloaded data
Note that data you created, retrieved or
downloaded from sources other than your
terminal may be changed or lost when you
change the model or have repairs done to the
terminal. DOCOMO shall have no liability for
any change or loss of any kind. Under some
circumstances, DOCOMO may replace your
terminal with its equivalent instead of repairing
it. When replacing your phone, most of the
above-mentioned data cannot be transferred to
the new phone.
569
Appendix/Index
Updating software
Software update
Download update file for the terminal from the
download site on the Internet and update the
software. For software update, there are 2
methods; connecting to the network directly on
the terminal and using "Samsung Kies" (P.515)
installed to a PC.
Precautions on software update
Software update can be done with the data
saved to the terminal remained. However, note
that depending on your terminal condition
(malfunction, damage, water-soaked, etc.),
the data may not be protected. You are
recommended to backup the user information
and data in the terminal just in case. However,
some data may not be backed up.
• Prepare the followings before software update.
-- Exit all programs running on the terminal
(P.167).
-- Charge the terminal (P.69) to make the
battery level enough.
• Do not remove the battery pack during
software update. Doing so may cause failure
of the update and the operations may not be
available.
570
Appendix/Index
• For updating software by connecting
the terminal to network directly, you are
recommended to perform in a place with good
signal condition, without moving. When the
signal condition is bad, software update may
be interrupted.
• It may take time to update software (download
and installation of update files).
• During installing the update files for software
update, all functions including making/
receiving phone call are not available.
• When you cannot perform any operations
because of the failure of the software update,
please take your terminal to DOCOMOspecified repair office.
Updating software only with the
terminal
You can update the software of the terminal by
connecting network with the terminal.
From the Home screen,
→ "Settings"
1 →
"About device" → "Software update"
2 "Update now"
• If you permit downloading a file only when
connecting via Wi-Fi, mark "Wi-Fi only".
571
Appendix/Index
according to the onscreen
3 Set
instructions
• After the software update is completed,
the terminal restarts and update starts.
During update, some functions such as
making calls cannot be used.
Information
• To suspend installation after downloading
software, on the confirmation screen,
operate the following steps.
-- Mark "Scheduled software updates" →
"Install" → Set time to install → "OK"
or press
[Home key] to
-- Tap
return to the Home screen
When you suspend, installation can
be done immediately by the following
operations.
-- From the Home screen, → "Settings"
→ "About device" → "Software update" →
"Update now"
-- Open the Notification panel → "Software
update" → "Install"
• Depending on update contents, available
network may be restricted.
572
Appendix/Index
Main specifications
゜゜ Phone
Product name
SC-01G
Size
Approx. 151 mm (H)
x 82 mm (W) x 8.5
mm (T) (Maximum
thickness: Approx.
10.1 mm)
Weight
Approx. 177 g
(with battery)
Memory
ROM 32 GB*1
RAM 3 GB
Continuous FOMA/3G
stand-by
time
LTE
Stationary (Auto):
Approx. 470 H
GSM
Stationary (Auto):
Approx. 430 H
Stationary (Auto):
Approx. 400 H
Continuous FOMA/3G
call time
VoLTE Voice
Call
GSM
Approx. 1,020 min.
Approx. 1,110 min.
Approx. 700 min.
573
Appendix/Index
Charging
time
AC Adapter
Approx. 190 min.
03 (optional)
AC Adapter
Approx. 125 min.
04 (optional)
AC Adapter
Approx. 100 min.
05 (optional)
DC Adapter
Approx. 220 min.
03 (optional)
Display
section
Image
pickup
device
DC Adapter
04 (optional)
Approx. 120 min.
Type
Organic EL (Super
AMOLED)
Size
Approx. 5.6 inches
Number of
colors
16,777,216 colors
Resolution
(number of
pixels)
(1,440+160) (W)
pixels x 2,560 (H)
pixels Quad HD+
Type
Out-camera: Backilluminated CMOS
In-camera: Backilluminated CMOS
Size
Out-camera:
1/2.6 inches
In-camera:
1/5.4 inches
574
Appendix/Index
Number of effective
pixels
Out-camera:
Approx. 16 mil.
pixels
In-camera:
Approx. 3.7 mil.
pixels
Number of recording
pixels (Max.)
Out-camera:
Approx. 15.9 mil.
pixels
In-camera:
Approx. 3.7 mil.
pixels
Digital zoom
Up to Approx. 8.0 x
(70 levels)
Playing
music
Windows
Media Audio
(WMA) file
Continuous play time
Approx. 3,950 min.
(Background play
supported)
MP3 file
Continuous play time
Approx. 4,100 min.
(Background play
supported)
Continuous 1Seg
watching time
Approx. 530 min.
1Seg recording time
SC-01G (terminal):
Up to approx. 145 H
(Approx. 12 H per 1)
microSD card (1GB):
Approx. 6 H
Continuous Full-Seg
watching time
Approx. 330 min.
575
Appendix/Index
Full-Seg recording time
SC-01G (terminal):
Approx. 200 min
microSD card (1GB):
Approx. 8.5 min
Continuous Mobacas
watching time
Approx. 430 min.
Display language
Japanese/English/
Korean
Input language
(character input, voice
input)
Character input: Japanese/English/
Korean
Voice Input: Using
Google voice typing
Headphone connection
jack
3.5 φ earphone
jack
Pole number
Tetrapolar
Wireless LAN
IEEE802.11a/b/g/
n*2/ac*2 compliant
(IEEE802.11n: 2.4
GHz/5 GHz)
Bluetooth
function
Version*3
Bluetooth standard
Ver.4.1
Output
Bluetooth standard
Power Class 1
Vistaed
Within approx. 10 m
communication
*4
distance
576
Appendix/Index
Bluetooth
function
Compatible
profile*5
577
Object Push Profile
(OPP)
Headset Profile
(HSP)
Hands-Free Profile
(HFP)
Advanced Audio
Distribution Profile
(A2DP)
Audio/Video
Remote Control
Profile (AVRCP)
Serial Port Profile
(SPP)
Phone Book Access
Profile (PBAP)
Human Interface
Device Profile (HID)
Personal Area
Networking Profile
(PAN)
SIM Access Profile
(SAP)
Message Access
Profile (MAP)
Appendix/Index
*1 Since saving Android OS and preinstalled
applications requires memory space, the
amount does not indicate actual available
memory space.
*2 Support MIMO.
*3 It is confirmed that the terminal and all
Bluetooth devices are compliant with
Bluetooth standards designated by Bluetooth
SIG, and they are authenticated. However,
procedures may differ or data transfer may
not be possible depending on the device's
characteristics or specifications.
*4 May vary by the signal status and/or
whether there is interference between
communications devices.
*5 Standardized connection steps of Bluetooth
communication by product property.
• Continuous call time is an estimate of the
operation time for calling when radio signal
reception is normal.
• Continuous stand-by time is an estimate of
the stand-by time when radio signal reception
is normal.
The stand-by time may be decreased as low as
half the time depending on the conditions of
battery charge, function settings, temperature,
or radio signal reception in the area (no
reception or weak), etc.
• A use of the Internet connection reduces
the call (communication)/stand-by time.
Composing emails or starting applications also
reduces call (communication)/stand-by time
even if you do not call or use the Internet.
578
Appendix/Index
• Stationary continuous stand-by time is the
estimated average operation time when radio
signal reception is normal in the stationary
state.
• Charging time is an estimate for charging an
empty battery pack with the terminal power
off. For charging with the terminal power on, it
takes longer.
゜゜ Battery Pack
Product name
Battery pack SC14
Battery used
Li-ion battery
Nominal voltage
3.85 V
Nominal capacity
3000 mAh
579
Appendix/Index
File format
Still images and videos taken with the terminal
will be saved in following file formats.
Type
File format
Extension
Still image
JPEG
jpg
Video
MP4
mp4
You can view Office document etc. Compatible
file types and versions are as follows.
Type
Version
Microsoft
Word
MS Word 972013
.doc, .docx,
.dot, .dotx,
.rtf, .hwdt, .wbk
Microsoft
Excel
MS Excel 972013
.xls, .xlsx, .xlt,
.xltx, .csv,
.xlsm, .cbk
Microsoft
MS PowerPoint
Power Point 97-2013
.ppt, .pptx, .pps,
.ppsx, .pot,
.potx, .sbk
Adobe PDF
V1.2-V1.7
.pdf
Hansoft
Hangul
Hansoft Hangul
97-3.0, 20022010
.hwp, .hwt
Text
-
.txt
580
Appendix/Index
Shooting number of still images
(estimate)
Shooting
size
8.0M
(3264 x
2448)
SC-01G
(Phone)*
Up to approx.
6,200 images
microSD card
(1GB)
Up to approx.
250 images
Savable number for 4 MB size images.
* Default savable number.
Shooting time of videos (estimate)
Shooting
size
1920 x
1080
SC-01G
(Phone)*
Up to approx.
190 min. (up to
approx. 33 min.
per 1 video)
microSD card
(1GB)
Up to approx.
500 sec.
* Default recordable time.
581
Appendix/Index
Specific Absorption Rate
(SAR) of Mobile Phones
Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)
of Mobile Phones
This model [SC-01G] mobile phone complies with
Japanese technical regulations and international
guidelines regarding exposure to radio waves.
This mobile phone was designed in observance
of Japanese technical regulations regarding
exposure to radio waves (*1) and limits to
exposure to radio waves recommended by a
set of equivalent international guidelines. This
set of international guidelines was set out by
the International Commission on Non-Ionizing
Radiation Protection (ICNIRP), which is in
collaboration with the World Health Organization
(WHO), and the permissible limits include a
substantial safety margin designed to assure
the safety of all persons, regardless of age and
health condition.
The technical regulations and international
guidelines set out limits for radio waves as the
Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR, which is the
value of absorbed energy in any 10 grams of
tissue over a 6-minute period. The SAR limit for
mobile phones is 2.0 W/kg. The highest SAR
value for this mobile phone when tested for use
at the ear is 0.286 W/kg. and when worn on
the body is 0.697/kg (*2). There may be slight
differences between the SAR levels for each
product, but they all satisfy the limit.
582
Appendix/Index
The actual SAR of this mobile phone while
operating can be well below that indicated
above. This is due to automatic changes to the
power level of the device to ensure it only uses
the minimum required to reach the network.
Therefore in general, the closer you are to a
base station, the lower the power output of the
device.
This mobile phone can be used in positions other
than against your ear. Please keep the mobile
phone farther than 1.5 cm away from your body
by using such as a carrying case or a wearable
accessory without including any metals. This
mobile phone satisfies the technical regulations
and international guidelines.
The World Health Organization has stated that "a
large number of studies have been performed over
the last two decades to assess whether mobile
phones pose a potential health risk. To date, no
adverse health effects have been established as
being caused by mobile phone use."
Please refer to the WHO website if you would
like more detailed information.
http://www.who.int/docstore/peh-emf/
publications/facts_press/fact_english.htm
Please refer to the websites listed below if you
would like more detailed information regarding
SAR.
583
Appendix/Index
Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications
Website:
http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/sys/ele/index.htm
Association of Radio Industries and Businesses
Website:
http://www.arib-emf.org/index02.html
(in Japanese only)
NTT DOCOMO, INC. Website:
https://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/product/
sar/
SAMSUNG Website:
http://www.samsung.com/sar/sarMain.do
→ In Location field, "JAPAN" → In Language field,
"ENGLISH" → In Phone Model field, "SC-01G" →
"GO" → Click a link in search results filed.
*1 Technical regulations are defined by the
Ministerial Ordinance Related to Radio
Law (Article 14-2 of Radio Equipment
Regulations).
*2 Including other radio systems that can be
simultaneously used with Xi/FOMA.
584
Appendix/Index
FCC notice
• This device complies with part 15 of the FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept
any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
• Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the manufacturer responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
■■Information to User
This equipment has been tested and found
to comply with the limits of a Class B digital
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC
Rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation.
This equipment generates, uses and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, may cause harmful interference
to radio communications. However, there is
no guarantee that interference will not occur
in a particular installation; if this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined
by turning the equipment off and on, the user
is encouraged to try to correct the interference
by one or more of the following measures:
585
Appendix/Index
1.Reorient/relocate the receiving antenna.
2.Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
3.Connect the equipment into an outlet on a
circuit different from that to which the receiver
is connected.
4.Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV
technician for help.
586
Appendix/Index
FCC RF exposure information
Your handset is a radio transmitter and
receiver. It is designed and manufactured not
to exceed the emission limits for exposure to
radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal
Communications Commission of the U.S.
Government.
The guidelines are based on standards that
were developed by independent scientific
organisations through periodic and thorough
evaluation of scientific studies. The standards
include a substantial safety margin designed
to assure the safety of all persons, regardless
of age and health. The exposure standard
for wireless handsets employs a unit of
measurement known as the Specific Absorption
Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is
1.6 W/kg.
The tests are performed in positions and
locations (e.g., at the ear and worn on the body)
as required by the FCC for each model. The
highest SAR value for this model handset when
tested for use at the ear is 0.555 W/kg and
when worn on the body, as described in this user
guide, is 0.767 W/kg.
587
Appendix/Index
Body-worn operation
For body worn operation, this phone has
been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure
guidelines. Please use an accessory designated
for this product or an accessory which contains
no metal and which positions the handset a
minimum of 1.5 cm from the body.
The use of accessories that do not satisfy
these requirements may not comply with FCC RF
exposure requirements, and should be avoided.
The FCC has granted an Equipment
Authorization for this model handset with all
reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance
with the FCC RF emission guidelines. SAR
information on this model handset is on file with
the FCC and can be found under the Display
Grant section of
http://transition.fcc.gov/oet/ea/fccid/ after
searching on FCC ID A3LSWDSC01G.
Additional information on Specific Absorption
Rates (SAR) can be found on the Cellular
Telecommunications & Internet Association
(CTIA) Website at http://www.ctia.org/.
588
Appendix/Index
European RF Exposure
Information
Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and
receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits
for exposure to radio waves recommended
by international guidelines. These guidelines
were developed by the independent scientific
organization ICNIRP and include safety margins
designed to assure the protection of all persons,
regardless of age and health.
The guidelines use a unit of measurement
known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR.
The SAR limit for mobile devices is 2 W/kg and
the highest SAR value for this device when
tested at the ear was 0.190 W/kg*. As mobile
devices offer a range of functions, they can be
used in other positions, such as on the body as
described in this user guide. In this case, the
highest tested SAR value is 0.383 W/kg.
As SAR is measured utilizing the devices highest
transmitting power the actual SAR of this device
while operating is typically below that indicated
above. This is due to automatic changes to the
power level of the device to ensure it only uses
the minimum level required to reach the network.
589
Appendix/Index
Declaration of Conformity
Product details
For the following
Product : GSM WCDMA LTE BT/WiFi
Mobile Phone
Model(s) : SC-01G
Declaration & Applicable standards
We hereby declare, that the product above is in compliance with
the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive (1999/5/EC) by
application of:
SAFETY
EN 60950-1:2006 + A11:2009 + A1:2010 + A12:2011
SAR
EN 50360 : 2001 / A1:2012
EN 62209-1 : 2006
EN 62479 : 2010
EMC
EN 301 489-1 V1.9.2 (09-2011) EN 301 489-17 V2.2.1 (09-2012)
EN 301 489-24 V1.5.1 (10-2010) EN 301 489-3 V1.6.1 (08-2013)
EN 301 489-7 V1.3.1 (11-2005)
RADIO
EN 300 328 V1.8.1 (06-2012)
EN 300 440-2 V1.4.1 (08-2010)
EN 301 893 V1.7.1 (06-2012)
EN 301 908-1 V6.2.1 (04-2013)
EN 301 908-2 V5.4.1 (12-2012)
EN 302 291-1 V1.1.1 (07-2005)
EN 50566 : 2013
EN 62209-2 : 2010
EN 300 440-1 V1.6.1 (08-2010)
EN 301 511 V9.0.2 (03-2003)
EN 301 908-1 V5.2.1 (05-2011)
EN 301 908-13 V5.2.1 (05-2011)
EN 301 908-2 V6.2.1 (10-2013)
EN 302 291-2 V1.1.1 (07-2005)
and the Directive (2011/65/EU) on the restriction of the use
of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic
equipment by application of EN 50581:2012.
The conformity assessment procedure referred to in Article 10 and
detailed in Annex[IV] of Directive 1999/5/EC has been followed with
the involvement of the following Notified Body(ies):
TÜV SÜD BABT, Octagon House, Concorde Way,
Fareham,Hampshire, PO15 5RL, UK *
Identification mark: 0168
590
Appendix/Index
Representative in the EU
Samsung Electronics Euro QA Lab.
Blackbushe Business Park
Saxony Way, Yateley, Hampshire
GU46 6GG, UK
2014.09.12 *
Stephen Colclough / EU Representative
(Place and date of issue)
(Name and signature of authorized
person)
* This is not the address of Samsung Service Centre. For the
address or the phone number of Samsung Service Centre, see
the warranty card or contact the retailer where you purchased
your product.
591
Appendix/Index
Export Administration
Regulations
This product and its accessories may be
under coverage of the Export Administration
Regulations of Japan ("Foreign Exchange
and Foreign Trade Control Laws" and
related laws and regulations). Additionally,
it may also be under coverage of the
Export Administration Regulations of the
U.S.. When exporting this product and its
accessories, take necessary procedures on
your responsibility and expense. For details,
contact Ministry of Economy, Trade and
Industry of Japan or U.S. Department of
Commerce.
592
Appendix/Index
Intellectual Property Right
Copyrights
The works and copyright of music, video picture,
computer program, data base, etc. are protected
their right by copyright law. Copying such
copyrighted works can be permitted only for
the purpose of personal use or use at home. If
you copy (including conversion of data format),
alter, hand over of duplication, distribute on
network, etc. without any approval of copyright
owner exceeding above mentioned purposes,
you may be claimed for damages or punished as
"copyright infringement" or "infringement of moral
right of an author". When you make duplications
etc. using this product, please observe the
copyright law and use them properly. Also,
for recorded items using the camera function
mounted to this product, please use them
properly as above.
Portrait rights
Portrait rights are claimable rights against taking
photos by others, publishing or using the taken
photos without any permission. In Portrait rights,
there are moral right authorized to everyone and
property right (publicity right) focused on economic
benefit of talent etc. Therefore, taking photos
of others or talent, publishing or distributing the
photos without any permission are illegal act.
Please use the camera function properly.
593
Appendix/Index
Trademarks
• "FOMA", "i-mode", "i-αppli", "Deco-mail", "WORLD
CALL", "WORLD WING", "mopera U",
"sp-mode", "ToruCa", "ToruCa" logo "iD" logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of NTT
DOCOMO.
• microSD logo, microSDHC logo and microSDXC
logo are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC.
• This product contains NetFront Browser of
ACCESS CO., LTD.
ACCESS, the ACCESS logo, and NetFront
are registered trademarks or trademarks of
ACCESS CO., LTD. in the United States, Japan
and/or other countries.
Copyright © [2014] ACCESS CO., LTD. All
rights reserved.
This software is based in part on the work of
the Independent JPEG Group.
• Bluetooth® smart ready and Bluetooth®
SMART READY logo are owned by the
Bluetooth SIG, INC., and any use of such
marks by NTT DOCOMO, INC. is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
594
Appendix/Index
• Wi-Fi Certified® and its logo are registered
trademark or trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance.
• " モバキャス " is a registered trademark of Japan
Mobilecasting, Inc.
• "NOTTV" is a trademark of mmbi, Inc.
• "Catch Phone (Call waiting service)" is a
registered trademark of Nippon Telegraph and
Telephone Corporation.
• iWnn© OMRON SOFTWARE Co.,Ltd. 20082014 All Rights Reserved.
• Microsoft®, Windows Media®, and ActiveSync®
are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation in the United States
and/or other countries.
• Oracle and Java are registered trademarks
of Oracle Corporation and the subsidiaries
and affiliate companies in the U.S. and other
countries.
Company and product names in this manual,
etc., may be trademarks and registered
trademarks of each company.
is a registered trademark of FeliCa
•
Networks, Inc.
• FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology
developed by Sony Corporation.
• FeliCa is a registered trademark of Sony
Corporation.
• Rovi, G-GUIDE, G-GUIDE MOBILE and G-Guide
related logos are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Rovi Corporation and/or its
subsidiaries in Japan.
595
Appendix/Index
• "Twitter" is a trademark or registered
trademark of Twitter, Inc.
• HP is a registered trademark of HewlettPackard Development Company L.P.
• Other products and company names written
in this manual are registered trademarks or
trademarks of each company.
596
Appendix/Index
Others
• The abbreviations of operating systems
(Japanese versions) below are used in this
manual.
-- Windows 8 stands for Microsoft® Windows®
8 (Windows 8, Pro, Enterprise).
-- Windows 7 stands for Microsoft® Windows®
7 (Starter, Home Basic, Home Premium,
Professional, Enterprise and Ultimate).
-- Windows Vista stands for Windows Vista®
(Home Basic, Home Premium, Business,
Enterprise and Ultimate).
• This product is licensed based on MPEG-4
Visual Patent Portfolio License. The use of
MPEG-4 Video Codec function is allowed for
personal and nonprofit use only in the cases
below.
-- Recording moving pictures that conform
to MPEG-4 Visual Standard (hereinafter
referred to as MPEG-4 Video)
-- Playing MPEG-4 Videos recorded personally
by consumers not engaged in profit
activities
-- Playing MPEG-4 Video supplied from the
provider licensed from MPEG-LA.
For further utilizing such as promotion, inhouse use or profit-making business, please
contact MPEG LA, LLC in U.S.
597
Appendix/Index
Canceling SIM Lock
The SIM lock for the terminal can be
unlocked. Non-DOCOMO SIM can be used
with the terminal, once SIM Lock is unlocked.
• Please come to docomo Shop to unlock SIM lock.
• Handling fee for unlocking SIM lock occurs.
• When using non-DOCOMO SIM, it cannot be
used in LTE. In addition, the service and function
may be limited. DOCOMO shall not be liable for
performance.
• For details on unlocking SIM lock, refer to NTT
DOCOMO website.
598
Appendix/Index
Index
A
AC adapter……………………………………… 69
Charging………………………………………… 69
Access point……………………………………… 434
Initializing… …………………………………… 435
Setting…………………………………………… 434
Additional service… …………………………… 222
Adjusting ringtone volume…………………… 449
Air command……………………………………… 89
Airplane mode… ………………………………… 430
Answering message…………………………… 212
Apps screen……………………………… 148, 180
Available services overseas………………… 525
B
Backing up and restoring the Home screen…… 185
Backing up……………………………………… 185
Restoring… …………………………………… 185
Battery pack……………………………………… 62
Attaching the battery pack………………… 62
Battery pack life… …………………………… 66
Estimate battery pack operating time…… 68
Estimate charging time… ………………… 574
Removing the battery pack………………… 65
Blocking mode…………………………………… 470
599
Appendix/Index
Bluetooth… ……………………………………… 505
Brightness………………………………………… 451
C
Calculator… ……………………………………… 398
Calendar…………………………………………… 382
Caller ID notification…………………………… 215
Call forwarding service… …………………… 214
Call logs… ………………………………………… 209
Call rejection……………………………… 197, 226
Answering message… ……………………… 198
Sending SMS… ……………………… 197, 225
Call settings……………………………………… 214
Call waiting… …………………………………… 214
Camera… ………………………………………… 330
Setting Camera… …………………………… 336
Shooting screen… …………………………… 332
Shooting still images………………………… 334
Shooting videos… …………………………… 335
Capture screen… ……………………………… 91
Change home… ………………………………… 457
Charging…………………………………………… 66
Checking your own phone number………… 490
Clock………………………………………………… 377
Alarm……………………………………………… 377
Stopwatch……………………………………… 381
Timer……………………………………………… 381
World Clock… ………………………………… 379
Connecting Media file sharing device… … 519
600
Appendix/Index
Connecting with USB cable… ……………… 514
CONNECTIONS… ……………………………… 413
Copying… ………………………………………… 105
Cutting……………………………………………… 105
D
Data usage… …………………………………… 431
DEVICE… ………………………………………… 438
Dictionary… ……………………………………… 406
Display (touch screen)………………………… 56
dmarket… ………………………………………… 285
dmenu… …………………………………………… 284
docomo apps management… ……………… 456
docomo backup… ……………………………… 399
Data Storage BOX…………………………… 403
microSD card………………………………… 399
docomo LIVE UX………………………………… 171
Kisekae… ……………………………………… 176
docomo mail… …………………………………… 239
docomo mini UIM card………………………… 59
Attaching… …………………………………… 60
Removing… …………………………………… 61
Security codes………………………………… 59
Double-tap………………………………………… 76
Download booster… …………………………… 433
Drag………………………………………………… 76
601
Appendix/Index
E
Early Warning "Area Mail"… ………………… 267
Edge screen… …………………………………… 130
Email………………………………………………… 252
Checking received emails… ……………… 262
Creating and sending… …………………… 260
Setting account… …………………………… 252
Settings… ……………………………………… 254
Entering characters… ………………………… 98
Samsung Japanese keyboard… ………… 99
Switching the input method… …………… 98
F
Fingerprint authentication… ………………… 92
Flick… ……………………………………………… 77
Full seg… ………………………………………… 308
G
GALAXY Apps…………………………………… 287
Gallery……………………………………………… 348
Gesture… ………………………………………… 82
Gmail………………………………………………… 265
Google Maps……………………………………… 375
Route search…………………………………… 376
Google Play… …………………………………… 285
GPS… ……………………………………………… 372
602
Appendix/Index
H
Handwriting input… …………………………… 104
Home screen……………………………… 140, 171
I
Initial settings… ………………………………… 115
International call (WORLD CALL)… ……… 213
International roaming (WORLD WING)…… 524
K
Keyboard input
Handwriting input… ………………………… 104
Koe-no-Takuhaibin… …………………………… 214
L
List of running applications… ……………… 167
Location services… …………………………… 372
Lock screen… …………………………………… 73
M
Machi-chara display… ………………………… 179
Mail… ……………………………………………… 239
docomo mail… ………………………………… 239
Email……………………………………………… 252
Gmail……………………………………………… 265
SMS… …………………………………………… 240
603
Appendix/Index
Making a call……………………………………… 189
Call logs… ……………………………………… 209
Phonebook……………………………………… 235
Media Player……………………………………… 357
microSD card… ………………………………… 495
Attaching… …………………………………… 496
Formatting……………………………………… 497
Removing… …………………………………… 497
Mobacas…………………………………………… 297
Motion… …………………………………………… 82
Multi window……………………………………… 142
Music… …………………………………………… 366
My Files… ………………………………………… 498
My Magazine……………………………………… 186
My profile… ……………………………………… 235
N
Nearby devices… ……………………………… 520
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai… …………………………… 432
Notification LED… ……………………………… 119
Notification panel… …………………………… 127
Notification sound setting… ………………… 450
Number of running applications… ………… 167
O
Osaifu-Keitai……………………………………… 288
604
Appendix/Index
P
Pasting… ………………………………………… 105
PERSONALIZATION… ………………………… 456
Phonebook………………………………………… 228
Making a call…………………………………… 235
Registering……………………………………… 228
Player… …………………………………………… 357
Playing music… ………………………………… 366
Play Store… ……………………………………… 285
Power saving… ………………………………… 481
Printing… ………………………………………… 518
Public mode (power OFF)… ………………… 215
Q
Quick search box… …………………………… 160
Quick setting button…………………………… 127
R
Receiving a call… ……………………………… 197
Recently-used applications… ……………… 166
Remote function………………………………… 488
Ringtone setting………………………………… 450
S
Safety assistance… …………………………… 480
Samsung account… …………………………… 461
605
Appendix/Index
Samsung Japanese keyboard… …………… 99
Switching keyboard types… ……………… 102
Wildcard Prediction…………………………… 102
Samsung Kies… ………………………………… 515
Screen lock… ………………………………72, 453
Screen saver… ………………………………… 452
Scroll………………………………………………… 77
Security code… ………………………………… 483
Network security code……………………… 485
PIN code………………………………………… 485
PUK code… …………………………………… 486
Setting character entry/
conversion function… ………………………… 107
Setting menu… ………………………………… 411
Set up SIM card lock…………………………… 487
S Finder… ………………………………………… 166
S Health… ………………………………………… 407
Silent mode… …………………………………… 448
SIM change alert………………………………… 489
SMS… ……………………………………………… 240
Checking received SMS… ………………… 242
Creating and sending… …………………… 240
S Note……………………………………………… 383
Specific absorption rate (SAR)… ………… 582
Specifications… ………………………………… 573
S Planner… ……………………………………… 382
sp-mode… ………………………………………… 435
S Preview… ……………………………………… 85
Status bar………………………………………… 120
Main notification icon… …………………… 120
606
Appendix/Index
Main status icon……………………………… 124
Stereo Headset with Microphone…… 200, 539
Still image… ……………………………………… 334
Shooting………………………………………… 334
Viewing… ……………………………………… 350
Storage… ………………………………………… 482
S Voice……………………………………………… 410
Swipe… …………………………………………… 77
Switching the orientation of the display…… 90
SYSTEM…………………………………………… 472
T
Tap…………………………………………………… 76
Task manager… ………………………………… 167
Tethering… ……………………………………… 425
ToruCa……………………………………………… 295
Touch and hold…………………………………… 76
Touch screen… ………………………………… 75
TouchWiz basic home… ……………………… 140
TouchWiz easy home… ……………………… 146
Turning power ON/OFF… …………………… 71
TV… ………………………………………………… 308
U
Updating software……………………………… 570
607
Appendix/Index
V
Vibrator setting… ……………………………… 450
Video………………………………………… 335, 360
Playing…………………………………… 350, 360
Shooting………………………………………… 335
Video call… ……………………………… 197, 202
Voice mail service… …………………………… 214
Voice Recorder… ……………………………… 394
Volume setting…………………………………… 449
VPN… ……………………………………………… 436
W
Web browser……………………………………… 270
Wi-Fi… ……………………………………………… 416
WORLD CALL… ………………………………… 213
Y
YouTube…………………………………………… 405
Z
Zoom in/out… …………………………………… 77
Numeric
1Seg………………………………………………… 308
"186" (notify)/"184" (not notify)… ……… 191
608
Appendix/Index
Please ask checking/changing subscription detail,
application of various services and request of various
information materials online.
From sp-modedmenu ⇒ " お客様サポート (Customer
support)" ⇒ " ドコモオンライン手続きの
一覧をみる (See list of docomo online
procedures)" [Packet communication
charge free] (In Japanese only)
From a PCMy docomo (https://www.nttdocomo.
co.jp/mydocomo/) ⇒ " ドコモオンライ
ン手続き一覧 (List of docomo online
procedures)"(In Japanese only)
* For use from sp-mode, "Network security code" is
required.
* For use of sp-mode, a charge may be applied for some
services.
* For use from a PC, "docomo ID/Password" is required.
* If you do not have or forget "Network security code" or
"docomo ID/Password", contact "General Inquiries" on
the back cover page.
* You may not use the services depending on your
subscription.
* There are cases where the site may not be available
due to system maintenance, etc.
Use mobile phone with your
manners!
Remember to be courteous to others when
you use your terminal.
Always turn OFF your terminal in cases below
■■ In a place where use of mobile phones is
prohibited
Follow the instructions of each airline or medical
facility for the use of mobile phones on their
premises. Power off the terminal in a place where
the use is prohibited.
609
Always set to public mode in case below
■■ When driving
A penalty may be imposed for using by holding a
mobile phone while driving.
Absolutely necessary cases such as rescue of
a sick person or maintaining public's safety are
exempted.
■■ When you are in a public place such as a theater,
movie theater, or museum
Using the terminal in a public place, where you
need to be quiet, annoys people around you.
Be considerate of where you use your terminal and keep your voice and ringtone down
■■ Keep your voice down in quiet places like
restaurants and hotel lobbies, etc.
■■ If you are in an outdoor public place, make sure
you do not disturb others.
Respect privacy
■■ Please be considerate of the privacy of
individuals around you when taking and sending
photos using camera-equipped mobile phones.
610
Do not use smartphone while walking.
■■ Use of smartphone while walking on station
platform or road makes your eyesight extremely
narrow. It may cause accident.
■■ Stop in a safe place and then use smartphone.
Functions for maintaining good manners
in public places
There are some advanced settings such as not
answering incoming call or muting sound, etc.
■■ Public mode (power OFF) (P.215)
Tells the caller via a guidance message that
receiver need to turn the power off, and the
call ends automatically.
■■ Vibration (P.450)
Notify the call by vibration.
■■ Silent mode (Mute, Vibrate) (P.448)
Mute sound/ringtone, etc.
※Shutter sound cannot be muted.
Besides these things, option services such as
Voice Mail Service (P.214), Call Forwarding
Service (P.214), etc. are available.
Bring no longer needed mobile
telephones, etc. to your nearest
docomo Shop to be recycled
regardless of whether the products
were manufactured by DOCOMO or
by other companies.
* Recyclables: mobile telephones, PHS,
batteries, battery chargers, tabletop
stands (regardless of whether
manufactured by DOCOMO or by
other companies)
611
For loss, theft, malfunction, and inquiries while
overseas (24-hour reception)
From DOCOMO mobile phones
International call
access code for the -81-3-6832-6600* (toll free)
country you stay
* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from
a land-line phone, etc.
※ If you use SC-01G, you should dial the number +81-36832-6600 (to enter "+", touch and hold "0" key).
From land-line phone <Universal number>
Universal number
international prefix
-8000120-0151*
* You might be charged a domestic call fee according
to the call rate for the country you stay.
※ For international call access codes for major countries
and universal number international prefix, refer to
DOCOMO International Service website.
●●If you lose your terminal or have it stolen, immediately
take the steps necessary for suspending the use of
the terminal.
●●If the terminal you purchased is damaged, bring your
terminal to a repair counter specified by DOCOMO
after returning to Japan.
General Inquiries
<docomo Information Center>
0120-005-250
(toll free)
* Se rvic e a va ila b le in : En glis h , Po rtu gu e s e , Ch in e s e , Sp a n is h
* Un a va ila b le fro m p a rt o f IP p h o n e s .
(Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.)
■From DOCOMO mobile phones
(In Japanese only)
(No prefix)151 (toll free)
* Unavailable from land-line phones,
etc.
■From land-line phones
(In Japanese only)
0120-800-000
(toll free)
* Unavailable from part of IP
phones.
(Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. (open all year round))
Repairs
■From DOCOMO mobile phones
(In Japanese only)
■From land-line phones
(In Japanese only)
0120-800-000
(No prefix)113 (toll free)
(toll free)
* Unavailable from land-line phones, * Unavailable from part of IP
phones.
etc.
(Business hours: 24 hours (open all year round))
●Please confirm the phone number before you dial.
●For Applications or Repairs and After-Sales Service, please
contact the above-mentioned information center or the docomo
Shop etc. near you on the NTT DOCOMO website.
NTT DOCOMO website https://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/
Inquiries for sample accessories
■Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
0120-363-905
(In Japanese only)
Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. (Open all year round)
●Please confirm the phone number before you dial.
●Check the supplied sample accessories in this manual.
Don't forget your mobile phone ...
or your manners!
When using your mobile phone in a public place,
don't forget to show common courtesy and
consideration for others around you.
Sales: NTT DOCOMO, INC.
Manufacturer: Samsung Electronics Co.,Ltd.
'14.10 (1st Edition)